Wed, August 21, 2024

Balancing AI and Authenticity: What Business Owners Need to Know ft. Rod Santomassimo and Ken Droz

Learn how AI is reshaping business identity and speeding up success. AI is rapidly changing the business world, offering new ways to enhance speed, accuracy, and efficiency. With AI tools like ChatGPT, processes that once took months can now be completed in seconds. However, this shift also raises important questions about identity and the role of humans in a world increasingly dominated by AI. In this episode, Rod Santomassimo, a seasoned business coach, shares insights on how AI is transforming client experiences and the business landscape. With decades of experience, Rod discusses the benefits and challenges of integrating AI into daily operations, offering valuable advice for those looking to stay ahead in a fast-changing world. 5 Key Takeaways: AI Accelerates Business Processes : AI, particularly tools like ChatGPT, can dramatically speed up business processes, transforming tasks that once took months into activities completed in seconds. Preserving Identity Amidst AI Integration : As AI becomes more prevalent, it's crucial to maintain authenticity. Businesses must ensure that AI-generated content reflects their true voice to preserve their brand identity. The Challenge of Adapting to AI : While AI offers immense potential, not all businesses are quick to adopt it. Those who do, however, often find that it gives them a significant competitive advantage. AI's Impact on Human Connection : As AI-generated content becomes more common, the value of genuine human interaction and connection will increase, making authenticity and human touch even more important. AI Misconceptions and Realities : It's essential to understand AI's limitations, such as its struggles with accuracy and data handling. Proper training and input are necessary to ensure AI outputs are both useful and authentic. Coming up in this episode: (00:01:11) Exploring the Role of AI in Business Dive into how AI is transforming business processes, particularly in the realms of speed and efficiency, and why it's crucial for entrepreneurs to integrate AI into their operations to stay competitive. (00:03:10) Misconceptions and Challenges with AI Discuss the common misconceptions about AI, including concerns about job replacement and the importance of maintaining authenticity in AI-generated content. (00:05:05) The Impact of AI on Identity Our guests share insights on how AI is challenging traditional business identities and what it means for professionals who tie their self-worth to their work. (00:09:26) The Future of Content Creation Discover why experts believe that 90% of content will be AI-generated in the next five years and what that means for the value of genuine human connection in business.

Wed, August 14, 2024

Transforming Business Narratives and The Impacts of Podcasts

Learn how to leverage podcasting for strategic business growth Explore the transformative role of podcasting in driving business growth. As the digital landscape continues to evolve, podcasts have emerged as essential tools for building brands, engaging niche audiences, and achieving business success. The discussion highlights the journey from overcoming initial challenges to leveraging podcasts as powerful business development strategies. Whether it's about starting a new podcast or refining an existing one, the episode provides valuable insights into making podcasting a strategic asset for business. 5 Key Takeaways: Narrowing the Niche Is Crucial for Success : Establishing a clearly defined target market is essential for building a future-proof business. Focusing on a specific niche allows for standing out, becoming known for a solution, and expanding strategically from a solid foundation. The Importance of Team Support : A successful podcast relies on more than just a strong host. A dedicated team is necessary to manage production, marketing, and content, ensuring consistency and growth while allowing the host to concentrate on delivering value through conversations. Podcasting as a Business Development Tool : Podcasts can serve as powerful tools for networking and business development. Engaging high-profile guests can lead to new business opportunities, with relationships formed during interviews potentially evolving into valuable partnerships and clients. The Role of AI in Podcasting and Marketing : AI is significantly impacting the marketing landscape, enabling faster idea generation and enhanced personalisation. However, while AI improves efficiency, the creative and contextual aspects of content creation still require a human touch to truly connect with audiences. Mindset and Consistency Are Key : Commitment to the podcasting process and maintaining consistency are vital for achieving long-term success. Preparing a few episodes before launching helps sustain regular output, while a positive mindset can help overcome challenges and turn podcasting into a rewarding business venture. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group</a

Wed, August 07, 2024

Harnessing Vulnerability for Business Growth with Gary Vee, Charles Gaudet, Jason Irving and Curtis Schmidt

Learn how to embrace vulnerability and innovation for transformative leadership and business success. This episode dives into how embracing vulnerability enhances leadership, adopting innovative technologies propels business success, and prioritizing sustainability fosters a positive impact, encouraging entrepreneurs to confront challenges head-on and inspire meaningful change. Main Key takeaways: Authenticity and vulnerability are essential for effective leadership, as they foster healthier environments and deeper connections with teams. Facing fears and pushing through discomfort can lead to personal and professional growth, turning challenges into opportunities for success. Embracing new technologies, like AI, can drive business success and keep companies competitive by fostering creativity and efficiency. Considering the broader impact of business decisions on the environment and society is crucial for long-term success and ethical leadership. Individuals and businesses should take responsibility for their actions, as personal awareness and sustainable practices contribute to collective progress. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free.

Wed, July 24, 2024

Converting Podcast Guests into Clients: Insights from Spencer Lodge

Learn how to Leverage a Podcast for Business Growth Have you ever think of how a podcast could transform your business prospects and personal brand? Tune in to an insightful conversation with Spencer Lodge to learn the secrets. Spencer, a seasoned podcaster and entrepreneur, emphasises that the real power of podcasting lies not just in creating content, but in strategically using it to drive sales and build meaningful connections. Learn how to prioritise sales and streamline your entrepreneurial efforts with insights from Spencer Lodge. From his early days struggling with sales to becoming a renowned figure in Dubai, Spencer shares invaluable lessons on prioritising cash flow over perfection and understanding the crucial role of sales in any business venture. Spencer reveals how his podcast became a pivotal business development tool, allowing him to convert guests into clients and establish long-term, lucrative relationships. By focusing on authentic conversations and consistent content creation, he turned his podcast into a powerful platform for business growth and personal connection. Learn how to navigate the world of podcasting, handle rejection, and turn each episode into an opportunity for both personal and professional development. In this episode you will: [00:02:37] Learn how to prioritise sales and streamline your entrepreneurial efforts with insights from Spencer Lodge. [00:05:17] Take a deeper look into how rejection can be a valuable learning tool for success. [00:08:42] Rethink your podcast's value by using it as a powerful business development tool. [00:13:00] We talk in-depth about how to navigate the world of podcasting for both personal and professional development. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about Being true to yourself and when to move on feat. Heather Roberts . So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://www.spencerlodge.tv/ https://wearepodcast.com/</

Mon, June 10, 2024

Rhythms of connection: Podcast strategies for deep engagement

Learn how to clarify and solidify thought leadership through podcasting. In this episode, let's clarify and solidify thought leadership through podcasting , navigating the captivating world where voices aren't just heard—they resonate and create ripples of change. We peel back the layers to reveal the true heart of podcasting, its profound impact, and the transformative journeys it catalyses. We are venturing into the stories of extraordinary podcasters, from the art of refining ideas to the deep, personal discoveries and the strategic mastery behind guest selection. This episode is a treasure trove of wisdom, set to enlighten the veteran podcaster and ignite the curiosity of newcomers to this dynamic medium. Coming up this episode: Joey Coleman ([00:00:19]-[00:02:01]): He taught me that the true value of my podcast lies in its ability to refine my thoughts and ideas, rather than just serving as a vehicle for business development. Jason Irving ([00:00:27]-[00:04:47]): Reminded me that the core of my podcasting journey is to delve deep into the personal growth stories of both myself and my guests, sharing these intimate journeys with my audience. Cameron Herold ([00:00:36]-[00:10:58]): Showed me the importance of being strategic about whom I invite onto my podcast, ensuring they align with my vision and resonate with my listeners. Athin Cassiotis ([00:00:41]-[00:15:27]): Impressed upon me the power of asking insightful, high-quality questions to create standout podcast content and build meaningful connections. Byron Dempsey  ([00:00:51]-[00:18:33]): Reinforced how impactful my podcast can be for young listeners, with success not measured by numbers but by the life-changing stories and feedback from my audience. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show, and give me a review and rating. It really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics and ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about **. So, make sure to subs

Mon, June 03, 2024

Mastering video and podcasting for top engagement feat. Ken Okazaki

Learn how to pivot your career towards digital media and content creation successfully by mastering video and podcasting. In this episode, we're diving into how mastering video and podcasting, along with mixing personal growth with business, can change the way we tackle our work and success. We'll discuss starting from zero, making big choices, and using smart tactics to push our ideas forward. This isn't just about the steps to building a business; it's about the deep reasons behind why some succeed in today's digital world. Joining me today is Ken Okazaki, who shines a light on entrepreneurs trying to get their message out there through content marketing. Leading the way with GoBox Studio and 20X Agency, Ken has changed the game for coaches wanting to share their message through videos. Hosting The Content Capitalists Podcast, Ken brings together business success stories that show how powerful content can be. Coming up in this episode: Understand the impact of overcoming limiting beliefs on starting a business. 00:02:20 Learn to pivot successfully from hosting large-scale events to running a digital media agency. 00:03:00 The journey of creating a physical product from concept to market. 00:03:40 The evolution of content marketing and the merging worlds of video and podcasting. 00:05:40 Art of continuous learning and self-evaluation. 00:04:10 Understand the strategic approach to content creation that targets and serves a specific audience. 00:07:40 Importance of authenticity and experience in shaping content that resonates. 00:06:40 Learn how the process of starting and nurturing a podcast can lead to personal and professional growth. 00:05:30 We talk in-depth about the significance of engagement, consistency, and the strategic repurposing of content across platforms. 00:14:10 Links: https://goboxstudio.com/ kenokazaki.com https://20xagency.com/ https://contentcapitalists.com/ All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned ne

Sun, May 26, 2024

Behind the mic: The art of podcast creation

Learn podcasting strategies, guest interactions, and content innovation behind the mic. Podcasting is about understanding what happens behind the mic the moment we decide to hit record, blending meticulous planning with spontaneous conversations. In today’s episode, we're diving deep into the heartbeat of podcasting, exploring the unique journeys of podcast creators from various corners of this vibrant industry. It's a celebration of the craft, the challenges, and the triumphs that make this industry so vibrant. Today's guests are familiar voices from my previous interviews, bringing their unique insights and experiences in podcasting behind the mic. Whether it's refining the art of engagement, navigating the technicalities of production, or innovating with AI, our guests shed light on the myriad ways they bring their voices to life. Join me as we traverse the fascinating paths of podcasters who are redefining storytelling, one episode at a time. Coming up in this episode: [00:00:10] Joey Coleman  emphasised the importance of setting clear boundaries for your podcast. [00:03:50] Jason Irving  shared how leveraging social media connections to identify and invite potential guests can simplify the guest acquisition process. [00:05:10] Cameron Herold illuminated the strategy of amplifying a podcast's reach through various promotional channels, including emails, social media, and remarketing ads. [00:07:10] Athin Cassiotis: Gave advice on embracing personal curiosity when crafting interview questions, which struck a chord with me. [00:09:10] Byron Dempsey shared the importance of prioritising in-person interviews. [00:13:30] Jeff Mains: Leveraging video content and the benefits of being an early adopter on new platforms, like YouTube's podcast features. Links: Joey Coleman: https://open.spotify.com/episode/0Q5tiZwjD2rQCL30gurWS4?si=bc32e315eab0448f Jason Irving : https://open.spotify.com/episode/5B3PwQB35ujzp4z995H4Kp?si=85cbd7ad15e34c81 Cameron Herold: https://open.spotify.com/episode/6fqvF5Rs67jmJzdzQThq8k?si=cd0f50b46d3645a6 Athin Cassiotis: https://open.spotify.com/episode/5cJsNFt6ZJc6Nm0BJdfVSk?si=cff9077d79e54d15 Byron Dempsey: https://open.spotify.com/episode/3rRVRAS62tB

Sun, May 19, 2024

The intersection of podcasts, journalism, and AI feat. Jordan Wilson

Discover how to harness AI at the intersection of podcasting and journalism to enhance content and improve efficiency. Exploring ****the intersection of podcasts ****and AI reveals how technology enhances storytelling and audience engagement in the digital age. Artificial intelligence is making everything easier, from daily tasks to complex processes, and it's revolutionising fields like podcasting. This episode dives into AI's transformative power, emphasising the critical shift from merely experimenting with AI to fully implementing it. We explore how AI integration is streamlining content creation, pushing businesses towards adaptation, and shaping the future of media with unprecedented efficiencies and capabilities. At the intersection of podcasts and AI strategy, Jordan Wilson illustrates how tailored AI tools can dramatically enhance the podcasting experience for creators and listeners alike. Joining me today is Jordan Wilson, an AI strategist and the visionary behind Everyday AI, a top-ranked media company on Spotify. Jordan's expertise in prompt engineering has empowered thousands, from small business owners to Fortune 100 executives, to leverage generative AI for growth. His work at Everyday AI showcases the potential of AI in enhancing professional growth and company advancements through its daily livestream, podcast, and newsletter. In this episode, you will: Learn how Jordan Wilson transitioned from a college newspaper podcast to launching Everyday AI (00:01:10–00:01:40). Understand the significance of adapting to AI in journalism and podcasting for sustained relevance and impact (00:04:20–00:04:50). Take a deeper look into the early adoption of AI technologies and their transformative potential in various sectors (00:05:00). We answer a question about integrating AI into daily podcast production and the efficiencies it brings (00:07:00). Rethink your podcast's value by exploring the role of AI in enhancing content creation and distribution (00:12:00). Hear us talk about the critical nature of AI in ensuring the future viability of businesses and projects (00:20:10). Learn how AI tools can be leveraged for thorough research and maintaining journalistic integrity (00:13:00). We talk in-depth about the urgency for businesses to implement AI technologies to avoid obsolescence (00:20:10). All this and more on this week’s episode of the We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working

Sun, May 12, 2024

The critical need for diversity in decision-making

Learn how to foster diversity and inclusion for transformative conversations. Every voice matters, regardless of colour, gender, or age, making it crucial to welcome diversity into our discussions, decisions, and daily interactions. This special episode brings together insights from past guests who have made significant contributions to discussions on diversity and inclusion. We discuss the importance of including a variety of perspectives in our conversations, the challenges of traditional hiring practices that overlook true diversity, and the transformative power of leadership that dares to challenge the status quo. We explore the crucial steps towards creating more inclusive spaces, the significance of disagreeing constructively, and the collaborative efforts required to enact real change in our organisations and society. Through engaging dialogues, we uncover how diversity and open conversations not only fuel innovation but also drive us towards a more understanding and inclusive future. In this episode, you will: Learn how to embrace diversity and open a conversation for innovation and growth. [00:05:00] Understand the significance of bringing different perspectives to the decision-making table. [00:03:20] Learn to identify and challenge traditional hiring practices that limit diversity. [00:05:50] Take a deeper look into the impact of leadership on fostering an inclusive environment. [00:06:10] We answer a question about setting up individuals from marginalised communities for success. [00:01:10] Rethink your approach to diversity and inclusion by examining your own biases and practices. [00:13:20] Understand the power of disagreement in refining arguments and advancing discussions. [00:12:40] Hear us talk about the importance of collaborative efforts in creating societal change. [00:14:50] Learn how small groups of people can enact significant change through focused intention. [00:13:40] We talk in-depth about the necessity of having diverse voices in the advertising world and beyond. [00:03:50] All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about the intersection of podcasts, journalism and AI</stron

Sun, May 05, 2024

Echoes of success: The CEO whisperer feat. Cameron Herold

Learn how to navigate the challenges of entrepreneurship with resilience and self-care Once again, I sit down with the one and only Cameron Herold, a seasoned entrepreneur and mentor, to explore the untold challenges that entrepreneurs face behind the polished facade of success. Through our candid conversation, Cameron sheds light on the harsh realities of navigating the entrepreneurial journey, from grappling with burnout to the isolating fear of failure. With over two decades of entrepreneurial experience, Cameron unveils the raw emotions and vulnerabilities that often go unnoticed in the relentless pursuit of success. Together, we uncover the importance of self-care, resilience, and fostering a supportive workplace culture to thrive amidst the tumultuous landscape of entrepreneurship. Get ready to gain invaluable insights and actionable strategies to navigate the highs and lows of entrepreneurship on this eye-opening journey with Cameron Herold. Coming up in this episode: Entrepreneurial hotspots like Dubai, Bali, and Austin foster unique opportunities for innovation and networking. [ 00:2:35] Digital currencies and mobile payments are becoming prevalent, reflecting significant shifts in global economic practices. [00:03:25] Marketing power lies in targeted messaging that resonates with specific audiences. [00:04:05] Strategic focus on COOs can lead to deeper market penetration and unique business partnerships. [00:04:45] The impact of social media is profound, yet entrepreneurs often only showcase the positive aspects, ignoring the hardships. [00:29:37] A serious issue for entrepreneurs, often leading to mental and physical health crises if not managed. [00:29:17] Strategies for self-care and mental well-being (00:31:17) Fostering a supportive workplace culture (00:33:37) If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about the critical need for diversity in decision-making . So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon as it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://cameronherold.co

Sun, April 21, 2024

Evolutionary path of entrepreneurship

Learn how to leverage unique entrepreneurial traits for enduring business success. In this episode, we're unpacking the entrepreneurial journey, examining the ups, downs, and transformative moments that shape a business. From the struggles of finding our footing to the exhilarating peaks of achievement, we explore the intrinsic qualities that drive us forward, the shifts in perspective that guide our evolution, and the undeniable truth that in entrepreneurship, the only constant is change. We're joined by voices that resonate with authenticity, experience, and wisdom. Voices that have navigated the tumultuous waters of business, turning their unique traits into unparalleled success. So whether you're in the trenches of building your empire or standing on the brink of your next big pivot, this episode is a tribute to the spirit of entrepreneurship—to the resilience, innovation, and audacious belief that we can leave a mark on the world. Coming up in this episode: [00:04:00] The nature of business evolution, emphasising the lack of a clear, linear path. [00:03:30] The misconceptions surrounding overnight success in the entrepreneurial world. [00:05:00-] The broader definition of wealth beyond financial gains, touching on mental, physical, and relational well-being. [00:09:20] Traits of successful entrepreneurs, such as ADHD, bipolarity, and a degree of narcissism. [00:08:30] A crucial lesson shared revolves around the importance of listening to team members and surrounding oneself with people whose insights and advice you value. [00:13:50] The initiative to support under-resourced entrepreneurs through training programmes makes entrepreneurship accessible and inclusive. [00:14:40] Creating innovative solutions that not only cater to market needs but also positively impact communities. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about Echoes of success feat. Cameron Herold. So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: Joey Coleman - <a href= "https://open.spotify.com/episod

Sun, April 14, 2024

Simplifying the complexity of old economy feat. Callum Laing

Learn how to leverage traditional businesses in the tech era and simplify complex strategies for success. I’m taking you on a fascinating journey into the heart of traditional business landscapes and the unique challenges they face in our digital era. Today, we're exploring how traditional businesses, often seen as dull but essential, are actually the backbone of our economy. We'll also discuss how these businesses can grow using smart financial strategies and how podcasting can really help a business stand out. I had the pleasure of chatting with Callum Laing, an entrepreneur whose career has not just spanned over 25 years but has also crossed various industries and borders. Callum offers a unique perspective on how traditional businesses can navigate the complexities of today's market. This episode is a deeper exploration of the strategic thinking and resilience needed to thrive in the current business climate. Tune in now to learn from Callum and discover how you can apply these ideas to your own business! In this episode, you will: [00:02:43] Learn how to navigate the entrepreneurial journey with insights from traditional and tech-driven markets. [00:03:33] Understand the philosophy behind successful entrepreneurship and capital market utilisation. [00:05:33] Learn to identify and cultivate the inherent value in 'dull but good' businesses. [00:07:33] Take a deeper look into the complexities of traditional businesses in the modern economy. [00:09:23] We answer a question about the real impact of simplicity on business success. [00:15:23] Rethink your podcast's value by integrating strategic insights and real-world experiences. [00:05:33] Understand the significance of maintaining core business practices amidst technological advancements. [00:03:43] Hear us talk about the transition from being a small entrepreneur to leveraging global capital markets. [00:09:33] Learn how to avoid common pitfalls by focusing on simplicity and strategic thinking. [00:28:33] We talk in-depth about building a personal brand and the importance of boardroom strategies for entrepreneurs. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we

Sun, April 07, 2024

Podcast power: The sound of success

Learn how to leverage podcasting to elevate your personal and business brand. Stepping into this episode felt like hopping on a surfboard, ready to ride the massive waves of the podcasting world. Imagine catching that first wave in the quiet of a quarantine hotel room, and then, before you know it, you're out there, making ripples across the globe. It's not just about mastering the art and tech behind the mic; it's about the heartbeat of every story told, the soul behind every voice. From Phoebe Greenacre sharing her inception story during a quarantine in Bali, to Petra Zink discussing the evolution of becoming a trusted authority, this episode uncovers the raw and real moments of starting a podcast. Guests like Angela Henderson and Todd Cochrane reveal the expansive impact of podcasting on personal growth, business opportunities, and the changing dynamics of content consumption. Join me as we peel back the layers of podcasting's influence on both the personal and professional realms, and how it continues to be a powerhouse of opportunity and transformation. Coming up on this episode: [00:02:20] Phoebe Greenacre shares her podcasting journey and its impact on her business and personal growth. [00:03:20] Dave Jackson discusses increasing podcast shareability and audience engagement strategies. [00:07:20] Todd Cochrane talks about the dramatic changes in podcasting since he started and his current projects. [00:09:00] Angela Henderson discusses her podcast's evolution and upcoming rebranding in 2023. [00:011:35 ] Petra Zink explains the concept behind her podcast, 'Trusted Authority', and its focus on technical experts. [00:15:35] Cat Matson shares insights on the challenges and rewards of producing a podcast and maintaining authenticity. [00:16:45] Glen Carlson reflects on pausing his podcast during COVID, the transformation process, and the potential relaunch with a focus on AI and distributed systems. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about Simplifying the complexity of old economy with <st

Sun, March 31, 2024

Discover the keys to podcasting success feat. Charles Gaudet

Embrace imperfection and use your voice to inspire trust and connection. Connecting with others goes beyond just sharing spaces or exchanging words, doesn’t it? Joined by our guest today, we peel back the layers of what it means to connect, diving into the power of podcasting, the authenticity of voice, and the bravery of starting something beautifully imperfect. This isn't just a conversation about achieving business milestones; it's an exploration of how we can use our voices to overcome fears, connect on a deeper level, and transform personal narratives into catalysts for growth and connection. Our guest, Charles Gaudet, is a highly accomplished business leader, serving as the CEO of multiple companies and the founder of successful ventures. He is the author of "The Predictable Profits Playbook: The 7- and 8-Figure CEOs' Guide to Generating Consistent and Sustainable Growth," which received the prestigious title of #1 Book on Sales & Marketing by Indie Excellence. Charles is also the esteemed host of The Beyond 7-Figures Podcast. With a wealth of experience and a track record of success, he is regarded as one of the top business coaches and industry influencers. Coming up on this episode: [00:03:54]  The unique power of podcasting to build genuine connections through storytelling. [00:04:34]  The evolution of podcasting over 200 episodes and the importance of embracing imperfection for growth. [00:07:20]  How facing fear and discomfort is essential for innovation and personal development. [00:07:44]  The transition into AI and podcasting showcasing the blend of tech and storytelling to forge deeper connections. [00:14:24] Strategic use of podcasting as a business development tool, emphasising its unmatched potential in building high-value relationships [00:19:34]  The critical role of strategic editing in podcasting for enhancing listener engagement. [00:31:44]  Learn how podcasting effectively nurtures leads and shortens sales cycles through strategic content consumption. All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned—next episode is all about

Sun, February 25, 2024

Finding strength in shared stories feat. Ryan Bowles

Learn how to build a community and provide support for individuals going through grief Understanding the depths of grief and the path to healing is a journey many of us will face, but how do we navigate through it? That's where the power of shared stories and insights comes into play. Through the lens of our guest, who has traversed from the world of music to digital entrepreneurship, this episode sheds light on transforming personal loss into a driving force for supporting others in their moments of sorrow. Our guest, Ryan Bowles, is not only a podcast host but also a rock climber, soon-to-be dad, and a grief advocate. Through his own personal journey Ryan discovered the need for a space where people can openly discuss and heal from grief. The Good Grief Podcast was born out of this vision, providing a platform for individuals to share their stories, find solace and build a supportive community. Coming Up! Discover the story and lessons from Ryan's podcasting break. [00:02:30] We answer a question about the biggest learning from being on stage and selling merchandise. [00:05:50] Understand the importance of investing in every single person and building a community. [00:07:10] Ryan's move from music to creating a digital graphic design agency. [00:08:30] Rethink the value of knowledge and how it can be leveraged to help others. [00:09:30] Hear us talk about the Good Grief Podcast, its purpose, and the journey of creating it. [00:16:30] The value of setting clear visions and goals, into a meaningful project. [00:24:10] How to use digital platforms and personal stories to amplify your message and reach. [00:25:30] All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned for the next episode when I talk to one of the influential woman entrepreneur around, Heather Roberts. So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://www.goodgriefpodcast.com/ <a href= "https://answerthepublic

Sun, February 11, 2024

Financial education and podcasting to reshape the next generation feat. Marilyn Pinto

Learn how podcasting teaches financial education and value to the youth We all know how important it is for the next generation to have a solid understanding of money management, but where do they learn these crucial skills? That's why podcasts are important. Having a source of knowledge from experts, young listeners would be empowered with insights and advice. Financial literacy is getting more relevant as time passes by and my guest makes it her mission to educate people on their financial well-being. Marilyn Pinto is the founder of KFI GLOBAL, an organisation that provides comprehensive financial empowerment programs for teens and young adults. Her book an her podcast titled, “Smarter Richer Braver” aims to provide clarity on her thoughts and as a tool for learning herself. We’ll hear how these platforms aim to provide children, particularly those under 25, with crucial life skills pertaining to financial literacy, public speaking, and adulthood. Coming Up... 02:10 Marilyn on the journey of writing her book, ”Smarter Richer Braver” 03:26 The book’s purpose and what readers will get when they read 06:58 FinEd United 2023 as a successful mutli-stakeholder collaboration 08:54 Financial literacy as a social justice issue and how Marilyn came to teach FinEd 12:59 “Smarter Richer Braver” as a podcast and how it helps young listeners 17:20 The podcast focuses on credibility and additional real value 19:09 The different educative discussions and types of episodes from the podcasts 23:20 Teaching young individuals valuable skills early on will create lifelong positive habits 25:25 The unexpected success of the podcast and taking the time to deliver value  30:50 Marilyn’s intended impact of the podcast to make smarter financial decisions If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned to the next episode when I talk to Ryan Bowles, Host of the Good Grief podcast. So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://kfi.global/

Sun, January 28, 2024

Effective communication in a global business landscape feat. Curtis Schmidt

Learn CRM and precision marketing to develop a strategic business initiative CRM, or customer relationship management, is a crucial aspect of business development. It involves collecting and analysing customer data to create personalised and targeted marketing campaigns. Data insights play a vital role in understanding customer behaviour and preferences, helping businesses make informed decisions. Precision marketing utilises these data insights to deliver tailored messages and experiences to individual customers, maximising engagement and driving business growth. Curtis Schmidt is the President and Chief Growth Officer MENA at RAPP. Curtis brings a wealth of experience and expertise to the table. I gained valuable insights into precision marketing and the ethical use of data. Curtis's expertise in bridging the gap between business, marketing and technology was evident, and his emphasis on clear communication and authentic value creation resonated with me. Overall, the discussion shed light on the evolving landscape of precision marketing and the crucial role of data in driving business growth. Time stamps: Curtis Schmidt discusses his involvement in the automotive industry and the importance of transitioning to renewable resources for a more sustainable lifestyle. (00:01:57) The transformation of the marketing industry post-COVID, shifting from traditional communication to CRM and precision marketing based on authentic value and business growth. (00:06:00) Curtis Schmidt discussed the importance of first-party data, precision marketing, the changing data landscape, and the ethical use of customer data. (00:09:20) Curtis discusses the importance of open, authentic, and clear communication in different countries and the need for inclusive environments. (00:15:15) Importance of clear briefs and alignment among stakeholders in marketing strategies, as well as the challenges of extracting a clear brief from clients and measuring the effectiveness of marketing efforts. (00:21:39) AI causing disruption in the marketing industry, promoting reevaluation of business models, and highlighting the need for human decision-making alongside automation. (00:23:55) Philosophy of Curtis Schmidt when it comes to leadership. (00:31:37) Curtis attributes their success to identifying a market gap, delivering quality work, and forming partnerships with aligned principles. (00:32:41) If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when

Sun, January 14, 2024

Fighting ignorance with humour feat. Dan Ilic

Learn how to use comedy for positive and social change Let me give you a little sneak peek into this serious but also insightful conversation I had with Dan Ilic, an ‘Investigative Humourist’ whose comedic prowess extends across various mediums, from TV and film to radio and stage. Dan has left an indelible mark on the Australian comedy landscape, showcasing his versatility and commitment to using humour as a powerful tool for activism. You are in for an engaging exploration of Australia’s political climate, the impact of movements like ‘Vote Yes,’ and the power of collaboration in advocating for change. Dan, known for his sharp wit and insightful commentary, masterfully blends comedy with serious discussions on climate change, media influence, and the intersection of AI with ancient wisdom. From his early days on TV shows like The Ronnie Johns Half Hour and Hungry Beast to sold-out performances at the Sydney Opera House and navigating the complexities of satire and journalism on a global scale, Dan’s story unfolds with humour, insight, and a fearless commitment to confronting societal issues. In this episode you will: 02:18 Dan Ilic’s ‘A Rational Fear’ Podcast 02:54 The evolution and impact of ‘A Rational Fear' Podcast 05:50 Using the podcast to give voice to climate change 09:20 The challenges of information overload in the Digital Age 12:25 The 'Vote Yes' Movement and Its Impact 14:42 The Struggles and Successes of the 'Vote Yes' Campaign 20:10 Reflections on the Outcome of the 'Vote Yes' Referendum 21:04 The Importance of Collaboration in Advocacy 23:50 The Future of Advocacy and Storytelling 27:30 Reflecting on origins and current people residing in Australia Links: arationalfear.com https://substack.com/@arationalfear All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned on the next episode when I talk to Curtis Schmidt about precision marketing . So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode a

Sun, December 31, 2023

The concept of Money DNA feat. Daniel Mangena

Learn how to deepen self-understanding for financial success First and foremost, Happy New Year! Now let's get on with the episode! Money DNA is about understanding your unique relationship with money and wealth based on the concept of love languages. By recognising and respecting your financial language, you can foster healthier attitudes towards wealth and communicate effectively with yourself about value, wealth and success. Daniel Mangena, CEO of Dream With Dan & Dream Inc., is a best-selling author, radio host, international speaker, master money manifesto, and the creator of the Beyond Intention Paradigm. His insights on personal development, drawn from extensive experience guiding people through midlife crises, shed light on the importance of aligning our lives with our true desires rather than societal expectations. Daniel shares his expertise on the fascinating concept of money DNA and the importance of understanding our unique love language. In this episode, you will: Learn the concept of money DNA and its connection to our internal communication. What it takes and how to run two different podcasts. The power of intentionality in podcasting and the impact it has on success. Learn how self-communication is a compass for financial decision-making. Understanding and reshaping our attitudes and beliefs about wealth. The importance of collaborative conversations in enacting change. Harnessing the power of focused intention in groups to create positive shifts in reality. Learn the seeds of change and the transformative power of self-awareness. Links: dreamwithdan.com All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next time when we talk about fighting ignorance with humour with Dan Ilic. So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Sun, December 10, 2023

Buying back your time: Scaling your business feat. Dan Martell

Learn the “buyback principle” to maximise productivity and growth The ‘buyback principle’ is a concept that focuses on enabling entrepreneurs to regain control of their time and maximise efficiency. It emphasises the importance of strategic time management to optimise productivity and achieve business growth. By applying this principle, entrepreneurs can identify and eliminate time-consuming activities, delegate tasks, and leverage tools and techniques to streamline their workflow. Valuable tasks and time get prioritised, leading to increased productivity and business scalability. Join me as I engage with Dan Martell, an award-winning entrepreneur, angel investor, thought leader, and highly sought-after coach in the software as a service industry. He is an executive coach focused exclusively on B2B SaaS to help predictably scale their businesses. He founded the SaaS Academy and grew it to become one of the largest coaching companies in the world. With his expertise and experience, he brings a wealth of knowledge about the evolving landscape of technology and its impact on creative individuals and businesses. In this episode, you will: Explore the concept of buying back your time and its impact on business scalability Discuss the importance of maximising productivity and efficiency for creative individuals See AI as a crucial tool for enhancing productivity, not just a tech gimmick Highlight how AI can streamline processes and enhance decision-making Get insights into common AI misconceptions, especially regarding its impact on jobs Discuss the evolving landscape of technology and its impact on creative individuals and businesses Understand the importance of partnerships in maximising AI benefits for your business Share tips and tricks for podcasters who also have a business Explore different ways to grow a business using a podcast Discover how AI can revolutionise content creation and modification If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned for my upcoming conversation with Daniel Mangena. Make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://www.buybackyourtime.com/

Sun, November 26, 2023

From ice baths to emotional work feat. Robbie Bent

Learn how to balance emotions and manage a busy schedule In this episode, I am delighted to have a conversation with Robbie Bent, the visionary founder behind Othership. Robbie is on a mission to create a unique and transformative experience through the combination of sauna, ice bath, and emotional regulation techniques. He has built Othership, the first ice bath and sauna classes in North America focused on emotional wellness, along with a breathwork mobile app. Robbie's journey is truly inspiring, as he shares his own response to struggling with addiction and how Othership has become a powerful tool for creating connection and promoting emotional well-being. Robbie Bent's background as a GP at Vine Ventures, a Psychedelic Medicine venture fund, and his previous experience at the Ethereum Foundation have influenced his approach to building Othership. He shares the journey of Othership, starting from a backyard ice bath to a successful physical space and the development of their app. Robbie also highlights the importance of podcasts as a medium for storytelling and their role in spreading the message of Othership. Throughout our conversation, Robbie emphasizes the significance of being passionate about the product you're building and finding joy in the process, providing valuable insights for entrepreneurs and individuals looking to make a positive impact. In this episode you will: Learn how to balance emotions and manage a busy schedule. Understand the effects of the Othership app and how it can transform individuals. Learn to tell a compelling long-form story through podcasts. Take a deeper look into the growth and success of Othership. We answer a question about using podcasts for advertising and marketing. Rethink your value as a business owner by listening to Robbie's insights. Understand the importance of caring deeply about the product you're building. Hear us talk about the challenges and rewards of building a business around creativity. Learn how to find joy and play in the work you do. We talk in-depth about the impact and emotional experiences in the Othership space. All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. Listen to the podcast!  wearepodcast.com If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/gro

Sun, November 12, 2023

Embracing Uncomfortable Conversations for Growth and Change feat Kiri-Maree Moore

Learn how to have uncomfortable conversations and gain insights from different perspectives Uncomfortable conversations... they're not always easy, but they're often the catalyst for growth and understanding. In a recent episode of my podcast, I had the privilege of engaging in a thought-provoking dialogue with the remarkable Kiri-Maree Moore. Together, we delved into the importance of embracing discomfort, diverse viewpoints, and disruptive leadership in our constantly evolving world. Our captivating conversation explored intriguing topics such as human intelligence, artificial intelligence, and the urgent need for new patterns of thinking. Join us as we shine a light on the power of these conversations to shape our perspectives and ignite positive change in both our personal and professional lives. Kiri-Maree Moore is a true visionary, where she helps intelligent individuals make even smarter decisions. With a deep understanding of sustainable solution pathways, Kiri-Maree is bridging the gap between problems and solutions on a global scale. Her innovative and future-thinking approach to leadership, human intelligence, and culture has garnered her recognition. In this episode, we dive into her journey and the profound impact she's making in the world. In this episode you will: Learn how to embrace uncomfortable conversations for growth and change. Understand the importance of understanding different perspectives and listening to others. Learn to ask smarter questions and make effective decisions. Take a deeper look at the intersection of human intelligence, artificial intelligence, and divine intelligence. We answer a question about opening up conversations and being okay with disagreement. Rethink your value by challenging old approaches and thinking innovatively. Understand the power of asking effective questions and gaining insights from diverse perspectives. Hear us talk about disruptive leadership and the need for standing strong in your beliefs. Learn how to navigate uncomfortable conversations and find common ground. We talk in-depth about creating a platform for future generations to have a voice and make a positive impact. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned for the next week’s

Sun, October 29, 2023

Breaking barriers: Embracing diversities at the table feat. Maribel Lara

Learn how to create an inclusive workplace Diversity in the workplace is essential for fostering innovation, growth, and success. It goes beyond meeting quotas and ticking boxes; it's about embracing different perspectives and experiences that challenge the status quo and drive positive change. When a workplace is diverse, it becomes a breeding ground for creativity and new ideas, as individuals with different backgrounds and identities bring unique insights to the table. This diversity of thought leads to more innovative and effective solutions, as teams can tap into a wide range of perspectives to solve complex problems. Maribel Lara is the Senior Vice-President and Head of Consulting at The Sasha Group, a VaynerX company that provides educational, consulting and marketing services to companies with a growth mindset. She has been within the Vayner world since 2014 and her role has included reporting to and partnering with CEO and serial entrepreneur Gary Vaynerchuk to execute initiatives tied to the strategic growth of the agency. In this episode, she talks about female representation and diverse perspectives. In this episode you will: Learn about female representation in leadership and the importance of understanding different perspectives. Learn how social media has changed the marketing landscape and the importance of connecting with specific cohorts. Understand the value of diverse voices and experiences in organizations. Take a deeper look at the challenges and opportunities in creating inclusive and diverse workplaces. We answer a question about the impact of marginalized communities in the advertising industry. Rethink the value of diversity and the role it plays in driving innovation. Understand the personal journeys and experiences that shape individuals' perspectives. Hear us talk about the need for organizations to create opportunities for people from different backgrounds. Learn how to foster a culture that supports and values diversity and inclusion. We talk in-depth about the power of storytelling and representation in marketing and advertising. All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned for the next episode when

Sun, October 15, 2023

Navigating the challenges of business growth and rebranding feat. Bri Seeley

Learn the impact of rebranding on business growth Rebranding is a powerful process that can profoundly impact a business and its audience. By undergoing a rebrand, businesses can experience a shift in perspectives, attract new opportunities, and propel growth. It is a crucial aspect of business development that involves exploring the nuances of rebranding and gaining valuable insights into its transformative effects. Joining us in this episode is the remarkable Bri Seeley. She is an entrepreneurial success designer who works with ambitious female entrepreneurs to create highly profitable businesses. She is also the Founder of infinite HERizons, a nonprofit on the mission to create economic equity for historically marginalized individuals through entrepreneurial education and empowerment. You may have seen her winning awards for Business Coach of the Year, on the TEDx stage delivering her revolutionary ‘From Wages to Wealth’ talk, or on any number of press outlets such as Good Morning America, The TODAY Show, Forbes, Entrepreneur, Women’s Health and more. Her expertise and unique perspective shed light on the challenges and triumphs of rebranding, offering invaluable guidance for anyone looking to embark on a similar journey. In this episode you will: Start small and generate revenue no matter how small instead of waiting for perfection Be cautious of entrepreneurs teaching without proven success Understand fundamental business blocks, avoid relying on others' success paths Focus on foundation and growth before seeking funding Utilize AI tools like VIDYO and Writeflow for efficient podcast editing and content creation Build relationships with potential guests and invite based on shared interests Leverage social media platforms and SEO strategies to promote the podcast Consider expanding the podcast's presence to YouTube for increased visibilities Embrace change, adapt, and make an impact as an entrepreneur All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when I talk with Maribel Lara, Head of Consulting at The Sasha Group. So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that e

Sun, October 01, 2023

The power of niching down in entrepreneurship feat. Jeff Mains

Learn how to build business through niching and podcasting To carve a distinctive presence in a saturated market, it's imperative to pinpoint a specific niche and cultivate a well-defined target audience. By doing so, you not only stand out but also establish a solid foundation from which to operate. Treat your podcast as a potent business development tool, leveraging it to nurture relationships with your esteemed guests and gradually extend your reach to a broader audience. Maximize your podcast's impact by creating compelling assets like video shorts and audiograms, strategically shared across social media platforms to engage and captivate your audience. Remember, low view counts should not deter your enthusiasm; content is often evergreen and can continue to resonate with audiences months down the road, ultimately contributing to your long-term success in the podcasting realm. Jeff Mains is an expert at turning ideas into enterprises. He has built five companies totaling over $200 million in combined revenue, and four have been acquired by strategic buyers. He is the founder and CEO of healthcare SaaS Intelligent Contacts headquartered in Plano, Texas. Fanatical about helping entrepreneurs build stellar companies, Jeff is founder and CEO of SaaS growth accelerator Champion Leadership Group where he mentors business leaders to navigate complex challenges and create futureproof business. Key takeaways: Niche down to a narrowly defined target market to stand out in a crowded market Building a future-proof business requires being for someone and having a specific ideal client profile Podcasts can serve as a top-of-funnel marketing tool and also as a business development tool Video should be used in podcasting and can be uploaded to YouTube and tagged as a podcast Audiograms, images, and video shorts can help increase engagement with podcast content on social media Building relationships with podcast guests can lead to business development opportunities Serving the audience and interacting with them regularly is key to podcast success. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Stay tuned next week when I talk to Bri Seeley, founder of infinite HERizons.</str

Sun, September 17, 2023

Overcoming imposter syndrome to make engaging content feat. Byron Dempsey

Learn how to create engaging content Engaging in content creation is crucial to building a successful brand or podcast. It involves creating content that resonates with your audience and keeps them returning for more. Understanding your audience’s interests and preferences and tailoring your content to meet their needs is important. By creating engaging content, you can build a loyal following and establish yourself as an authority in your niche. Byron Dempsey is the founder of Driven Young (DYP) and host of the Driven Young podcast, the number one educational podcast in Australia for young people, with over 1 million followers and over 700,000 podcast downloads. Byron focuses on teaching practical life skills we don’t learn in school. This episode discusses his journey as a podcast host and his process for creating a podcast episode. He discusses the importance of making guests feel comfortable and the benefits of having a conversational approach to interviews. He also shares his strategy for creating TikTok clips and measuring the success of his podcast through listener feedback. Key Takeaways: The Driven Young podcast targets young people and aims to teach practical life skills not taught in school Imposter syndrome can be a good thing because it keeps us in check and forces us to be learners Authenticity and relatability are key components of successful podcasting Preparation and research are important for interviewing, but conversation flow is also crucial Social media platforms like TikTok can be used to promote podcast content and engage with listeners Measuring success through listener impact can be a more meaningful metric than focusing solely on numbers All this and more, on this week’s episode of  We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating. It really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week because I’ll share a conversation with  Jeff Mains. He is the founder and CEO of healthcare SaaS Intelligent Contacts, headquartered in Plano, Texas.  So, subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://drivenyoung.com/

Sun, September 03, 2023

Building a Resilient Business in the Age of AI feat. Glen Carlson

Staying Relevant in a Competitive and AI-Driven Business Landscape Being a key person of influence is crucial for businesses to stay relevant and competitive in today’s fast-paced digital landscape. One way to achieve this is by leveraging podcasting, which provides a powerful platform for thought leadership and building a community of engaged listeners. By consistently producing high-quality content and sharing unique insights on industry trends, businesses can establish themselves as authorities in their niche and increase brand awareness. Additionally, podcasting can help businesses develop a strong personal brand and stay ahead of the curve by embracing digitization and other emerging technologies. Overall, podcasting is an invaluable tool for businesses looking to stay relevant and make an impact in today’s rapidly evolving marketplace. Today’s guest is Glen Carlson. Glen co-founded Dent Global, a business accelerator that helps entrepreneurs become key people of influence and scale their businesses. With over 3000 clients and a track record of success, Glen is passionate about helping business owners navigate the changing landscape of entrepreneurship and succeed in the digital age. In this episode, he shares insights on the future of business, the importance of building a brand, and the impact of AI on entrepreneurship. Key takeaways: Competition is becoming fiercer, especially for B2B service businesses Businesses need to adapt to new technologies and platforms to stay relevant Business owners should focus on outcome-oriented services rather than just providing a service A strong personal brand and influence can greatly contribute to success Being a key person of influence has a massive effect on business success AI can enhance the value of human workers and make them more valuable Stay ahead of the curve by constantly reimagining and adjusting your business model All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating; it helps us get seen more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned for the next episode because I will talking to  Byron Dempsey. He is the founder Driven Young (DYP) and host of the Driven Young podcast.   So, subscribe to the show to get th

Sun, August 20, 2023

Speaking with authority and authenticity feat. Cat Matson

Learn how to speak up better and with confidence Speaking with authority and confidence is a skill that can be developed over time with practice and dedication. It involves overcoming the fear of being judged or rejected by others and finding your unique voice and style. Effective speakers understand their audience, tailor their message to their needs, and use storytelling and real-life examples to engage and inspire. They also know how to handle nerves and anxiety, maintain eye contact, and use body language and tone of voice to convey their message. Strong speaking skills can help you build your brand, increase your influence, and advance your career. Join me as I sit down with Cat Matson, founder of Impactful Presenters. Cat is a highly experienced speaker and coach passionate about teaching people how to speak confidently and authentically. In this episode, she shares her expertise on starting a successful podcast, the importance of identifying your target audience and creating killer content that resonates with your listeners. Get ready to learn from the best in the business and take your podcast to the next level. Key takeaways: Effective communication requires authority, confidence, authenticity, and impact Podcasting needs a purpose and strategy to build authority and audience Bulk recording and editing can save time and effort in podcast production Monologues and interviews require different skills and styles of hosting Consider the audience’s expectations when incorporating guest interviews into a monologue-style podcast Craft copy for different platforms with SEO and consistent voice to optimize performance Overcoming fear of public speaking involves addressing psychological barriers and building confidence through practice and preparation All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating; it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Links: https://www.impactfulpresenters.com/

Sun, July 16, 2023

Structured podcast for credibility and relationships feat. Petra Zink

Before you start the episode, I want to announce that we are switching from publishing weekly to fortnightly. I'll see you on the next episode. Also, I want you to know that I'm starting a new podcast titled My AI Love Affair. It's your digital compass guiding you through the labyrinth of business growth using Artificial Intelligence (AI). Give it a follow use the learnings so that you can build your business. Here's the link for My AI Love Affair - myailoveaffair.com Please, enjoy this episode. Learn to plan, structure and strategize your podcast Starting a podcast is a journey that requires careful planning and preparation. As a business owner, developing a unique voice and brand that sets your podcast apart from others is essential. Consistency is key to building an audience and growing success, so create a content and marketing plan that allows you to deliver quality episodes regularly. Don’t forget your podcast is a powerful tool for sharing your brand and message with the world. In this episode, Petra Zink shares her efficient podcasting process with me, allowing her to create over 200 podcast episodes. Petra is a Certified Personal Branding & Digital Strategist and the Podcast Host of the Trusted Authority. Her ‘Trusted Authority’ helps individuals and executives establish their influence beyond their title and become known, respected, and trusted authorities in their industry. Through her coaching and consulting programs, keynotes, podcasts, and recently published books, Petra shares her expertise and works with leaders and companies to build future-proof capabilities. Key takeaways: A clear theme and structure are essential for a successful podcast Bringing in guests who provide valuable insights and stories can enhance the podcast Research and preparation are key to creating engaging podcast episodes Adding a personal touch to the podcast can build relatability and trust with listeners Repurposing podcast content can help with marketing efforts and reach Podcasts can be a powerful tool for building trust and relationships with potential clients Having a dedicated time for podcast recording can help with consistency and productivity Mistakes are inevitable but can be opportunities for growth and improvement Consistency in podcasting is key to building an audience and growing success The podcast can be an effective vehicle for sharing a personal brand and message All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you

Mon, July 10, 2023

The Power of Mindset and Consistency in Podcasting and Business feat. Athin Cassiotis

Learn how to be flexible, consistent, and fresh in podcasting The power of mindset and consistency cannot be underestimated. A successful business owner or podcaster has a mindset focused on positivity, growth, and learning. They also understand that flexibility in their content is key to keeping their audience engaged and interested. In this episode, I have the pleasure of talking with Athin Cassiotis, a highly successful business coach, mentor, and speaker with a proven track record of helping individuals create purposeful and successful lives on their terms. He has obtained big clients such as Scentre Group (Westfield), Kmart, and Target and has made multiple six figures. Athin’s inspiring story proves that anything is possible with the proper guidance and tools, and he is here to help you achieve the success and fulfilment you desire. Key Takeaways: Consistency is key to maintaining a successful podcast A growth mindset is important in both business and podcasting Crafting a unique bio for guests can add value to a podcast Creating a flow of questions during interviews can lead to more natural conversations The flexibility of having a wide range of topics Consider using AI to improve podcasting efficiency Ask high-quality questions during interviews to create engaging conversations All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating; it helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week when I talk with Petra Zink, Certified Personal Branding & Digital Strategist, International Speaker, Coach, Consultant, Author & Podcast Host of the Trusted Authority. So, subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://www.athincassiotis.com/

Sun, July 02, 2023

How to delegate you business to AI Part 2

Revolutionizing Business with AI: How to Delegate Your Work Last week, I shared my expertise on the fundamentals of AI delegation in business. This week, I’m continuing my discussion. So if you are an entrepreneur looking for ways to grow your business, this episode will talk more to you. This time, I discuss how Mid Journey, a powerful AI tool, can create prompts and images and how AI can be used for productivity and ideation. Additionally, I cover the importance of video in podcasting and how training staff with AI can make them more productive and accurate. Key Takeaways: AI for productivity and ideation, as well as brand partner research and summarization Train AI models to improve results Importance of collaboration with AI and using it ethically Use AI to analyze voice and writing style to personalize content Techniques for using AI in copywriting, social media, SEO, and podcasting Consider podcasting as a tool for increasing revenue, credibility, and audience All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show, and give me a review and rating; it helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned; I will talk with  Athin Cassiotis, a business coach, mentor, and speaker, next week.  So, subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Sun, June 25, 2023

How to delegate your business to AI part 1

Unlocking the Concepts of Artificial Intelligence for Business I’ve had the great pleasure of sharing my creations and ideas at the Business Blueprint Conference recently. I decided to share my talk on how to delegate your business to AI into two parts for you who are loving We Are Podcast and are entrepreneurs. In this first part, I cover the fundamentals of AI, machine learning, and prompt engineering, and how these components make AI a powerful tool for business growth and productivity. From ideation and brainstorming to audience delivery and analysis, I discuss the various ways AI can be used to improve your business. I also stress the importance of using AI with empathy and for the right reasons, so we can collaborate and make a positive impact in the world. Key Takeaways: AI applications in ideation, marketing, sales, productivity, analysis, and operations Delegating tasks to AI so that business owners can focus on other aspects of the business Responsibility in using AI with empathy and for the right reasons Use prompt engineering to achieve flow and get the desired output from AI Clarity, process, and execution are key to successful AI implementation Understanding AI concepts and components (algorithms, models, and data) All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Next week, how to delegate your business to AI Part 2 . So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Sun, June 18, 2023

The importance of having a second-in-command in business feat. Cameron Herold

Learn the impacts of having a second-in-command Imagine running a business where you’re the visionary but need someone else to make it happen. That’s where the Chief Operating Officer or COO comes in. They’re the yin to your yang, the execution of your vision. They run the sales, marketing, and operations side of things while you focus on what you do best. Having a COO in your team is undeniably a game-changer for the team. Cameron Herold is a top business consultant, best-selling author, and speaker. He’s the mastermind behind hundreds of companies’ exponential growth, and he’s touched thousands of businesses indirectly through his work. Cameron teaches what he knows from experience and is passionate about sharing his expertise with today’s most dynamic business leaders. I’m looking forward to you enjoying this episode. Key takeaways: The importance of having a second in command to execute the CEO’s vision COO Alliance is a community that provides a mastermind and tribe for COOs Practising the Miracle Morning book that Cameron Herold co-authored The usefulness of the Vivid Vision concept for personal and business planning The importance of reverse engineering the future to make desired experiences happen Learn about the three components of growing a business through press coverage All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating. It really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  www.wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week when I talk with  Ayushi Mathur,  a  certified life coach and NLP practitioner.  Make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: cameronherold.com/ cooalliance.com/podcasts/ www.amazon.com/Miracle-Morning-Entrepreneurs-Elevate-BUSINESS/dp/1942589123

Sun, June 11, 2023

Building digital assets and navigating the gig economy feat. Gaurav Gurbaxani

Learn About Insights into Digital Asset Building and AI Opportunities Starting early in building digital assets and empires is key to success. Collaboration is also emphasized over competition as it is more fun and profitable. The AI space is a developing field with abundant opportunities for growth and collaboration. Overall, building digital assets, embracing new technologies, and exploring opportunities in the AI space can lead to success in the digital space. This time, I share a conversation with Gaurav Gurbaxani, a passionate entrepreneur and domain collector who has successfully built digital assets since he was 14. He is the founder of Digital Market, a marketplace for digital marketing services, and AI Expert, an online platform that aims to provide AI solutions to businesses. Today, Digital Market has 500+ certified freelancers. Gaurav shares his insights on the opportunities present in the gig economy, the potential of AI to revolutionize the world of digital marketing, and the importance of building digital assets. Key takeaways: Being an early adopter is an advantage in business and all aspects of life AI is a developing field with abundant opportunities for growth and collaboration Domaining is a profitable side hustle that everyone can start on Digital assets are the future, and building them is crucial to success in the digital space Collaboration is more fun and profitable than competition Knowing what you don’t want to do is just as important as knowing what you want to do An expert provides high-quality AI Mastery courses and resources All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to, the end, or if you are a regular, thank you… I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating; it helps us to be found. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Next week, stay tuned when we discuss  second-in-command in business with Cameron Herold . So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links https://aiexpert.com/ https://digitalmarket.com/

Sun, June 04, 2023

Attract, Convert, Deliver: Using AI to Achieve Business Success

Understanding the Basics and Avoiding Common Mistakes in AI Hello AI Geeks! I am excited to share some cool things with artificial intelligence and how it can change the game for your business. The potential impact of AI on businesses is immense, and it is crucial to embrace the technology and master it to thrive in this fast-paced and ever-changing market. We all have our unique talents and strengths, and with AI, we can delegate the rest of the work and focus on what we love to do. The possibilities are endless with AI, and I am excited to show you how you can use this technology to grow your business and achieve your goals. In this episode, I explore the different types of intelligence and categories of AI, the mistakes to avoid when using AI, and the attract-convert-deliver model to achieve speed, memory, and accuracy through AI. Additionally, we will learn how to design a marketing campaign using AI, the importance of defining the desired outcome and inputs when using AI, and how you can delegate your business to AI in just 30 days. Key Takeaways: Embrace the “geek” label to succeed in the AI world Understand and give context to AI by determining the outcome and target audience Avoid common mistakes when using AI Use the attract-convert-deliver model to utilize AI for speed, memory, and accuracy in your business Design a marketing campaign that employs a particular framework for a specific product or service Define the outcome and inputs to create a masterpiece with AI Use sensory language and NLP framework to promote your product or service Implement AI delegation by defining outputs, and inputs, delegating tasks, and monitoring progress All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you… I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us to be found. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week when I invite  Gaurav Gurbaxani  for some interesting conversations! So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Sun, May 28, 2023

AI and Identity: How to Preserve Your Authentic Voice feat. Ken Droz

Learn how to manage the impact of AI on identity and work How massive is the impact of AI? As we navigate this new technological landscape, we must be adaptable, flexible, and willing to embrace change. Because the power of AI to solve complex problems and revolutionize industries also opens up ethical concerns surrounding fairness, bias, and our own identity. In this episode, I talk with Ken Droz, a coach and expert in AI technology. Ken’s passion is helping people find their authentic voice in an increasingly automated world. He aims to bring a human element into the AI landscape and help individuals understand how AI changes the workforce and their identity. Key Takeaways: Manage the rate of change in an increasingly automated world Preserve our identity in the face of AI Understand the potential of AI to solve meaningful problems Understand that every AI Potential opens ethical problems Find ways to stay relevant in a changing world Understand the impact of AI on our jobs and our sense of self Embrace flexibility as we navigate the rapid pace of change All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you… I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us to be found. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week when I talk about the common mistakes in using AI. So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Sun, May 21, 2023

How AI is changing operations and team management for solopreneurs feat. Jere Simpson

Learn how AI can help businesses scale As the technology continues to evolve, it has become increasingly clear that AI has the potential to unlock new levels of productivity, efficiency, and innovation for businesses of all sizes and across various industries. We can now train AI models to replicate successful business practices and individual "secret sauces" to improve decision-making and save time for complex tasks. However, we must be mindful of the potential for AI to replicate existing biases and ensure that we start relationships with AI models with the right intentions and values. In this podcast episode, I have Jere Simpson, a serial entrepreneur who rose from rags to riches in his teens after founding an early e-commerce company. Forbes Magazine hailed Jere as "one of the top minds in tech," and Entrepreneur Magazine referred to him as one of the best entrepreneurs in the world. Over the past 22 years, he's had access to the inner workings of the CIA, FBI, NSA, Pentagon, Navy SEALS, and multiple White House administrations, providing him with a uniquely insightful perspective of the world. His current company, Atlas UP, is revolutionizing how organizations can improve their productivity—a mission that resonates deeply with Jere, whose life purpose is to aid humanity in achieving a symbiotic relationship with Mother Earth. Key Takeaways: Discover how AI can help solopreneurs delegate effectively Providing feedback to AI models to improve their understanding of successful practices Learn about the difference between computation and logical intelligence Hear us talk about how AI can help businesses make better decisions Discover how AI can help businesses cross domains quickly Identify patterns that lead to AI bias in HR data and decision-making processes Train AI models to replicate individual "secret sauces" and successful business practices All this and more, on this week's episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you've listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you… I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating. It really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what's working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about  managing the impact of AI on identity and work with Ken Droz . So, subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: atlasup.com

Sun, May 14, 2023

Applying Quantum Physics to Business feat. Dr Leon Eisen

Quantum Backward Thinking and Business Application Quantum physics is a complicated idea that is usually studied in academia. But did you know that some businesses use these ideas to improve their work? By learning about the basic principles of quantum physics, leaders can apply quantum concepts to ensure business success. In this episode, I had the honour of talking with Dr Leon Eisen, an affiliated member of the Royal Society of Medicine (UK), a member of the Forbes Business Counsel, and an official mentor at the Israeli Export Institute. Dr Eisen holds a PhD in physics from the Weisman Institute of Science and is a Senator at the World Business Angel Investment Forum. He is a serial entrepreneur with over 20 years of experience in leadership and technology. He is the creator of the Quantum Backward Thinking Methodology for businesses to create reality from the future. Key takeaways: Use quantum backward thinking methodology to identify the steps needed to achieve business goals The basics of quantum physics and its relevance to business Trust is a crucial factor in building relationships with clients and co-workers for business growth How quantum physics can help in developing practical leadership skills The role of artificial intelligence in improving decision-making The benefits of mentorship in business and how quantum physics principles can be applied to it Consider creating personalized voice-based content to stand out in a world where AI is becoming more prevalent All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. wearepodcast.com If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you… I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week when I talk about how AI can help businesses scale with Jere Simpson. So, make sure to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: linkedin.com/in/leoneisen oxitone.com

Sun, May 07, 2023

Accelerate Your Market: How AI Can Help Improve Your Business Operations feat. Rod Santomassimo

Learn how to navigate the implications and responsibilities of AI Artificial Intelligence (AI) is one of the most powerful tools businesses can use to drive growth and innovation. You can automate tasks, predict market trends, and enhance customer experiences. However, business owners should be aware of common misconceptions surrounding AI. Properly navigating the ethical implications and training AI to produce output that reflects your voice and emotional intelligence can help ensure a successful integration of AI into your business. In this episode, Rod Santomassimo, founder and president of the Massimo Group, emphasizes the importance of understanding and adapting to AI. He has spent more than two decades in the industry, and he's built a reputation as one of the top CRE coaches in North America. He knows that AI is changing businesses' operations and providing a competitive advantage. As Rod will explain, the potential applications of AI are vast and far-reaching for companies of all sizes and industries: from automating routine tasks to predicting market trends and improving customer experiences. Key takeaways: AI should be used to enhance relationships and authenticity, not replace them Jump into AI and learn as much as possible to avoid falling behind in career Implement AI into your business operations to improve efficiency and productivity for competitive advantage Hear us talk about the ethical implications and considerations surrounding the use of AI and how to navigate them responsibly Discover the impact of AI on marketing and prospecting processes, and how it can accelerate everything Academia still has an important role in developing foundational knowledge and neural connections Resistance to AI implementation often comes from being set in old ways of doing things. Good input, process, and output are essential for successful AI implementation. Understand the importance of relationships and authenticity in AI implementation. All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you… I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us to be found. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Next week, I talk about  Applying Quantum Physics to Business  with  Dr. Leon Eisen . So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released

Sun, April 30, 2023

The Heart Speech Model: Discovering the Authentic Voice of A.I. feat. Amy Yamada

Learn how to build authentic connections with your audience using A.I With advances in machine learning, natural language processing, and computer vision, AI has entered industries, from self-driving cars and virtual assistants to healthcare and financial services. It is more relevant in creating content and communication aspects of business. By bringing your authentic voice into the content, you can ensure that the AI-generated content sounds like human rather than a machine. Amy Yamada is a highly experienced business coach for coaches and entrepreneurs with a proven track record of helping her clients break through to six and seven-figure incomes. With her expertise in guiding businesses to success, Amy focuses on helping her clients relay their message and create high-ticket offers that drive growth and profits. Let us hear from Amy Yamada how AI helps coaches and entrepreneurs amplify a brand's voice rather than replace it. Key takeaways: Hear us talk about the importance of authenticity in connecting with your audience and cultivating them Discover the potential of leveraging chat in promotional campaigns to increase sales Learn to how to deepen belief in yourself and build belief in others beyond marketing Learn how to integrate your authentic voice into content creation with the use of AI, particularly through the heart speech model Hear us talk about the discovery of the power of AI in copywriting and content creation, particularly in generating copy in just seconds Understand how AI can be used to streamline and improve communication process Discover the benefits and drawbacks of AI-generated content All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast.  shouldistartapodcast.com If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you… I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to  wearepodcast.com/group  … it is free. Stay tuned next week when we talk about  Accelerate Your Market: How AI Can Help Improve Your Business Operations with   Rod Massimo . So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://amyyamada.com/

Mon, April 24, 2023

Age of AI: The World of Digital Marketing feat. David Bunce

Elevate Your Marketing Results with the Revolutionary Power of AI In today's fast-paced digital age, businesses continuously seek innovative ways to stay ahead of the competition. With the rise of AI, companies are exploring its potential benefits in streamlining processes, improving decision-making, and enhancing customer experiences. AI has become a significant focus for businesses looking to elevate their marketing results and remain at the forefront of their industry. In this episode of We Are Podcast, we speak with David Bunce about Hawke AI and its role in revolutionising the digital marketing industry. Hawke AI is an innovative tool tailored to provide marketers with crucial data and benchmarks that enable them to elevate their marketing results. David Bunce shares his valuable insights into how the tool works, the results that can be expected, and the potential for AI in hospitality, booking automation, inventory management, and personalised customer service. Our conversation sheds light on the future of marketing automation, the conversation around human intelligence versus artificial intelligence, and the importance of transparency in the outcomes of AI work and ensuring the quality of its output. Key Takeaways: Understand the working of Hawke AI and the results that it can achieve. Learn how AI can enhance marketing efforts and stay ahead of the competition. Explore the potential of AI in hospitality, booking automation, inventory management, and personalised customer service. Recognise the importance of transparency in the outcomes of AI work and ensure the quality of its output. Discover the answers to strategic business questions and how AI can solve them. Gain insights into the conversation around human intelligence versus artificial intelligence and the future of marketing automation. All this and more, on this week's episode of We Are Podcast. Stay tuned next week when we talk about The Heart Speech Model: Discovering the Authentic Voice of A.I. feat. Amy Yamada. So, don't forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Link: hawke.ai

Mon, April 17, 2023

The Art of Crafting Effective AI Prompts feat. Rossco Paddison

Leveraging AI for Business Success In this episode of We Are Podcast, Ronsley Vaz speaks with Rossco Paddison, an expert in AI technology and its practical applications in various industries. Rossco is a self-taught AI developer and entrepreneur passionate about exploring how AI can enhance human creativity and productivity. He shares his experiences using AI to solve business problems. He offers insights into how entrepreneurs can leverage AI to create value and stay ahead in a rapidly changing market. According to Rossco, AI can amplify strategies that already work, making it the wisest short-term use of AI. However, personal creativity is the most valuable asset in a world where content volume is no longer a problem. Rossco believes we are moving towards digital artisans, individuals who refine and use a craft on organisations and projects. He also emphasises our responsibility to take action if we think AI is bad for the world. Key takeaways: AI can be used to enhance human creativity and productivity. AI can be used to solve business problems. Using AI to amplify strategies that already work is the wisest short-term use of it. Personal creativity is the most valuable asset in a world where content volume is no longer a problem. We are shifting towards win-win games, positive-sum games where everyone wins. Crypto is a time for humans to reassess how we treat money and politics. We live in a world where most people spend their lives trading their time for money. AI can quickly be censored and censor truths. All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating. It really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to  wearepodcast.com/group . It is free! Link: rossco.co/wearepodcast Next week, we will talk about the  Age of AI: The World of Digital Marketing  with  David Bunce.  So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Mon, April 10, 2023

Unveiling The Inspirational Stories of Successful Entrepreneurs feat. Jason Irving

From Brokenness to Breakthroughs: Insights on Authenticity, Personal Growth, and Entrepreneurship Successful businesses have diverse motivations and unique stories of inspiration. Understanding the source of inspiration behind each business is crucial as it reveals the purpose and drive that fuels them. These stories also provide valuable insights into entrepreneurs' obstacles while transforming their ideas into reality. In this episode of We Are Podcast, we talk with Jason Irving, the host of The Uncovered Podcast. Jason shares his insights on how he transformed from brokenness to achieving breakthroughs. His passion for helping entrepreneurs become more authentic in their professional and personal lives led him to create his podcast. He aims to empower them by fostering personal growth and facilitating their understanding of their life's purpose. Key takeaways: The importance of acknowledging vulnerability as entrepreneurs to foster personal growth. How one's perspective shapes their understanding of resilience and how it can help achieve success. The factors influencing people's behaviour and beliefs and how entrepreneurs can leverage this knowledge. Valuable insights on starting a podcast and how it can benefit and influence your business. The significance of authenticity in both personal and professional lives. All this and more, on this week's episode of We Are Podcast. If this is the first episode you've listened to all the way to the end, or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on wearepodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating. It helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what's working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that, go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. Next week, we will cover T he Art of Crafting Effective AI Prompts feat. Rossco Paddison. So, don't forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Sun, April 02, 2023

Use Your Voice Through Podcasting feat. Angela Henderson

The Power of Podcasting: Using Your Voice to Grow Your Business Are you a business owner looking to amplify your brand's voice? Have you considered podcasting as a means to grow your business? In this episode of We Are Podcast, we sit down with Angela Henderson, a renowned business coach, psychologist, and podcaster, to discuss the power of podcasting and how it can help you use and believe in your voice. As a successful podcaster and author of the "Business and Life Conversations" podcast, Angela shares her insights on using podcasting to grow your business. She emphasises the importance of keeping it simple and taking imperfect action to reap the benefits of podcasting. Angela also delves into the deeper meaning of wealth and how money affects women and entrepreneurs. Key takeaways: Podcasting can amplify your business tenfold more than any other platform. Imperfect action is better than no action when it comes to podcasting. Wealth is more than just monetary success; it's about creating a life of freedom and abundance. Using your voice through podcasting can help you connect with your audience more deeply. Fear, self-doubt, and limiting beliefs are the primary subconscious blocks that hold people back. Successful podcasting requires a strategy, consistency, and a genuine desire to connect with your audience. All this and more on this episode of We Are Podcast Are you excited to learn from successful entrepreneurs? Don't miss our next episode, where we unveil the inspirational stories of successful entrepreneurs with Jason Irving . So, don't forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: angelahenderson.com.au

Sun, March 26, 2023

Success, Motivation and Mastering Oneself feat. Amira Alvarez

Mastering Yourself: How to Achieve Your Goals and Succeed as an Entrepreneur Aspiring entrepreneurs need to have mastery over themselves before they can succeed. This means understanding their capabilities, managing their emotions, and pushing themselves beyond their limits. In this episode of We Are Podcast, Amira Alvarez, the CEO of The Unstoppable Woman, shares her journey to success and offers advice on achieving true mastery over oneself. Amira discusses her definition of success and how to stay motivated to achieve your goals. Listeners will learn about the importance of visibility and growth in podcasting, accepting mistakes, and the importance of breakdown activities in business. She also talks about the masculine and feminine essence within each of us and how to remove boundaries in running a successful business. Amira also shares her insights on being a podcaster and how to handle the competition. Key takeaways: Self-mastery is crucial for success in entrepreneurship. Success is defined differently for everyone, but it always involves achieving personal goals. To achieve your goals, you must understand what motivates you and be able to turn your ideas into reality. Breakdown activities can be a helpful tool for achieving business success. Accepting mistakes and moving on is key to personal and professional growth. The masculine and feminine essence within us can affect our behavior in business and life. Visibility and growth are important in podcasting, and competition should be viewed as an opportunity rather than a threat. All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. Don't miss out on next week's episode of We Are Podcast! We'll discuss how to  Use Your Voice Through Podcasting  with special guest  Angela Henderson . So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links & resources mentioned in the episode: theunstoppablewoman.com/

Sun, March 19, 2023

What You Don't Know About Experiences feat. Joey Coleman

Enhancing Experiences: Key to Customer and Employee Retention Many entrepreneurs focus on books, frameworks, and methodologies when scaling a business. However, the delivery of experience is often overlooked, even though it can significantly impact customer and employee retention. In this episode of We Are Podcast, Joey Coleman, the Chief Experience Composer at Design Symphony and author of the #2 Wall Street Journal Bestseller 'Never Lose A Customer Again,' shares his insights on how to keep your customers and employees while scaling your business through his unique frameworks and methodologies. Joey Coleman emphasizes the importance of enhancing experiences for both customers and employees. He shares his expertise in helping companies keep their customers and employees happy by making conscious and intentional decisions. Coleman also discusses the foundation of business partnership and how doing a podcast can solidify your thinking. Additionally, the episode addresses the logic of tight emotional bands of business owners. Key takeaways: Experience is the most powerful motivator in the human condition. Making conscious and intentional decisions is crucial in enhancing experiences. Enhancing employee experience is just as important as enhancing customer experience. Doing a podcast can help solidify your thinking and enhance your partnerships. Tight emotional bands of business owners can sometimes hinder logical decision-making. All this and more, on this week's episode of We Are Podcast. Don't miss out on next week's episode of the We Are Podcast. We'll be delving into the keys to success, motivation, and mastering oneself with special guest Amira Alvarez . Discover valuable insights on motivating yourself to achieve your goals and much more. So, don't forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links: https://joeycoleman.com/

Sun, March 12, 2023

Podcasting: the game-changing media landscape feat. Todd Cochrane

Mastering Digital Marketing with Podcasts The world of podcasts is rapidly expanding, with millions of episodes available on a wide range of topics. This presents a unique opportunity for businesses to connect with their target audience and elevate their digital marketing efforts. In this episode of We Are Podcast, Todd Cochrane, CEO of RawVoice/Blubrry, shares his insights on how podcasts can be an effective marketing tool. As an industry expert, Todd explains that podcasts allow businesses to tell their story more personally and engagingly, which can ultimately help build customer trust and loyalty. He also shares tips on how to get started with podcasting, from conceptualising the show to attracting sponsors and growing the audience. Additionally, Todd provides an in-depth analysis of podcast networks and programmatic advertising, giving listeners a comprehensive understanding of the current media landscape. Key takeaways: Podcasts allow businesses to connect with their audience personally, building trust and loyalty. Starting a podcast involves conceptualising the show, attracting sponsors, and growing the audience. Live streaming and joining podcast networks can offer advantages but consider the benefits and drawbacks. Programmatic advertising is a growing trend, so understand how it works and how it can benefit your business. All this and more, on this week's episode of We Are Podcast. Don't miss out on our next episode of We Are Podcast! Join us next week for an enlightening discussion with Joey Coleman as we delve into customer and employee experiences . Discover insider tips and expert insights on e nhancing the experiences of your valued customers and employees. So, don't forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links & resources: https://geeknewscentral.com/ https://www.podcastawards.com/ https://blubrry.com/

Sun, March 05, 2023

The Ultimate Podcasting Guide feat. Dave Jackson

Unleashing the Power of Podcasting Podcasting has emerged as a powerful medium to create and share audio content. It offers flexibility and can be used for various purposes, making it highly rewarding and lucrative. But is podcasting for everyone? Dave Jackson, the author of Profit from Your Podcast, shares his insights in this episode. As a podcasting veteran of 17 years, Dave Jackson is a seasoned expert. He founded the School of Podcasting in 2005 and has helped hundreds of people launch their podcasts successfully. In this episode of We Are Podcast, he talks about common mistakes podcasters make and how to avoid them. He also shares proven strategies to turn listeners into a livelihood. Key takeaways: How to launch a podcast successfully, from organizing to creating and advertising podcasts, including all the methods and resources. Common mistakes made by podcasters and how to avoid them. How to deal with recycled topics and use them to your advantage. Improve your podcasting skills and create shows that resonate with your target audience. Strategies to repurpose podcast content and increase the shareability of episodes produced. Podcasting has revolutionized the audio content industry, and Dave Jackson is a leading expert. Tune in to this episode of We Are Podcast to learn more about the power of podcasting and how you can leverage it to achieve your goals. All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. Join us next week for an exciting episode featuring Todd Cochrane , where we dive deep into the game-changing media landscape of podcasting . Learn how to leverage this powerful medium to enhance your digital marketing skills and take your brand to the next level . So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links & resources mentioned in the episode: https://schoolofpodcasting.com/

Sun, February 26, 2023

Show up and own your success feat. Suzi Dafnis

Overcoming Resistance in Business Entrepreneurship is not for the faint of heart. Even when things are going well, there will always be a force that tries to pull you back. In this episode of We Are Podcast, Ronsley speaks with Suzi Dafnis, CEO of HerBusiness, a network of women entrepreneurs who are expanding and scaling their businesses. Suzi shares her tips for overcoming resistance and owning your success. Suzi's journey as a successful business owner began in 1995. She has since built multiple multimillion-dollar businesses and now helps women entrepreneurs build and scale their ideal businesses through her mentoring program. In this episode, she talks about the importance of showing up in business, knowing your ideal client, and recognising the causes of resistance and how to overcome them when scaling a business. She also shares insights into running webinars for marketing opportunities and finding the ideal mentor. So, whether you're just starting or have been in business for years, tune in to gain valuable insights on overcoming resistance and building a successful business. Key takeaways: The importance of showing up in business Understanding the principles and values of entrepreneurship Recognising the causes of resistance and how to overcome it when scaling a business The steps to knowing your ideal client Learning the foundations of running a webinar for marketing opportunities Finding the ideal mentor and the importance of mentorship. Stay tuned next week when we delve into T he Ultimate Podcasting Guide featuring the expert insights of Dave Jackson . In this comprehensive guide, we'll explore the incredible impact that podcasting can have, so be sure to subscribe to the show and catch the episode as soon as it drops. Until then, much love. Links & resources mentioned in the episode: https://herbusiness.com/ https://www.facebook.com/HerBusiness https://www.instagram.com/herbusiness/

Sun, February 19, 2023

Following The Inner Light feat. Phoebe Greenacre

The inner light is your guide in the business world. It will show us where to focus our energy and attention and as what we need to work on to progress. This advice is for more than just business owners. Self-care is essential for everyone, especially those who want to make a difference or elevate their businesses. In this episode, we speak with Phoebe Greenacre, a spiritual business coach, somatic therapist, and meditation and yoga teacher who inspires women to think outside the box and elevate their businesses. She believes self-care is essential to maintain physical, emotional, and mental health. She is a successfully exited entrepreneur with 15 years in business and startups, plus over seven years in holistic healing and therapy. In this episode, you will: Learn how Phoebe Greenacre, a spiritual business coach, somatic therapist and Meditation + Yoga Teacher, help women to dream outside the box and elevate their businesses. Hear us talk about how her podcast impacted her business Learn how to shift your expert focus and develop your niche Hear how she build her network, turning her into a yoga teacher and somatic therapist Rethink your experience to cultivate confidence and resilience Understand how she interweaved somatic therapy through her business program Take a deeper look at the 12-week business accelerator Know the rituals on how to keep in touch with your inner self Think differently about the concept of yin therapy in business We talk in-depth about the importance of meditation to entrepreneurs All this and more, on this week’s episode of We Are Podcast. Stay tuned next week when we cover Show up and own your success feat. Suzi Dafnis . We cover lots including learning how to overcome resistance in your business . So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love.

Sun, February 12, 2023

The key to high performance feat. Matt Gallant & Mark Effinger

When our brains are not at their best — when we are not at the peak of our mental performance — we feel sluggish, tired, and unproductive. What if you could finally resolve the problem of not being more productive and falling short on promises with your business? What if you could get more results with less effort while enjoying a healthier brain? In this episode, we are talking with Matt Gallant and Mark Effinger, the founders of Nootopia. Nootopia is a revolutionary formula that unlocks your brain's full focus, concentration, and creativity. Hear the impact of how they support entrepreneurs to be successful through their life-changing Nootopia formulas. In this episode, you will: Learn how Matt Gallant and Mark "Mr Noots" Effinger, who are the founders of Nootopia, support brain health and improve cognitive function for their clients Hear the backstory of their partnership in the business Discover how Mr Noots transitioned from his software company to the creation of nootropics <li class="MsoNor

Sun, February 05, 2023

Using your podcast to establish your credibility feat. Laura Powers

317. Using your podcast to establish your credibility feat. Laura Powers Guest: Laura Powers Episode Title : Using your podcast to establish your credibility Learn how to establish your credibility and build your network through podcasting Podcasting is a powerful way to establish your credibility as an expert in your industry. Learning how to podcast is also a great way to connect with influencers as well as key people you can use for future partnerships and collaborations. On this episode of the show, we are talking with Laura Michelle Powers who is a celebrity psychic, author of 8 books including, “Rock Your Podcast.” Hear her podcast journey that take her to many opportunities and how she establish her credibility over time. In this episode you will: Learn how Laura Michelle Powers evolved into a celebrity psychic and hosted several podcasts that developed her credibility over time Hear her stories being featured on Will Ferrell’s Ron Burgundy podcast and on various television shows Learn how she started her podcast about spiritual healing Understand how to build your network through podcasting Understand the importance of the business’ website Think about your podcast. Why are you doing it? And why does it matter? Take a deeper look at her niche, focusing on writing a book Learn how to build partnerships using your podcast We talk about tips and advice for new podcasters All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Stay tuned next week when we going to cover The key to high performance feat. Matt Gallant & Mark Effinger . We cover lots including how to optimise your brain’s health . So, don’t forget to subscribe to the show to get that episode as soon it gets released. Until then, much love. Links & resources mentioned in the episode: https://www.healingpowers.net/

Thu, December 01, 2022

The Limbic Advantage model feat. Michael Griffiths

Learn how the limbic brain works for your audience There are many models in the world that try to describe how businesses work. Some focus on systems and procedures, others on marketing and communications, and some even discuss financial and operational forecasts. In this episode of the show, we are talking with Michael Griffiths, who travels the world sharing his Limbic Advantage model that helps thousands of entrepreneurs on how to track their business growth and build outstanding relationships with clients. Hear his insights on how we can help shape our audience’s paradigm of thinking through podcasting. In this episode you will: Learn how Michael Griffiths helps business owners fast-track their business growth with his unique Limbic Advantage model Learn the analogy of basketball in relation to a business Hear us talk about his journey as a podcaster Understand how podcasts help shape your audience’s paradigm of thinking Know the impact of listening to podcasts every day Take a deeper look at the Limbic Advantage model Learn how to get more referrals for your business Understand how to see your business as a million little moments Think differently about how conscious awareness turns into a habit in building an industry We talk in-depth about the comparison of limbic and cortex brains All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you : Speak your truth Analyse your audience Find where they are What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you a

Thu, November 24, 2022

The ecosystem for entrepreneurs feat. Charles Gaudet

Learn how to optimise, systemise, and innovate your business There are a ton of projects available to an entrepreneur who is juggling different balls. During this time the business is also experiencing a ton of opportunities. Things like that will constantly escape our attention if we don't organise our work after it is completed. In this episode, we talk with Charles Gaudet, a coach who helps entrepreneurs get predictable profits in their businesses. He also talks about how the podcast has been an incredible conversion tool to attract more clients. In this episode you will: Learn how Charles Gaudet, a coach and an entrepreneur is growing his business Hear us talk about his life as an entrepreneur since the age of 4 Understand what "done is better than perfect" means Learn what a marketing funnel is in your business Take a deeper look into how podcast consumption drives conversion Know the ecosystem for entrepreneurs Rethink your business by remaining consistent in what you do Understand why podcasting requires commitment Hear us talk about the strategy to help your business grow We talk in-depth about optimisation, systemisation, and innovation in business And, think differently about the benefit of working with a coach All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you : Make a list of what your do regularly. Here at We Are Podcast we call it Recurring Regular Reps. Capture the way you do things right now. Make constant small improvements to the process. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve l

Thu, November 17, 2022

Turning adversity into triumph feat. Erika Cramer

Learn to eradicate self-doubt Sometimes, we are preceded by our self-doubts about something that can’t be possibly done. But if you want to make a difference in this world, help people, and want to be successful, we need to act like it. We have the privilege to sit in self-doubt. In this episode of the show, we are talking with Erika Cramer, who is an advocate for women to be confident in themselves. Hear her story about how moving to another country for her is a land of opportunity in business and entrepreneurship. In this episode you will: Learn how Erika transformed herself as a mother, an entrepreneur, and a confidence coach and helps women to find privilege within themselves Understand women's empowerment and confidence Learn to see what’s possible versus sitting in self-doubt Take a deeper look into what privilege looks like Rethink your dreams that have been put aside by doing them now Understand the opportunities in the digital world Hear us talk about her journey before and after podcasting Learn how the foundation of business with a podcast succeeds Think about doing your podcast. Why are you doing it? And why does it matter? Hear us discuss about the importance of consistency in podcast Hear us talk in-depth about freedom from pressure and time All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you : This isn’t easy to do. I still struggle with this. And I need my people. Borrow courage and plan your regular reps Don’t look too far ahead and judge yourself. Small steps looking at the next thing. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. <p cl

Thu, November 10, 2022

Defining success as a podcaster feat. Dan Cumberland

Learn how to define your own success When someone asks us what success is, we have different answers. We have some version of success that's inherently in our minds. And the fact is, we're still trying to figure it out every day. In this episode of the show, we speak with Dan Cumberland, who shares the framework of success that has helped many business owners realise and define success within themselves. He also talks about a very cool way to repurpose your podcast into video for more attention. In this episode you will: Learn how Dan Cumberland helped business owners connect with what does success look like for them Understand how success is defined through our influences Learn a framework for success Take a deeper look in finding fulfilment within the podcast you create We answer a question about his repurposing tool videosnap.io Hear us talk about repurposing an audio podcast into amazing video clips Rethink your podcast by finding the rhythm that works for you Understand how to grow credibility within your industry Hear us talk about his journey in podcasting Learn how a podcast can be a revenue stream We talk in-depth about funnel mapping and the challenges about having a successful business All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you define success for yourself within your business : Your 1 year letter Ideal week What reps have you included in your ideal week that will get you closer to your definitions of success   What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve lis

Thu, November 03, 2022

Trust Building Exercises feat. Mick Hawes

Learn how to communicate your value to build trust To be better understood we need to communicate better. Communicating comes with openness and honesty that will result in building trust. In this episode of the show, we are talking with Mick Hawes, who's been in the game of performance and coaching for 30 years. He believes that by being open and honest as well as working together as a team always gives you the best results. In this episode you will… Learn how Mick Hawes has been helping builders build successful businesses for 30 years Understand the basics of building trust and rapport with your audience Learn to gain trust from the clients you serve Take a deeper look personal development Hear us answer a question about value over price Hear us discuss the value of communicating correctly with our clients Understand why podcasting is a central pillar of success in business Hear us talk about openness and honesty Learn how his coaching program flourished throughout the pandemic Learn more because we talk in-depth about addressing mental health challenges All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you communicate your value to build trust : Write down what value and transformation you deliver to your clients Make a list of testimonials Publish your case studies and testimonials on every page on your website & in your sales process. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.

Thu, October 20, 2022

Manage ambiguity and chaos feat. Leanne Hughes

Learn how to manage ambiguity and chaos as a podcaster No one starts off as an expert in a field. Mostly, it comes from the reps, the experience, & the help of trustworthy and competent people. In this episode of the show, we are talking with Leanne Hughes, who cares deeply about growth as a person. Hear her story about how she started her podcast, which allows her to travel the world. In this episode you will: Learn how to Leanne Hughes started her show while running a lot of workshops around the world Understand how to make a connection with your audience Learn to develop your skills in podcasting Take a deeper look at the nature of facilitation We answer a question about writing articles as reps We discussed Leanne’s first speaking engagement through a podcast guest connection. Understand how writing articles provides a counterintuitive perspective Hear us talk about creating more insight and impact from your podcast audience Learn how to manage ambiguity and chaos in your business Think differently about being able to listen, respond, and be comfortable with ambiguity We talk in-depth about growth as a person and as a podcaster All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you : The more reps you do, the more comfortable you’ll be with your ability to respond. Being so prepared that you can’t go off script ruins flow Braindump weekly. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our

Thu, October 13, 2022

Rhythm and Frameworks feat. Jaime and Jim Sheils

Learn how to develop rhythm and frameworks in your business Everyone wants to be successful in balancing their priorities in life. From business to work, from work to family, and developing one’s self. On this episode of the show, we are talking with Jaime and Jim Sheils who create rhythm and frameworks to help entrepreneurs not only succeed in business, but also succeed at home. In this episode you will: Learn how Jim and Jaime Sheils manage their life not only as entrepreneurs but also as parents, husband and wife, business owners, podcasters. We talk about why a lot of entrepreneurs were successful in their business but failing at home Learn to how to deal with conflict and difficulties Take a deeper look at how Covid caused them to reach a new audience We answer a question about how they measure success in their business Rethink your podcast- how you do it and why you do it Understand that how trust is built Hear us talk about the practice of apologising Learn the importance of communication Think differently about the ability to help your audience We talk in-depth about strategies on making business and time with the family work All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you : Start with Vision & Goals What are the reps? Schedule the reps. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to <a href= "http:

Thu, October 06, 2022

How to have the real diverse conversations with Kiri-Maree Moore

Learn how to have the really diverse conversations Every person wants to make an impact on the planet. Whether it is through our family, through our businesses, and even through our podcasts. On this episode of the show we are talking with Kiri-Maree Moore who cares deeply about having real & deep conversations. She is on a mission to focus on doing just the 1% to make the change we want to see in the world. In this episode you will: Learn how Kiri-Maree Moore travels the world and runs multi multimillion dollar businesses Understand how important your voice is Learn how having amazing conversations became a global phenomenon Take a deeper look at the journey of putting one’s voice out there We answer a question about the basics of “just inviting them” Rethink your podcast - how you do it and why you do it Understand how to show up when you have a conversation Hear us talk about differences and why different voices are needed Learn the foundations of asking the question “what are you taking from that?” Think differently about having new conversations We talk in-depth about being grateful for the opportunity to have conversations and the process to having the best ones. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you : What is the uncomfortable What is the mission Who are the smart people What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in t

Thu, September 29, 2022

Be the voice of change feat. Coss Marte

Learn how to be the voice of change in your industry Did you ever wish you had a second chance at something? Ever wonder what its like for someone who lives their whole life making sure other people get second chances? Today’s conversation is with Coss Marte who was in jail for 6 years, came out to start a business that gives second chances to people that have been to prison. His voice and his mission is entirely focused on that. In this episode you will: Learn how Coss Marte got featured on the Ellen Degeneres Show Understand the journey of someone that making sure his voice is heard Learn to be spontaneous how to roll with change Take a deeper look at ConBody and how a convict started a fitness company We answer a question about how to bootstrap it when demand increases Rethink how you use your voice by using it Understand how we take for granted our freedoms of using our voices Hear us talk about taking NO for an answer Learn how the foundations of good work ethic is the key to making progress Think differently about people that come out of the prison system We talk in-depth about how Coss is now going to testify in Congress to change laws around the people he serves. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you Be the voice of chance : Be grateful for the opportunity Get the truth in people’s faces and catch the eyes of the right people Take no for an answer and Be the overworked fool What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for u

Thu, September 22, 2022

How grief can turn into a gift for your audience feat. Dr. Sherry Walling

Learn how grief can be a gift for your audience Wondering how to have difficult conversations with your audience? Want to know how to approach it without getting onto a soapbox? This episode with Dr Sherry Walling goes into depths of how to approach talking about difficult topics on your podcast. Why it is important and the trust it builds with your audience who are going through similar things. In this episode you will: Learn how Sherry has evolved as a podcast and learn her podcasting journey Understand why evolving as a podcaster is part of the journey Learn to evolve your podcast when you learn more with every episode Take a deeper look at how you learn as a podcaster We answer a question about maturing through the modality of podcasting Rethink your creation as a podcaster by doing the reps Understand how to become an information disseminator Hear us talk about how to present your information and when you are supposed to say nothing Learn how the foundations of news jacking and how you can get caught in what others are doing Think differently about writing a book and how to create with meaning We talk in-depth about covering topics that are taboo and are hard to talk about All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you can turn grief into a gift your audience loves: Journal … keep track in real time of the facts. We distort the truth, especially if we are hurting. Ask the question, “what does this mean for my audience” … see what comes up. Nothing might, but if it does, honour it. Make a list of 3-5 things you want to cover as a result of this event. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. <

Thu, September 15, 2022

Manage your podcast effectively feat. Rob Walch

Learn how to manage your podcast effectively Did you want to become more efficient with your podcast? Did you want to learn from someone who is deep inside the podcasting world? From someone who sees more podcasts than .01% of the podcasters out there? Well, Rob Walch, who was inducted into the Podcasting Hall of Fame in 2016. He is the Vice President of Libsyn Enterprise and Platform Partnerships, having joined Libsyn in 2007, Prior to joining Libsyn he founded podCast411, Inc in 2004. In this episode you will: Learn how to make your content creation easier Understand how podcasting has changed in the last 20 years Learn to make money indirectly from your podcast Take a deeper look at PodFade and how to avoid it with the right frame of mind We answer a question about how to create your podcast that lasts Rethink your perspective by looking at your audience objectively Understand how many podcasts are ‘really’ active on Apple Podcasts Hear us talk about the podcasting space and whether it is saturated Learn how the foundations of media hosting work for you and where to host your podcast Think differently about how you look at hosting your podcast We talk in-depth about how to manage your podcast and all the spinning plates that come with that All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you manage your podcast more effectively : Create your podcast on what you are passionate about and not what is popular Rethink success. Its not about the downloads. It is also about the downloads. Getting new listeners is key. Make sure you have a regular calendar appointment for yourself to actively get new listeners. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me

Thu, September 08, 2022

Using your podcast as a business development tool feat. James Orsini

Learn how to use your podcast as a business development tool & repurpose your content I keep talking about the power of the podcast and how it needs to be seen as a business development tool rather than a content or marketing tool. This conversation will prove and explain my point. James Orsini is the president of the Sasha Group, a VaynerX company that builds businesses through education, consulting and marketing. He is a dear friend and I always pay attention when James gives advice because of his real world experience. He is a leader in every sense of the word and I look up to him. In this episode you will: Learn how to get your team to create content and reels for you Understand Gary Vee took 1200 people company virtual overnight Learn to pivot with the market and create for what the market responds to Take a deeper look at the Sasha Group by VaynerX We answer a question about how to produce content for your audience Rethink your content strategy by asking better questions Understand how brands are built on social Hear us talk about branding and marketing - why you need both and how to incorporate them Learn how the foundations of how being responsive to new trends Think differently about using your podcast with Web3 and NFTs We talk in-depth about how to repurpose your content for different situations All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you use your podcast as a business development tool : Who is your audience Who have your audience How do make your podcast appealing to the people that have your audience What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business

Thu, September 01, 2022

Using a podcast to power a micro multimillion dollar business

Learn how to power a micro-multimillion dollar business with your podcast Ever want to know the decisions that went into creating a multimillion dollar business from scratch with your podcast as the main pillar? This is for you. This episode has some insane tips and tricks and ideas on how you can use your podcast to grow your business. Tina has the most insane results over the last couple of years and she lives a life full of travel and fun too. In this episode you will: Learn how to start a business from the experience you already have Understand how not to become someone else but just build on your experience Learn to visualise your business and your podcast as a ecosystem Take a deeper look at how 62% of buyers first listen to your podcast We answer a question about the reps every business owner needs to regularly complete Rethink your audience content strategy by looking at Instagram Live Stories Understand making your podcast the centre pillar of your business ecosystem Hear us talk about how to scale your podcast content - making it work for you rather than the other around Learn how the foundations of making mp3 files small and not too large mistake #70. Think differently about relationships and why it is important We talk in-depth about Tina’s insane accomplishments, how she’s using her podcast to run a micro multimillion dollar business. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you make your podcast a micro multimillion dollar business : Embrace your unique … learn to just express and be a student of the learning process Focus on a transformation - bring a group of similars together Make an offer - Let people know how you can help them and where they can buy that What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  <a href= "http://ShouldIStartA

Thu, August 25, 2022

303. Make content to motivate a village using your podcast feat. Shawn Walchef

Learn how to make content to motivate a village with your podcast Did you ever want to be unique by the content you create? Do you look at others and feel like they found their niche? Do you think it easy for certain people to make content but not for you? Well this episode is going to change all that for you. The focus is on you creating content that motivates a village to join your crazy dream. This episode will give you the foolproof framework to create a unique show that grows your business. In this episode you will: Learn how to create a unique podcast for your business Understand how to make a profitable & unique podcast Learn to a bbq restaurant became a media brand Take a deeper look at the technologies available to small business owners We answer a question about how to tell your own story Rethink your content by focusing on your truth and your crazy dream Understand how to motivate a village and do the reps Hear us talk about how to do smart phone storytelling to our audiences Learn how the foundations of entrepreneurship and making content for your business Think differently about how you make content for your business We talk in-depth about curiosity. How to use it to be unique and trustworthy in our business content. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you create unique content for your business: How do you do things? What do you do in your business every week? Make a list. Find out what others are doing to make their content. Use this as “not starting from a blank page” List your traits and values before you start creating. Then seperate the creation from the editing and the publishing. What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review

Thu, August 18, 2022

Simple idea into a business with a podcast feat. John Lee Dumas

Learn how to take a simple idea and turn it into a business with a podcast Did you ever want to really understand how you can start from a simple idea and turn it into a multimillion dollar a year business? And a business that keeps 80% of what it makes? Well here is the secret, there is common path that leads to uncommon success and John Lee Dumas has put over 480 hours to sharing that secret with you. In this episode you will: Learn how to take your podcast to the next level Understand how to create weekly free content easily Learn to seperate paid content from free content Take a deeper look at how fortune favours the bold for podcasters We answer a question about how to monetise a problem your audience is dealing with Rethink your monetising strategy by just asking your audience Understand how to talk to your audience and focus on them Hear us talk about getting your audience to talk to you as a podcast host Learn how the foundations of how to think of success and what is enough Think differently about how a podcast can scale a successful coaching We talk in-depth about how to make it successfully as a podcaster and what is the common path to uncommon success. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you create a successful career with a podcast and an audience : Ask your audience. Make a decisions. What questions would you? What activities are you going to do weekly to get your audience to interact with you? What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your making your podcast more profitable & more impactful. If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com , subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more. If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what

Thu, August 11, 2022

How to Launch a podcast brand

Guests: Shawn Walchef, Anna Vocino, James Whittaker, Sandy Waters Learn how to launch a podcast brand Ever wanted to know how to launch your podcast? What about launching your podcast as a brand? Launching your podcast as a brand will give you more bang for your buck and will dramatically increase the trust you build in your industry. This episode is packed filled with ideas, tactics and tricks you need to launch your podcast. Or, even relaunch it. In this episode you will: Learn how to America’s angriest trainer launched his podcast Understand how you have to rebrand & refresh your brand ever so often Learn to think about how to present an elegant looking brand Take a deeper look at brand consistency and why it is crucial to have brand guidelines We answer a question about how a barbecue restaurant became a media brand Rethink your podcast hosting responsibilities by having a clear vision about how you show up for your audience and connect with them Understand how to launch a brand once you have the branding basics sorted Hear us talk about how to launch and relaunch your brand when you are ready Learn the foundations of how to launch a podcast correctly Think differently about how to create the hype for your brand when you are launching We talk in-depth about launching your podcast, your brand, your book, your product. This episode covers the launching ideas every business owner needs to listen to. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast. Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them. Pretty Please. Enjoy the show. After you listen to this episode I would love you to take these 3 small steps that will help you Launch your next thing : Make a list of where you want to be seen. On what platforms and to whom? Who is your audience. Now think about who has your target market but no competitive overlap. List these people. If you’ve listened to previous episodes of this show, you would already have these done. Create a 13 week timeline before you are about to launch. What would you like to happen, and how would you like it to go down, and who would you like helping you? What you pick as your strategies to grow will depend on where you are at in your business. Pick the right strategy for where you are at and not where you want to be. These are 3 small steps that if you execute, irrespective of where you are at in your business and podcasting journey will make a huge impact on your makin

Thu, August 04, 2022

Make your podcast audience love you

We stop ourselves from creating a podcast because we don’t know what to make. We don’t know what will make our audience love us. We struggle to link all the amazing things we’ve done into a podcast concept for a certain audience. All this leads to us creating just another generic podcast that everyone else has made before. Well, until now. Because if this is where you are at right now, then this episode is just made for you.    In this episode you will: Learn how to activate a Facebook group of people that want to hear from you Understand how to produce weekly content without stressing about what to create Learn to make your podcast punchy & relevant Take a deeper look at how to create content specific for your specific audience  I answer a question about where to find your audience for your podcast Rethink your podcast creation by first speaking your truth  Understand how a product where people buy from you is so important for a podcaster  Hear us talk about trust and how to create a podcast that builds trust  Learn how the foundations of creating a business for transformation  Think differently about how normalise the secret fears of your audience  We talk in-depth about credibility and how to make a podcast for your audience so that they love who you are, and the mission you are on.   All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them.    Pretty Please. Enjoy

Thu, July 28, 2022

Charging for the value you provide

Ever wanted to sit in on one of my coaching calls? Well here is one of them with an amazing human being and leader who doesn’t know how to monetise her worth. You’ll hear her talk about how much she has done but it takes her a while to even reveal that to me. Tash heard me speak at an event and booked in a time to chat.     In this episode you will: Learn how to not do work for free but value your worth in business Understand how to look at online products  Learn to package your value up and monetise it Take a deeper look at being interviewed on other podcasts - how it can grow your business I answer a question about the audience you sell to Rethink your product offering by focusing on transformation  Understand how we don’t value the things that we are good at, and why we need to break that down  Hear us talk about teams and leading teams  Learn how the foundations of the Emyth by Michael Gerber built Tash’s 8 million dollar business Think differently about the psychological issues that come with putting your self out to the world We talk in-depth about charging for what your audience wants from you and how you valuing what you do makes you better at what you do.   All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them.    Pretty Please. Enjoy the show.

Thu, July 21, 2022

Selling from your podcast

Business has only 1 purpose. That is profit. To achieve profit selling is key. But how do you sell from your podcast without being too salesy or too vague with what you are creating. Its a topic that is important to gain perspective on for every business owner that has a podcast because there is no reason to just do a podcast for your business. Don’t waste time on so much effort without understanding these basics of selling from your podcast.  In this episode you will: Learn how to use your podcast to build your personal brand by covering repeated conversations   Understand how to create a transformation for your audience Learn to partner with your podcast for sales  Take a deeper look at sponsorships and ads  We answer a question about gatekeepers to check the quality of a podcast  Rethink your podcast creation by looking for subscribers rather than listeners Understand that working to your strengths are key to success with your podcast   Hear us talk about your podcast driving sales for expensive products  Learn how the foundations of creating transformations for your audience is key to growth  Think differently about monetising your podcast   We talk in-depth about selling from your podcast, the tips and tricks in this episode are absolute GOLD, but more importantly the perspective you’ll gain is immense.    All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Also, if you know a business owner that needs to hear an episode about why a podcast is the best business development tool, please share an episode with them.    <span style="fo

Thu, July 14, 2022

Grow your podcast audience using Pinterest

Do you want to grow your audience on your podcast from Pinterest? This episode is for you because we cover how think about it, how to use its’ principles to get to know your audience better and make useful content for them. Which really is the key to your whole content strategy really. So, I guarantee you will get something out of this episode even if you aren’t thinking of using Pinterest in your marketing.    In this episode you will: Learn how to Pinterest - why you should care because of its search power Understand how good content makes the audience love your work Learn to use your podcast episodes and make boards on Pinterest  Take a deeper look at interests and how to better learn your audience We answer a question about how podcasters can use Pinterest with your quotes & content Rethink your reels by adding idea pins to Pinterest Understand the search bar in Pinterest as a podcaster business owner Hear us talk about trends and how to copy that for your business and podcast Learn how the foundations of curating content is key to doing well … its all about aggregation  Think differently about related searches and how to use it to your advantage  We talk in-depth about getting more attention and listeners for your podcast through Pinterest  All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you use Pinterest better for your podcast to get more listeners & clients & credibility <span style

Thu, July 07, 2022

How to pitch with your podcast

Do you want use your podcast to pitch for things that other can’t get? Yes. From access to cool events, to making collaborations that others can only dream about. This is the conversation you need to hear. Every business owner can use their podcast to get things their business can benefit from.    In this episode you will: Learn how to start the idea of Pitching - why you get what you pitch for and you are always pitching Understand how to ask for the big mission & the big impact you are part of Learn to use your podcast episodes to get in front of community colleges Take a deeper look at public relations and how to use your podcast as a PR tool We answer a question about how to become a multimedia mogul  Rethink your niche and your audience Understand the comparison is the birthplace of unhappiness. Learn how to read your metrics. Hear us talk about how to care about the listeners of your podcast.  Learn how the foundations of your podcast are so important when it comes to pitching your podcast. Think differently about how you pitch your podcast and how to take advantage your podcast platform to ask for things you couldn’t get without a podcast. We talk in-depth about creating something that people are attracted to. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you pitch like a podcaster :    Go back throu

Thu, June 30, 2022

Business Development using your podcast with Cliff Ravenscraft

How do you use your podcast to build a business you love? Or more importantly, how do you use a podcast to grow your business by making it the most effective business development tool for your business. Today we have Cliff Ravenscraft in the house and we ask him some pretty interesting questions about using your podcast as a business development tool.    In this episode you will: Learn from a podcast legend that has helped over 40,000 people launch a podcast Understand how Cliff uses Clubhouse to make connections Learn to use social media in a way that lets you connect with people  Take a deeper look at being of service as opposed to being social We answer a question about how to detect when someone wants your services Rethink your limiting beliefs about selling. Understand the story of your past and how it gets in your way. Hear us talk about how to connect with just audio and no visual cues.  Learn how the words you use tell a lot about your intentions. Think differently about the authentic and transparent sharing you do. We talk in-depth about Cliff and in particular this question - “how did you find that balance of using your podcast to not only establish yourself as a subject matter expert or professional in your niche? But how did you use that to leverage your own personal development and growth in your business?”. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you be more of a professional podcaster: </sp

Thu, June 23, 2022

How to avoid 'PodFade'

Are you getting fatigued making your podcast? Are you thinking, there must be an easier way to sustain this podcast? Well, most of us go through the phase of requiring inspiration for sustaining our podcast, but also about funding the making of it. This conversation is entirely focused on that.    In this episode you will: Learn what it means as a podcaster to experience “PodFade” - yes, it is a real thing Understand that after you go past episode 10, you are in a select few  Learn to use your podcast for business & personal interests Take a deeper look at how to get your next 100 listeners for your podcast.  We answer a question about how to avoid interviews that won't get listeners. Rethink your strategy for making your podcast more discoverable. Understand the ‘discoverability’ of a podcast and how to achieve it. Hear us talk about 1sheet or 1pager and why you need it right now.  Learn from a veteran podcaster of 10 years hosting 6 shows. Think differently how to best be a great podcast guest. We talk in-depth about the importance of putting professionalism into it. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.  If this is the first episode you’ve listened to all the way to the end or if you are a regular, thank you … I love that you are here. Check out our back catalogue on  ShouldIStartAPodcast.com, subscribe to the show and give me a review and rating, it really helps us get found more.    If you are a business owner podcaster and want to join others just like you in a group where we share tactics & ideas on what’s working (or not) for us when it comes to using our podcast in the best possible way. For more on that go to wearepodcast.com/group … it is free. 

Thu, June 16, 2022

How to be a 'Professional Podcaster'

As business owners starting our own podcast means lots of spinning plates and moving parts. In the pursuit of keeping all those plates spinning, we might forget what it means to be a professional podcaster. This conversation is entirely focused on that.  In this episode you will: Learn what it means to be a ‘Professional Podcaster’ Understand how to avoid some of the basic sound quality mistakes business owners make unconsciously  Learn to look at your podcast like a radio host Take a deeper look at how to feel comfortable in your own skin as a podcaster.  We answer a question about how to avoid interviews that have been prescripted. Rethink your strategy about getting your guest to share your podcast episode. Understand how your podcast can get you access to dream business relationships. Hear us talk about how to prepare really well for a meaningful interview.  Learn how you could use simple communication to make sure your guest always shows up. Think differently about making sure your guest is prepared for the best interview. We talk in-depth about having contingency plans. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.  Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you be more of a professional podcaster:  Be serious about your podcast. Keep trying to be better. Commit to that.  If you haven’t got your microphone situation sorted - that's what you do first.   Make your list of in-case Sh*t happens scenarios. What you pick as your strategie

Thu, June 09, 2022

Lead magnets for your podcast

As business owners with a podcast, one of our main goals is to get our listeners that are prefect fits, to raise their hands and say - “Hey, I want to work with you. I think you can help me”. This episode is all about that. How do you create something of value and transformation that gets your ideal client to raise their hands.     In this episode you will: Learn what strategies business owners use with their lead magnets Understanding how to avoid some of the basic lead magnet mistakes podcasters make Learn to look at your lead magnet with fresh eyes & why it is really important you do that Take a deeper look at podcasting and being a digital media influencer.  We answer a question about why the basic requirements of a business is an email list. Rethink your lead magnet by getting inspired by a bbq restaurant example. Understanding your message and improving your website for your target audience. Hear us talk about the online assets you need to have when you have a podcast.  Learn how you could use a quiz as a lead magnet to your podcast listeners. Think differently about getting your ideal prospect’s contact information. We talk in-depth about how to get listeners of your podcast to take action and download your lead magnet. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you sort out the lead magnet for your podcast:  <span style= "font-weight: 400;"

Thu, June 02, 2022

Branding your podcast for more sales

As business owners, our main goal is profit. But, how do we do that with consistency?    The answer is Branding. When you have your branding assets sorted, all your content comes across with consistency of tone, look & feel. That builds trust. How you build trust with your branding and what brand assets to create for your business is what this episode is all about.    In this episode you will: Learn what business owners focus on when it comes to branding Understanding how to focus on storytelling that starts with your website Hear how to focus on your credibility & what to look at when it comes to your logo Take a deeper look at consistency and how branding makes that easier.  We answer a question about the basic rules of branding. Rethink smartphone storytelling & about hiring a graphics designer. Understanding your message and crafting what you really deliver. Hear us talk about the online assets you need to have when you have a podcast.  Learn Google’s love language and how to use it more with your podcast content. Think differently about getting someone to review your brand. We talk in-depth about how to put all your words together into a package and brand yourself. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you get your branding for your podcast started:  Get

Thu, May 26, 2022

Getting your next 1000 listeners

Want to know just how to get your next 1000 listeners for your podcast? Could you do that without it being expensive? Listen to this conversation with business owner podcasters that use their podcasts in various unique ways to get their next 1000 listeners.    In this episode you will: Learn how business owners go about getting their next 1000 listeners  Understand how to create an amazing experience for the guests you interview Hear how to resuscitate the listeners that haven’t engaged in a while Take a deeper look at doing things on video. What it means and how you create them.  We answer an audience question about growing an audience for a fitness brand. Rethink how you would use your personal brand and your business brand together. Understand that there are people not being interviewed and you could give them a voice. Hear us talk about how to create your first 10 raving fans.  Learn how to work backwards. First, have the vision, then create the podcast.  Think differently about using video for platforms like TikTok, Instagram and YouTube. We talk in depth about how to improve, get more downloads, and more listeners. All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you get your next 100 listeners for you podcast:  Make a list of what you are doing right now, after every episode you publish to get your target audience

Thu, May 19, 2022

Business Partnerships with your podcast

As business owners, our main goal is profit. And the more profit we have the more we can do with that profit. Like scale. Want to know just how to use your podcast to make a profit? To scale your income without scaling your workload? Listen to this conversation with business owner podcasters that use their podcasts in various unique ways to make partnerships and joint ventures in their business.    In this episode you will: Learn how business owners use their podcasts to create partnerships in their business Understand the difference between joint ventures and partners  Hear the misconceptions about asking the guests you interview to share your podcast Take a deeper look at “Centers of Influence”. What it means and how you create them.  Rethink how you interact with partners and how to craft a good “ask” Understand what is the #1 question to focus on when asking for what you want Hear us talk about how to ask better and be vulnerable in the asking process Learn the underlying psychological phenomenon of being worthy  Think differently about using audio messages in your daily routine  All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you make money from your podcast:  I spoke about this on the last podcast. BUt it is valuable here too, so if you listened and haven’t done it … here is your sign to do it … so here it is. If all your previous guests asked you this one question, are you prepared with an answer? “What is the 1 thing I can help you with to grow your business?” - spend 20 minutes thinking a

Thu, May 12, 2022

Making money with your podcast

As business owners, our main goal is profit. And the more profit we have the more we can do with that profit. Like scale. Want to know just how to use your podcast to make profit? To scale your income without scaling your workload? Listen to this conversation with business owner podcasters that use their podcasts in various unique ways to make money in their business.  In this episode you will: Learn how different business owners make money from their podcast Hear the misconceptions about making money from your podcast Take a deeper look at how to sustain the podcast creatively and financially Rethink how you interact with your guest before and after you interview them Understand what is the #1 thing I focus on after doing over 1500 interviews Hear us talk about the Proust questionnaire  Learn the advantages of using Linkedin for C-suite executives Think differently about doing a pre-interview before the main interview with your guest All this and more, on this week’s episode of  Should I Start A Podcast.    Psst … make sure you listen to the end … I’ll break down this episode to give you 3 small steps you can execute right now to help you take this listening experience into execution experience. Enjoy the show.    After you listen to this episode I would love you to do 3 small steps that will help you make money from your podcast:  If all your previous guests asked you this one question, are you prepared with an answer? “What is the 1 thing I can help you with to grow your business?” - spend 20 minutes thinking about that and write down 3-4 things you could say the next time someone asks you this. Do you have a method to sell? Because if you don’t people will use their methods to buy.  Make a list of 100 partners. Who are 100 peopl

Sat, January 08, 2022

287. Asking of your audience

Having worked with thousands of business owners to create a podcast for their business, I’ve created The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™ . It’s a step-by-step guide to growing your business to 7+ figures using your podcast. Importantly, it removes the guesswork so you know exactly what to focus on at all times to generate that recurring revenue. The best part? It’s personalised, free and it lets you get started straight away. Download The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™ here. If this is your first time here, this is Should I Start A Podcast. I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Coming up in this Should I Start A Podcast episode ... How do you ask of your audience What is that next step when your audience say listens to you for maybe they've consumed five or six or 10 of your episodes already? How do you invite your audience to review and rate your podcast How do you include a free pdf Building a tribe of 10 raving fans and what you can do with just that How to create a short video that every podcaster needs to grow their podcast Who to follow on instagram to get the most out of reels and videos How to include your audience to interview your guest The idea of having 10 sponsorship conversations a week If you've never heard of our work before, there are 3 things that I think you would benefit from right now... 1. Listen to this playlist of  How to Podcast for Business . 2. Get the the Recurring Results Roadmap  (if you haven't already). 3. Check out this  video about a business builder who is closing high-ticket clients with his podcast.   https://roadmap.wearepodcast.com

Sat, December 25, 2021

Making a good sounding podcast part 2

286. Making a good sounding podcast Part 2 Having worked with thousands of business owners to create a podcast for their business, I’ve created The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™. It’s a step-by-step guide to growing your business to 7+ figures using your podcast. Importantly, it removes the guesswork so you know exactly what to focus on at all times to generate that recurring revenue. The best part? It’s personalised, free and it lets you get started straight away. Download The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™ here. If this is your first time here, this is Should I Start A Podcast. I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Coming up in this Should I Start A Podcast episode … What do you need to do to have a good sounding podcast A list of some good sounding podcasts that our panelists host Tips & tricks when you have a LIVE show How to create interactive media How to prepare for a Live show How to involve your audience when you are hosting a live show The simple 2 words that you need to know that will help you elevate someone’s idea before moving to another topic or idea What you can learn from improv If you’ve never heard of our work before, there are 3 things that I think you would benefit from right now… 1. Listen to this playlist of How to Podcast for Business. 2. Get the the Recurring Results Roadmap (if you haven’t already). https://roadmap.wearepodcast.com 3. Check out this video about a business builder who is closing high-ticket clients with his podcast.

Sun, December 12, 2021

How to make a good sounding podcast Part 1

If this is your first time here, this is Should I Start A Podcast. I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Coming up in this Should I Start A Podcast episode ... How to record your podcast show. The recording principles that are so important. Laughter for engagement What is a cardioid mic? How do we create engagement with our voice? Building practice, good sound, & value into your podcast The value of "top & tail" ... its an audio term How to use music & the use of a good intro The psychology of editing your transcript by removing just 2 words  

Sun, November 28, 2021

Growing our podcasts

Having worked with thousands of business owners to create a podcast for their business, I’ve created The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™ . It’s a step-by-step guide to growing your business to 7+ figures using your podcast. Importantly, it removes the guesswork so you know exactly what to focus on at all times to generate that recurring revenue. The best part? It’s personalised, free and it lets you get started straight away. Download The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™ here. If this is your first time here, this is Should I Start A Podcast. I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Coming up in this Should I Start A Podcast episode ... How do we get attention to our podcast show? And how do we grow that? Clubhouse for engagement What is engagement? How do we create engagement for our businesses & brands? Building consistency, content, & value The value of being an influencer inside a niche The call to action, yell, tell and sell The psychology of podcasting If you've never heard of our work before, there are 3 things that I think you would benefit from right now... 1. Listen to this playlist of  How to Podcast for Business . 2. Get the the Recurring Results Roadmap  (if you haven't already). 3. Check out this  video about a business builder who is closing high-ticket clients with his podcast.  

Sun, November 14, 2021

Upgrading Your Podcast Listeners into Business Clients

Having worked with thousands of business owners to create a podcast for their business, I’ve created The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™ . It’s a step-by-step guide to growing your business to 7+ figures using your podcast. Importantly, it removes the guesswork so you know exactly what to focus on at all times to generate that recurring revenue. The best part? It’s personalised, free and it lets you get started straight away. Download The Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters™ here. If this is your first time here, this is Should I Start A Podcast. I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Coming up in this Should I Start A Podcast episode ... How can we improve our podcasts for better engagement so then we can take that engagement into clients? How to use your podcast to direct people to your entire content & product ecosystem The benefits of having a podcast for different businesses including a sleep business What is the benefit to society of podcasts ? Why you need to podcast now more than ever How to create a podcast if you're not having a conversation with the listener? How can you convert them into the client?   If you've never heard of our work before, there are 3 things that I think you would benefit from right now... 1. Listen to this playlist of  How to Podcast for Business . 2. Get the the Recurring Results Roadmap  (if you haven't already). 3. Check out this  video about a business builder who is closing high-ticket clients with his podcast.  

Sun, October 31, 2021

Tricks to increase podcast downloads

What’s the point in making stellar audio content if no one is going to listen to it? Whether your show is brand new or has been around the block quite a while, you should always be looking to grow your audience. That’s why tips and tricks to increase your downloads are podcasting gold. The Clubhouse panel in this episode gets into some easy, actionable ways to get those download numbers popping. If you want to keep seeing an increase in downloads week to week, you’re going to want to listen up.  If you want to scale your business to 7-figures, download your free copy of The Recurring Results  Roadmap for Podcasters ™. Download it here – https://roadmap.wearepodcast.com

Sun, October 17, 2021

Tactics to grow your audience

When it comes to getting more listeners to your show, how do you do it without going on a marketing blitz? Of course, marketing your podcast is important, but growing your audience in an authentic, natural way will get you the kind of listeners that will actually stick around. This episode includes another superstar Clubhouse panel. And this time, I asked the question, “What are you doing to grow your podcast audience?” Every single answer was chock full of tactical information that I know you’re going to find useful.  If you want to scale your business to 7-figures, download your free copy of The Recurring Results  Roadmap for Podcasters ™. Download it here – https://roadmap.wearepodcast.com

Wed, September 29, 2021

Podcasting for your Business

Your podcast is a fantastic marketing tool for your business. But you need to know what you’re doing to be able to create that mutualism. This superstar Clubhouse panel examined the best strategies for benefiting your business through your podcast. While we covered a wide array of topics, we all agreed that, like a romantic relationship, commitment and communication is key. If you need some advice on bolstering your business through your podcast, this episode is jam-packed with tips from the experts. Download the Recurring Results Roadmap for Podcasters

Mon, July 19, 2021

279. The Power of Listening

If you have a podcast, you hope people will listen to your show. But sometimes the key to a successful show lies in how well you’re listening to your audience. This Clubhouse room started out as a discussion on podcasting tricks but quickly turned to the power of listening. The bottom line was, listening to your audience and your intuition should always be your goal. We all got into this business to get our voices heard. So let’s make sure we’re hearing the voices of those who allow us to continue to speak. || LINKS || Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Mon, July 05, 2021

278. Our Favourite Podcasting Stories

What’s your absolute favourite story as a podcaster? And if you don’t have your own show, what podcasts have stood out to you? This Clubhouse fireside panel reminisced about our favourite podcasting stories. Some were funny, some were serious, some were a blend of emotions, but they all left a mark on our individual journeys. This episode will give you the expert advice and encouragement you need to be the hero of your own podcasting story. || LINKS || Full Show Notes - https://mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Mon, June 21, 2021

277. Intros, Formats and Speed

What lessons have you learned from podcasting? What would you have done differently if you could start over again? This Clubhouse firehouse chat is a mix of new and experienced podcasters lamenting the lessons they’ve learned. Although many podcasting factors are mentioned, we hone in on intros, formats and speed. If you’re stumped on any of these parts of your podcast, or just want a new perspective on how to build your audience, this is the episode for you. || LINKS || Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Mon, June 07, 2021

276. Adding Value To Your Voice

You know by now that your voice is the star of the show in your podcast. So take the microphone and embrace the fact that your voice has value and deserves to be heard! Learn how to grab hold of your message and stay in the lines while covering a wide range of topics on your show. Want the very sound of your voice to become an inspiration to listeners? This panel and our audience guests are full of useful tips, so warm up those vocal cords. Tune in today to find out how to harness the power of your voice and add value to your podcast. || LINKS || Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Mon, May 24, 2021

275. Your Podcast Starter Kit

Like a new IKEA desk, there are lots of pieces to your podcast. You’ve got all the parts laid out to create something real, but what good are they if you don’t read the manual? Learn how to build your show correctly if you want to stand out from the crowd. Want to come up with the perfect title? The ideal show length? Audience-grabbing conversations? This panel is jam-packed with expert advice, so start taking notes. Tune in today to learn how to put the pieces together and get results for your podcast from the very start. || LINKS || Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Mon, May 17, 2021

274. Tools for Podcasters

Your podcast could probably use some tweaking. Certain tools make that process easier. Do you know what the point of your show is? The research it takes to prepare for guests? What technology is best for production? These components are all necessary for a successful podcast, but they don’t need to be complicated. Tune in today to learn what simple tools this rockin’ clubhouse panel recommends adding to your podcasting belt. || LINKS || Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Wed, May 12, 2021

273. Launch Your Podcast in 30 Days with Rob Walch

Want to launch your podcast in the next 30 days? Make sure you do it right! This snippet is from WAP 2020, featuring Rob Walch, Vice President of Podcaster Relations with Libsyn, the platform most of you know and use. Rob started podcasting in 2007 and was inducted into the Podcasting Hall of Fame in 2016. His reputation is no joke, and he’s full of incredible tips and tricks for starting a winning show. Follow Rob’s advice and learn how to launch your podcast straight into success today! || LINKS || podcast411.libsyn.com | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Mon, May 10, 2021

272. Podcasting Trends in 2021

Have you noticed any new trends in podcasting this year? Platforms are evolving, and your show will, too! Though we wouldn’t call the podcasting market “mature” just yet, it certainly is developing rapidly. Recording equipment and audio quality is upscaling. Platforms are marketing differently. Listeners are engaging more. All of this is happening at top speed, so you need to pay attention and keep up. Tune in today to learn what trends you should start following in your podcast. || LINKS || Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Mon, May 03, 2021

271. The Podcasting Mistakes to Avoid

When starting your podcasting journey, mistakes are inevitable. I know I’ve made a ton! But I can promise you, I’ve learned from every single one.  Avoiding common podcasting missteps can make your journey a bit smoother, so you can focus on growing your show. That’s why I’ve assembled some podcasting legends into a Clubhouse session to reflect on their past mistakes. So if you want some actionable advice to start your show off on the right foot, listen up! || LINKS || mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/ |

Mon, April 26, 2021

270. Your Podcasts Reputation with James Burtt

Everyone has a reputation to uphold (Taylor Swift, we feel you). What do you want people to think about when it comes to your podcast? James Burtt is the UK's leading expert in successful podcasting and has launched multiple 6-figure organisations. As an audio marketing genius, he and his team at Ultimate Podcast Agency have launched over 100 successful shows. So yeah, I guess he’s earned his reputation as The Podcast King. If you want to build and uphold your podcast’s reputation, learn how from The King himself. || LINKS || https://www.ultimatepodcastgroup.com | mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/ |

Tue, April 20, 2021

269. Defining Art in Your Podcast with Avni Godse

They say life imitates art. Does your podcast do the same? Thirteen-year-old Avni Godse is the founder of Heartification, a nonprofit that gives people with disabilities and illnesses the opportunity to create art. We talked about how to define art in your podcast. Avni dives into the source of her inspiration and explains how she channels that creativity in her show. She also discusses what she’s learned from starting a podcast about the topic. Tune in today for a fresh outlook on the art that is podcasting!  || LINKS || heartification.com | mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/ |

Sun, April 18, 2021

268. Partnerships for Your Podcast

In most aspects of life, we’re stronger together than we are apart. That saying sounds cheesy, but it’s true, especially when it comes to promoting your podcast. So who are you partnered with? In this short clip from my Growth Accelerator program, I break down the three main elements of starting a partnership for your podcast. I back up these points with real-life examples and explain how to approach potential partners.  || LINKS || mustamplify.com/resources/ | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Tue, April 13, 2021

267. The Big Idea in Your Podcast with Jay Ooi

In all the commotion of interviews, guest landings, and little intricacies of making a podcast, the big idea can get lost. How do you keep tabs on what matters most in your show? I talked to Jay Ooi, the creator of the podcast Shoes Off , about how to sustain your podcast by focusing on the big idea. He provides a detailed example of his day-to-day process. And he gets into the importance of providing perspective. Don’t miss out on advice from one of the hardest working podcasters I know. Tune in today!    || LINKS || www.shoesoff.net | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Sun, April 11, 2021

266. Playing the Long Game in Your Podcast with Melissa Ambrosini

Like a new relationship, starting a podcast requires commitment and effort. So are you in it for the long haul? This snippet from WAP 2020 features Melissa Ambrosini, bestselling author and host of the number one podcast, The Melissa Ambrosini Show . After more than three successful years of podcasting–her show has over 16 million downloads–she’s an inspiration and a motivator who understands how to reach success. Listen now and find out how to launch a profitable podcast for the long game with Melissa’s advice. || LINKS || melissaambrosini.com | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Tue, April 06, 2021

265. The Art of The Interview with Michael O'Neal

Interview jitters got you anxious for your next show? Cue the confidence and learn how to ask the right questions the right way–for you and your guest. This episode is a snippet from WAP 2017 featuring Michael O’Neal, host of The Solopreneur Hour podcast . Leading your guests into their best stories and enlightening wisdom can be a daunting task. That’s why Michael breaks down exactly what to think about before going into an interview. Learn how to improve the art of your interview by asking the right questions and taking control of your show with Michael’s advice. || LINKS || solopreneurhour.com/?r_done=1 | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Wed, March 31, 2021

264. Be a Good Listener in Your Podcast with Megan Spencer

In today’s loud world, it can be easy to feel unheard. This leads to a chorus of strained voices, all vying for attention. Do you ever take the time to really listen to what they’re saying? I spoke with broadcaster and mindfulness meditation teacher Megan Spencer about how to be a good listener. She explains how conversations in your podcast require you to take your guest’s hand, but let them lead you. Take a moment to listen closely to what Megan has to say. || LINKS || themeganspencer.com | Full Show Notes - shouldistartapodcast.com/

Sun, March 28, 2021

263. The Principles of Creating Content for Your Podcast

Are you unable to determine whether the content that you create for your podcast is headed in the right direction? In this short clip from my Growth Accelerator program, I break down the five key principles of podcast content creation. I explain how to prepare for success and come up with strategies to gain social attention. I also highlight the importance of solid planning for perfect execution.    || LINKS || mustamplify.com/resources/ | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Wed, March 24, 2021

262. Outsourcing Your Podcast with Trivinia Barber

When it comes to your podcast, don’t let yourself go crazy from stress. Learn how to outsource to people who can assist you in your podcasting journey, and see progress ensue with an organised team. This episode is a snippet from WAP 2020 featuring Trivinia Barber, the host of the podcast Diary of a Doer and founder of the assistance company PriorityVA. Trivinia understands the sanctity of sanity as a leader. Tune in and make your podcast move like a well-oiled machine with Trivinia’s tips.  || LINKS || trivinia.com | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Sun, March 21, 2021

261. Shifting Perspectives with Your Podcast with Scott Mitchell

In this episode, I talk with Scott Mitchell, the host of the podcast Thought Hacking , about the power of perspective. We walk through our podcasting processes, comparing our best-practices. And we discuss the challenge of staying focused and how to maintain your attention throughout your podcast. This episode will open your eyes to the potential perspectives that are holding you back in your podcast. Listen now! || LINKS || podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/thought-hacking/id1488273252 | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Wed, March 17, 2021

260. Going Deeper with Your Podcast with Scott Bryant-Comstock

In this episode, I chat with Scott Bryant-Comstock, the host of The Optimistic Advocate , about going deeper with your podcast. Scott explains how he practises channelling the universe in his podcast, embracing the life forces within and our different thought processes regarding the future. Podcasting is like a dance, and learning the steps isn’t always the process you think it will be. This episode is about awakening and seeing your podcast for its true purpose.  || LINKS || theoptimisticadvocate.com | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Sun, March 14, 2021

259. Optimising Podcast Content for Social Media

In this short clip from the Growth Accelerator program I run, I go into how to optimise your content for different social media platforms. I tell you the three main things you want to get out of your social media presence. I also walk through the Amplify checklist for gaining social attention. If you want to turn feedback into progress and improve your content across all platforms, this is for you. || LINKS || mustamplify.com/resources/ | Full Show Notes -  mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Wed, March 10, 2021

258. Staying Grounded in Your Podcast with T.C. Hale

I talk to natural health expert Tony “T.C.” Hale about overcoming the doubts of podcasting. T.C. used to be a stand-up comedian, so he understands the frustration of feeling like no one’s listening. Now an author and host of two podcasts, Kick It Naturally and Six Figure Health Pro , T.C. has been teaching health and fitness professionals how to help people on a large scale through podcasting. Here T.C. discusses the importance of staying grounded in your podcast. We break down the learning process of creating a show and why you must keep a realistic mindset. Listen now! || LINKS || kickitinthenuts.com | podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/kick-it-naturally/id784834163 | sixfigurehealthpro.com/about/ | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast

Sun, March 07, 2021

257. Building a Brand for Your Podcast with Dan Fleyshman

This episode is a snippet from a We Are Podcast Q&A session with Dan Fleyshman. Dan became the youngest founder of a publicly-traded company when he was just 23. His media agency, Elevator Studio, works with more than 600 influencers and management campaigns worldwide. Dan breaks down how to make your podcast stand out with a dynamite brand. He also dives into best-practices for expanding your network and staying on top of your social media presence. You don’t want to miss out on Dan’s unparalleled wisdom. Listen now! || LINKS || victoryceo.com | modelcitizenfund.org | mustamplify.com/resources/ | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/257-building-a-brand-for-your-podcast-with-dan-fleyshman/

Wed, March 03, 2021

256. Adapting your Podcast to Consumer Behaviour

This short clip from our Launch Accelerator program is all about how to adapt your podcast to consumer behaviour. I break down how to explain your topic like you’re talking to a 5-year-old. I also go over creating an effective introduction that is sure to lock in your listeners. Your podcast is no exception to the ever-changing world which is why it's important to go with the flow. || LINKS || mustamplify.com/resources/ | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/256-adapting-your-podcast-to-consumer-behaviour/

Sun, February 28, 2021

255. Changing Minds with Your Podcast with Byron Dempsey

In this week’s episode, Byron talks about how his vision of success has changed after starting a podcast. When he first started, he thought renowned guests and popular topics would bring him to the top. Over time he realised that listeners want interesting stories from authentic people, regardless of social status. That “aha” moment happens in regular conversation. You can send the same message with different wording, you just have to change your thinking to figure out the greatest effect. || LINKS || drivenyoung.com | wearepodcast.com | | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/255-changing-minds-with-your-podcast-with-byron-dempsey

Tue, February 23, 2021

254. How to Create Relationships with Your Podcast Audience

In the podcasting world, you’re bombarded with the importance of the “Call to Action”. A CTA is indeed important, but what about the call to engagement? Engagement can’t happen until you create meaningful relationships with your podcast audience. In this episode, I speak with Mathew Passy on Podcast Me Anything about the importance of audience engagement. We hash out ways to do this effectively and how to build mutually beneficial relationships with your listeners. Tune in!   || LINKS || www.thepodcastconsultant.com/ | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/should-i-start-a-podcast/

Sun, February 21, 2021

253. Why You Should Monetise Your Podcast with Dan Martell

This episode features a We Are Podcast session with Dan Martell. Dan is the founder of Clarity and Flowtown and hosts two podcasts of his own. He is a master at creating magnetic content. Dan goes into the 7-step process he uses to create this valuable content and how he uses it to monetise. He also explains why monetising your podcast isn’t just about the money; it’s way beyond that. Listen to learn why you should definitely do it now if you haven’t already. || LINKS || danmartell.com |  wearepodcast.com/ | | Full Show Notes - mustamplify.com/253-why-you-should-monetise-your-podcast-with-dan-martell/

Tue, February 16, 2021

252. How to Invite Instead of Sell in the Podcast World

In this short episode, I break down how looking at sales as invitations can change your whole approach. I give you the steps I use to convert listeners to customers. And I explain why looking at sales in a negative connotation is throwing off your entire game. Your listeners are smart, so if they think that you think you’re being sleazy about sales, it shuts the whole thing down. || LINKS || wearepodcast.com/ | Set Up Foundations Call - wearepodcast.typeform.com/to/VSh9jKXY | Full Show Notes -  mustamplify.com/252-how-to-invite-instead-of-sell-in-the-podcast-world

Sun, February 14, 2021

251. How to Create a Framework for Your Podcast with Taki Moore

Consistency is so essential for a successful podcast. Taki Moore lays out the five steps to creating a framework that will deliver a consistent tone, quality and style every time. The secret is to develop a framework that’s loose enough to give you freedom but tight enough to deliver consistency. So if you don’t have a framework for your podcast episodes yet, you need to listen up. This will save you so much time and frustration. Take it away Taki! || Links || https://milliondollarcoach.com/ | Taki on social media - @takimoore | https://wearepodcast.com/

Tue, February 09, 2021

250. How to Audit Your Podcast Content

If you don’t audit your content, you’re wasting your content. This episode is a short snippet from our Growth Accelerator program. In it, I get down to business about what it means to audit your content and how to do it. First, I break down all the different categories of content. Then I explain why each one is an essential component in your podcast content library.  Content is so incredibly vital to bringing attention to your podcast. And you probably have way more usable content than you realise. Running a periodic content audit gives you the ability to repurpose the content you already have, and an idea of what you still need to create. So take a few minutes and listen, and then get to auditing! || LINKS || Amplify Book & 7 Funnel Maps - https://mustamplify.com/resources/ | https://wearepodcast.com/ | Full Show Notes - https://mustamplify.com/250-how-to-audit-your-podcast-content/ | 

Sun, February 07, 2021

249. How to be a Podcaster and a Working Parent at the Same Time

In this episode, Carina O'Brien breaks down how she’s able to work, be a mum and run a podcast all the same time. She’s got a little one at home, and another on the way, so organising, scheduling and prioritising is a must. The pandemic altered her plans a bit, as it did for so many of us, but it made her goals clearer in many ways. Carina speaks about her new plans for the future and what she’s doing to prepare her podcast for maternity leave. If you’re a working parent and worry that it will inhibit your ability to start a podcast, this is the episode to listen to.  || LINKS || workingmumma.com.au/ | workingmumma.com.au/podcast | Amplify Book & 7 Funnel Maps - mustamplify.com/resources/ |   wearepodcast.com/ | Full Show Notes - https://mustamplify.com/249-how-to-be-a-podcaster-and-a-working-parent-at-the-same-time/

Tue, February 02, 2021

248. How to Use Your Podcast Content to Create a Webinar with Omar Zenhom

Omar Zenhom explains the power of online webinars and how you can create one for yourself in his presentation from 2017’s We Are Podcast event. There’s no reason to be intimidated by this useful medium. And if you already have a podcast, you can repurpose your podcast content to build your webinar. Omar lays it all out for you, in the brilliant way only he can. So if you’ve been curious about webinars but creating one seemed like a pipedream, prepare to have your mind blown. || LINKS || https://omarzenhom.com/ | The $100 MBA Show -  https://100mba.net/show/ | https://webinarninja.com/ | https://wearepodcast.com/events/ | Full Show Notes -  https://mustamplify.com/248-how-to-use-your-podcast-content-to-create-a-webinar-with-omar-zenhom/

Sun, January 31, 2021

247. Podcast Editing for Beginners

No one expects you to be an expert at editing at the beginning of your podcast journey. However, your show needs to sound professional. Thankfully, there are plenty of ways to make a podcast sound professional with bare minimum editing.  Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Let’s talk about Top and Tail Editing No one expects you to dive into podcasting as a technical expert. If you are, that’s awesome, but the majority of us had no clue what we were doing when we started. Thankfully, there’s plenty of ways to do basic editing in a way that makes your show sound polished.  This episode is a short and sweet snippet from our Launch Accelerator program on podcast editing for beginners. In it, I break down all the tips and tricks to do the bare minimum of editing while still getting your show to sound awesome. This usually consists of “top and tail” editing. I define this for you and give you some basic instructions on how to get the most out of it. I also explain why it’s important to be aware of your strengths and how much you want to be involved in the editing process. We also talk about the importance of understanding how editing works, even if you’re not going to be doing it yourself. So if you’re feeling a little overwhelmed about how to set a framework for your podcast editing process, take a deep breath and listen up. Also in this episode: Editing is just one part of the process 3 different types of edits Level 1 Editing Top and Tail Editing Know all the steps Audio branding Repetition - good or bad? Knocking out those intros and outros Links:  Reserve your spot at the next We Are Podcast event so you can learn from the experts. They’ll give you all the motivation you need to finally get your show off the ground. Got some burning podcast questions? Our team is standing by to answer them. Drop Kaili an email at  kaili@amilifyagency.media and we’ll get back to you ASAP!

Tue, January 26, 2021

246. How to Build Professional Podcast Relationships with James Whittaker

Whatever your motivation for starting a podcast may be, instant monetization shouldn’t be a priority. A huge part of building your show is building professional relationships. You can’t do this alone, so the better you are at developing these relationships, the better chance you have at building a successful show. James Whittaker knows how to build professional podcast relationships. James is a serial entrepreneur. He’s a speaker, film producer, author, and podcaster. He’s been featured on hundreds of podcasts, on the radio, on television, in print, and digital media worldwide. When it comes to podcasting and business in general, James is my go-to guy. This episode is a portion of the 2020 We Are Podcast session where James fills us in with his infinite wisdom on building professional relationships.  He tells the story of how he set the impossible goal of being a guest on 50 podcasts in the span of a year. And then he tells us how he achieved the impossible, times three. I’ll give you a hint, it’s all about building relationships. James is very specific in this one, from how he words his follow-up emails, to his plans to reach his goals. He explains why you need to “go fishing where the fish are”, and why giving is always more important than receiving in professional relationships.  James talks fast, but every sentence is full of real, actionable advice that any podcasting newbie needs to hear. Other topics in this episode: James’ goal of 50 podcasts in 12 months Prep, prep, prep Always be professional Practice  The importance of consistency in podcasting James’ formula for networking Why you should never send a generic email Links: James on Instagram James on Facebook James Whittaker: Website James Whittaker: LinkedIn Win the Day Podcast We Are Podcast Are you ready to start your podcast? There’s no better time than NOW!  Let us help you apply the Amplify Framework in your business today. You can set up a Strategy Call with our amazing team here. Let’s do this! Got some burning podcast questions? Our team is standing by to answer them. Drop Kaili an email at kaili@amilifyagency.media and we’ll get back to you ASAP!

Sun, January 24, 2021

245. How to Find Your Why for Podcasting

Finding your “why” before starting a podcast seems simple enough. But, what goes into that process? It may be a bit more digging and self-reflection than you thought. But determining your driving purpose is the key to building your brand, and your audience. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips, and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Finding your “why” is about determining your values and understanding your worth. In this episode, we’re revisiting my appearance on the Anomalous Educator podcast with Ray Blakney. Ray’s podcast is geared towards teachers and educators, so we dive into how educators specifically can help determine their purpose for podcasting. He asked me some great questions about the methodology we use here at Amplify for helping clients determine their podcast purpose. Once you’ve determined your core values and what problems you plan to solve for your listeners, the planning process becomes so much simpler. If you’re still in the beginning stages of brand building, this show might help those missing puzzle pieces fall into place. We also discuss why ideals are so crucial for authenticity. Because in podcasting, it’s all about being authentic. Other interesting info in this episode: My love of drawing superheroes Why the character of a teacher is often more important than the content they teach Focusing on your why first and the tech stuff later My steps for finding your voice The methods Amplify uses with new clients Why I prefer face to face interviews Does your why change? Links: Anomalous Educator Podcast Ray on Linked In So you want to start a podcast, but where on Earth do you begin? Our Amplify Book is chock full of everything you need to get going. Be sure to get the Amplify Checklist , while you’re at it.  Got some burning podcast questions? Our team is standing by to answer them. Drop Kaili an email at  kaili@amilifyagency.media and we’ll get back to you ASAP!

Tue, January 19, 2021

244. Getting Past Your Fear of Sales

Look, selling doesn’t come easily to everyone. A lot of you are starting podcasts as a passion project. And it’s obviously going to be hard to turn that into a sales platform. It’s easier to sell if you understand the different stages of selling. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. When does somebody buy from us? Sales are only possible when there’s trust. In the podcasting world, a listener only becomes loyal once the trust is already established. So once you have an audience, you shouldn’t be afraid of sales. You’re already there! This is a short and sweet episode, but it’s fully packed with vital information on how to get past your natural fear of sales. I break down the different sales concepts and why I compare them to dating. We go over the different stages of the selling relationship and the perfect time to seal the deal. I also touch on the importance of knowing and understanding your market and why it’s so critical to your overall sales. If selling doesn’t come naturally to you, and you’re nervous about how it all works for your podcast, take a few minutes and listen up! Other topics in this episode: When does someone buy from us? The difference between THE Market and YOUR Market When should you sell to someone? How to convert a listener to a lead My migraine analogy How do you remove obstacles for your listeners? Links: Reserve your spot at the next We Are Podcast event so you can learn from the experts. They’ll give you all the motivation you need to finally get your show off the ground. Got some burning podcast questions? Our team is standing by to answer them. Drop Kaili an email at  kaili@amilifyagency.media and we’ll get back to you ASAP!

Sun, January 17, 2021

243. How to Focus on Your Strengths with Elizabeth McIntyre

All the experience in the world still doesn’t mean you’re going to have an easy time creating and launching a podcast. We all hear the phrase “It’s harder than it looks” quite a bit when referring to this massive medium. With your podcast, like anything else, focusing on your strengths is the way to go. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Elizabeth McIntyre is a big deal in an industry worth $2.8 Billion. As you can see, Elizabeth’s experience is a bit different than others we’ve interviewed on this show. I know absolutely nothing about the clay brick, block, paver and roof tile industry, but she sure does. Besides being a big deal in her sector, Elizabeth is a graduate member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and Chair of the Building Products Innovation Council. She holds a B.Bus from UTS, a Masters in International Business from Macquarie, and has recently completed senior leadership courses at Harvard Business School. Elizabeth recently launched her first podcast, Think Brick Podcast , partly inspired by some of our amazing speakers at We Are Podcast . And just like so many of us, she realised very quickly how overwhelming creating a podcast can be. However, by focusing on both your professional and personal strengths, you can simplify the process. In this episode, Elizabeth explains what a team effort her podcast has been. She tells us some of the fears she’s had to overcome and why being a leader in her industry has helped fuel her perseverance. She gives us some good tactical advice about how she gets top-notch architects on her show. And we both muse about the importance of listening to wise words of podcasting greats at all stages of your podcast journey. This woman is so cool, be sure to tune in. Other topics in the episode: <span style="fon

Sun, January 10, 2021

241. How to Expand on Your Niche with Brittany Stewart

Creating a niche podcast certainly comes with its challenges. However, if you do it right, you could end up with quite a unique show that fills a specific need for listeners. You have to be willing to have a little flexibility with your interpretation of success. And you have to let your audience have a little freedom. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast .  I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips, and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Brittany Stewart wants her beauty podcast to reach beyond its niche. Brittany Stewart has a background in journalism and a passion for beauty. This combination has allowed her to see the possibilities of the niche world of beauty when it comes to podcasting. Her award-winning podcast, Beauty Island , tells stories through memories connected to beauty products.  Brittany’s background at Mamamia, Australia’s largest network for women, gave her built-in know-how for niches. However, producing a podcast as a “one-woman show” as she explains it, has been a learning experience, to put it lightly. In this episode, I got to ask Brittany some pretty eye-opening questions mainly about honing down the podcast niche market. She had some constructive advice about garnering interest in your show, as well as tailoring your reach-out emails to score awesome guests. As a journalist, Brittany understands the unbridled power words can have. So she hammered out the importance of understanding how to word your podcast description in a way that fully explains the show’s concept and sets it apart in your niche. This is definitely an episode to pay attention to, especially if your podcast fits into a niche category.  Other topics in this episode: Brittany’s background story The podcasts that inspired her Tips for cold emailing The importance of clear articulation in your podcast description The importance of making your podcast a priority, even if it’s a side hustle Understanding your audience Anchor your concept, but leave it up for interpretation Audio quality and where not to cut corners Links: Brittany Stewart on LinkedIn Brittany on Instagram Brittany on

Thu, January 07, 2021

242. Everything You Need to Know About Audio Prep

I wish I could tell you that starting a podcast is as easy as pressing “record”. Unfortunately, there’s a hell of a lot more that goes into it than that. The good news is that the sooner you shake out your audio prep strategies, the easier recording gets. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips, and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. A little prep goes a long way. A lot of prep goes even further. If you’ve got a podcast in the works, you’re probably anxious to launch. I get it. But here’s the thing, you’ve got to do the work first. And not just for the launch. It’s essential to understand the systems that need to be in place before you record, every time you record. I’m not just talking about the technical stuff here, although that is a major part of it. I’m talking about rituals, checklists, templates, and backup plans.  This episode is chock-full of tactical information to prepare you for audio prep. I’m talking a laundry list of useful tips. I even lay them out step by step. We go over DAW setup, interview prep, pre-recording checklists, ID3 tagging, plugins and SO much more. So if you want to be super prepared and set yourself up with rewarding habits, grab a pen and paper and listen carefully.  Topics in this episode: Repeatable Templates Apps and programs to use Must-have Plugins Tips for clearer recordings DAW tips Pre and Post Recording Checklists Interview prep tips that can save you from awkwardness Host Rituals Why ID3 tagging is essential Links: Blubrry Podcasting Pretty Links For all your DAW questions, drop an email to kaili@amilifyagency.media or thiago@amilifyagency.media When it comes to your podcast, isn’t it about time you’re compensated for all your hard work? Get the 7 Funnel Maps you need to successfully market and monetize your podcast so you can focus on making the best show possible.

Wed, January 06, 2021

240. How to Upgrade Your Content

You could be pumping out content daily. But if it’s not doing a damn thing for your podcast or your business, what’s the point? Maybe it’s time to upgrade your content.  Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. How do you upgrade your content? If your content isn’t working for you, it’s time for an upgrade. So how do you make that happen? Two things need to happen to take your content to the next level. You’ve got to have a transformation, and you’ve got to have a transaction. In this episode, I define both transformation and transaction, so you know exactly what you need to do. We hash out why a transformation for the listener is so incredibly vital for your content to pack the necessary punch. I also give you several examples of how to create an invitation for a transaction, that may be a whole lot simpler than you envisioned. If your content is falling on deaf ears, then I’m going to show you exactly how to upgrade it. Remember, your content is an extension on your podcast, so every click, every read, every view is all going towards amping up your credibility with your audience.  Topics in this episode: The definition of transformation and transaction The 2 things that need to happen for a transaction to be successful The different kinds of invitations How to create a connection with your content Why you never want to be a “best-kept secret”  Links: Looking to turn your podcast into a money-making machine? Reserve your spot at the next We Are Podcast Event <span style= "fon

Mon, January 04, 2021

239. How to Podcast for Business

Should small businesses start a podcast? Absolutely! If you know and understand your business foundations, a podcast can help expand your reach. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. In this episode, we’re bringing you a portion of my interview on The Morning Kick podcast. Andrew Pitchford and I break down podcasting in the business world. And he asks me some pretty good questions about what does and doesn’t work for business-minded listeners.  If you’ve listened to this show before, then you know my story. But if not, this interview is a good overview of what I do and how I got here. Andrew asks me about Bond Appetit, a podcast I was able to generate a 1.5 million listener base for in about 4.5 months. I don’t tell you about this to brag, but as an example of how quickly success can come in the podcasting world. But yes, I’m aware that this isn’t the average result. In fact, many podcasts don’t even make it past their first episode. I don’t want either of these extremes to encourage or discourage you, just to make you aware of the reality of podcasting. Andrew and I also chat about what kind of businesses benefit from podcasts. And we focus on the things you need to be clear on before starting your show. This is an eye-opening conversation for those of you who may be doubting the impact a podcast would have on your business or brand.  Other helpful information in this episode: My backstory into podcasting The success of Bond Appetit  The grim statistics of new podcasts The boxes you need to check in your business before s

Wed, December 30, 2020

238. Start With Your Why

I’m a firm believer that people don’t buy what you do, they buy why you do it. This is especially important in podcasting because listeners can identify inauthenticity pretty quickly. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. This episode is a snippet from 2015’s We Are Podcast conference, and the speaker is yours truly. In this speech, I focus on why it’s so critical determining your “why” before starting your podcast. I don’t care what your why is. And I don’t mean that dismissively. I don’t care what your “why” is because it could be just about anything, as long as it’s clear, and it’s your own personal mission. That’s how you make an impact. So how do you find your why? Well, I break that down in this episode. I also explore how podcasting allows you to build on your purpose and evolve. And I go into some ways to set yourself up to win everyday. This is a great episode for anyone at the beginning of their podcasting journey or someone who may be feeling a little lost along the way. Other helpful info in this episode: Why the critics don’t matter Building a support system The 4 questions to ask yourself to determine your values Intersection How to get your friends to hold you accountable (with a terrifying example) The future of digital audio Links: Simon Sinek’s TED Talk Start With Why by Simon Sinek The Miracle Morning by Hal Elrod Michael Wolf - The Future of Tech and Audio Check out our other show, The Psychology of Entrepreneurship . In this uniquely produced audio docuseries, we travel deep into the minds of all our talented guests to discover the psychology behind their decisions.  We want to hear your podcasting questions & New Year’s resolutions! Send them through to kaili@amplifyagency.media to get featured on th

Wed, December 23, 2020

237. How To Do Your Research with Kate Meade

So you’ve decided to start a podcast. Cool. But have you done your research? I’m not just talking about comparing different mics, or doing a social media search on similar podcasts. I’m talking real in-depth research into who your audience will be and what they want to hear. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. A successful podcast has an obscene amount of research behind it. In this episode, I sat down with Kate Meade, host of The Women of Influence Podcast . Kate is no newbie to audio. She was in the radio world for several years before even thinking of starting a podcast. But hosting radio shows like Breakfast Radio for ACE Radio Australia doesn’t automatically mean you have the chops for podcasting. Kate and I get into the difference between interviewing for radio versus podcasting. And we explore why the latter requires way more research. She breaks down what questions you need to ask yourself before you even get to the research phase. And why she recommends getting at least 5 episodes under your belt before going live. More great stuff in this episode: Why it’s so crucial to manage your expectations before launching your podcast The stories that have changed Kate Long-form conversations vs. radio interviews Who will your audience be? Don’t waste your listener’s time Links: Kate on Instagram Twitter Facebook LinkedIn The Women of Influence Podcast VDF Are you ready to start your podcast? There’s no better time than NOW!  Let us help you apply the Amplify Framework in your business today. You can set up a Strategy Call with our amazing team here. Let’s do this! Check out our other show, The Psychology of Entrepreneurship . In this uniquely produced audio docuseries, we t

Wed, December 16, 2020

236. How to Record Smarter

Recording may be the most annoying part of creating a podcast for some of us. It’s repetitive and tedious. And one small mistake could screw up hours of your precious audio. But it’s a necessary evil of the podcasting world. So let’s learn how to record smarter. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips, and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Tactics Session - How to Record Your Podcast  In this episode, we’re bringing you a snippet from Week 3 of our Launch Accelerator Program. This tactics session is all about how to record smarter. Now when I say record smarter, I’m not talking about the different equipment options to improve your quality. I’m talking about things you can do before and after a recording session to make your recordings of better use to your podcast. I get a little excited about this kind of stuff, which is evident in the number of times I say the F word in this segment. So you might want to clear the kids out of the room for this one. But I promise you my passion has a purpose. You’re going to learn a lot of valuable stuff from this one, so take a listen. Useful tactics in this episode: My horrible recording mistake during a major interview and what you can learn from it The reason for checklists and templates The reason for postmortem recording What you can learn about recording from a Jet Fighter Systemize everything Learning vs. Teaching Links: Looking to turn your podcast into a money-making machine? Reserve your spot at the next We Are Podcast Event and learn from the experts. To get started immediately, you can sign up for a focus & clarity call with our awesome team here. Check out our other show, The Psychology of Entrepreneurship . In this uniquely produced audio docuseries, we travel deep into the minds of all our talented guests to discover the psychology behind their decisions.  We want to hear your podcasting questions & New Year’s resolutions! Send them through to kaili@amplifyagency.media to get featured on the show. Or slide into our DM’s on Instagram at www.instagram.com/mustamplifyagency , you know you want to ;)

Wed, December 09, 2020

235. How to Brand Your Podcast

Audio branding can be tricky. Without a visual element, podcast listeners depend on consistency. So how do you brand your show while maintaining consistent messaging and values? Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Tactics Session - How to Improve Recognition Using Branding This episode is a snippet from Week 2 of our Growth Accelerator Program. I dive into audio branding and how to implement it successfully for your podcast. This isn’t something that comes easy. I struggled with it quite a bit with my first podcast. The key is consistency.  In this snippet, I break down the key elements of branding and how it all relates back to the original promise you made your listeners. Remember when you were forming the concept for your podcast? Remember that first show and those initial promises you made your listeners? If you listen to this podcast, you’ll learn x,y and z. Well, it’s time to get back in touch with x,y and z. Those things are the message behind your brand. Other points within this episode: What is transformation in the podcasting world? The 3 things that build your branding The mistakes I made with the Bond Appetit branding What is the promise you made to your listeners? Selling and why it scares podcasters Links: When it comes to your podcast, isn’t it about time you’re compensated for all your hard work? Get the 7 Funnel Maps you need to successfully market and monetize your podcast so you can focus on making the best show possible. Check out our other show, The Psychology of Entrepreneurship . In this uniquely produced audio docuseries, we travel deep into the minds of all our talented guests to discover the psychology behind their decisions.  We want to hear your New Year’s resolutions! Send them through to kaili@amplifyagency.media to get featured on the show.

Thu, December 03, 2020

234. How to be a Guide for Your Listeners

Everyone wants to be the hero in their journey. But what good is a hero if they don’t impart some wisdom and guidance on their quest? In podcasting, we should focus more on being a guide for our listeners than anything else. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week you’ll hear me, and a star-studded guest lineup, dig deep into the podcasting process. We’ll bring you tactics, tips and tricks to use in your own podcasting journey. We’ll teach you how to build an audience. And we’ll show you how to keep them coming back, show after show. So if you want to start a podcast, or expand your current audience, this is the show for you. Tactics Session - Be a Guide This week’s episode is a snippet from a Tactics Session from Week 2 of our Launch Accelerator program. There’s a worksheet I use in this session that you’ll hear me read from. Send us an email and we’ll get you your copy right away. You can’t just be a mystical hero to your audience. Yeah, I know, we all want to be. But if you want your listeners to come back for another show, there needs to be more they’ll learn from you. The key is to guide. Think of your show as a tourist destination and you’re their tour guide. Show them what step they’re currently on, and which one they’ll be taking next. Tune into the whole segment to learn more. Also in this episode: StoryBrand by Donald Miller We all want to be heroes Defining listeners as customers Don’t be generic  The power of empathy Links: Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller - Book Email jenna@amplifyagency.media to a copy of your Tactics worksheet Check out our other show, The Psychology of Entrepreneurship . In this uniquely produced audio docuseries, we travel deep into the minds of all our talented guests to discover the psychology behind their decisions.  So you want to start a podcast, but where on Earth do you begin? Our Amplify Book is chock full of everything you need to get going. Be sure to get the Amplify Checklist , while you’re at it. We want to hear your podcasting questions & New Year’s resolutions! Send them through to kaili@amplifyagency.media to get featured on the show. Or slide into our DM’s on Instagram at <a href= "

Wed, November 25, 2020

233. How To Improve Your Personal Growth Through Your Podcast with Jordan Mendoza

Hosting a podcast is the ultimate educator. You can feel like you're coming away with a PhD just by having a handful of interviews. So, does your podcast improve your personal growth? Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week I, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explore why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you're thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Jordan Mendoza is swiftly becoming a podcast pro. Jordan has over 25 years' experience in sales & marketing and 14 years' experience in the Multi-Family Housing industry. Within this setting, he learned the ultimate lesson; the best asset you have is your personal brand. If people buy into you, they trust you and therefore invest in whatever you're offering.  This methodology works both from a sales perspective and a podcasting standpoint.  In January 2020, Jordan finally plucked up the courage to start his own podcast,  Blaze Your Own Trail Podcast. So, as the title suggests, he scours the world interviewing influential people who have blazed their own trail in business and life. These conversations taught him more than any formal education could teach.  Today, Jordan also teaches a six-month leadership program, which is predicated on the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator. Attendees take the assessment. Then, over six months, they enter onto a leadership journey to learn about emotional intelligence, strength-based leadership, conflict, coaching, and feedback, and how to develop a high performing team.  In this episode, I get schooled on the art of creating value. Jordan also talks about content creation and how it took his LinkedIn profile from 7,000 to 60,000 followers in 16 months. We also hear about the interview that sticks in his mind and what it taught him about his personal growth.  Also featured in this episode: Jordan's career and how it's evolved Creating an Impact with your podcast Why you should go back and listen to your old podcasts Why you shouldn't fear asking for what you want The reason why Jordan releases his podcast in seasons Jordan's advice on starting a podcast How Jordan went from playing Mortal Combat to nearly being arrested  Links: Jordan's Linktree Jordan's LinkedIn Blaze Your Own Trail Podcast myersbriggs.org

Thu, November 19, 2020

232. Kemi Nekvapil on Shifting Your Perspective on Podcasting

If you’ve floated the idea of podcasting to your friends and family, you’ve probably gotten a lot of advice. Do this, don’t do that. Make it this long, don’t make it this long. Release it weekly, release it monthly, so on. Hey, man. It’s your podcast. Do what you want. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast . I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week I, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explore why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you're thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Kemi Nekvapil carves her own path. And she always has. Now, as a successful business coach for female CEOs and industry leaders, she helps people carve theirs. Besides being a coaching guru, she’s also a yoga master who has taught all over the world and an endurance athlete.  Like everything she does, Kemi’s podcast is a bit outside the norm. The Shift Series consists of short 8-10 minute episodes where Kemi breaks down hypothetical life scenarios and coaches people through them. Kemi believes in the power of coaching so strongly that she wanted everyone to have access to it. Every episode gives her listeners the tools to shift their lives in the right direction. The unique format of her show is not by accident. Kemi wanted to break into podcasting for years before actually doing it, but was held up on what might come with it. The administrative side of setting up interviews, keeping track of scheduling and organising a team just didn’t fit into her vision. So she made it work for her, and what she wanted to put out into the world. In this episode, Kemi and I shatter the expectations of what a podcast should look like. We get into why the interview format just isn’t for everyone, and that’s ok. Kemi breaks down the definition of a coach and the difference between coaching, consulting and mentoring. Kemi’s passion is contagious and she’s one of my favourite people to interview. I can’t wait for you guys to listen. Other Topics in this Episode: How Kemi’s concept

Wed, November 11, 2020

231. Daniel J. Lewis on Creating a Podcast Your Listeners Will Love

Do you want more podcast listeners? Today, there are over 1.5 million approved podcasts on Apple Podcasts.  However scary that statistic may sound, it shouldn't stop you from getting your voice out there. It's all about creating valuable content that your listeners will love- no matter what tech you decide to use! Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast,   where each week, I, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you're thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Daniel J Lewis loves helping podcasters. Given the chance, I would put Daniel on the Mount Rushmore of podcasters in a heartbeat. Largely because he is one of the biggest authorities and influencers in the podcasting industry. Daniel is an award-winning podcaster who provides useful tools for fellow podcasters. Whether you’re a wannabe podcaster wanting to take the plunge into podcasting, or a seasoned pro looking to improve your shows, he’s got something for everyone. Not only is he the host of multiple podcasts such as the award-winning The Audacity Podcast,  but he’s the founder of My Podcast Reviews™ . Besides saving you time, this service allows you to know, engage, and grow your audience by seeing all of your global listener data, podcast ratings, and reviews.  Throughout my whole podcasting career, I've been using this piece of software and boy is it a game-changer! Daniel also designs websites and offers one-on-one consulting. He also takes to the stage to speak about technology, social media, and theology. In this episode, Daniel and I talk about the stats and trends that he’s noticing in the podcast world. Daniel also imparts two pieces of sterling podcasting wisdom that will help you create a valuable show that gets listeners on your side. This episode is crammed full of useful information. So if you want to optimize your show while keeping your listeners connected, this one's for you. Other Topics In This Episode: Should you really start a podcast? Why 'My Podcast Reviews' is so awesome Which podcast company needs to be held accountable Why you shouldn’t wait to be perfect How to create the perfect podcast plan Why COVID created a podcasting “flash in the pan” The biggest mistakes you should avoid How the acronym PROFIT fits into podcasting Why podcasting is literally the best thing ever How you can change your podcast’s format, without losing your credibility Links & Resources: <a href="https://theaudacitytopodc

Wed, November 04, 2020

230. Srinivas Rao: Creativity on Your Own Terms

Being creative doesn’t mean you have to be a classically trained musician or a famous artist. Creativity is all about tackling a project in a unique way that works for you. This is especially true in podcasting. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast,   I’m Ronsley Vaz. Each week, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, we explore why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode, I sat down with the one and only Srivinas Rao. Srinivas is the host of the popular podcast, The Unmistakable Creative, where he’s interviewed hundreds of amazing guests. He’s had legends like Tim Ferriss, Simon Sinek, and Seth Godin on his show, so he knows a thing or two about interviewing. He’s also the author of the book An Audience of One: Reclaiming Creativity for Its Own Sake. Podcasting isn’t his only media. He’s even recently appeared on the smash hit BBC show Indian Matchmaking. I asked Srinivas about his definition of creativity, and he gave me quite the answer. He definitely looks at podcasting, and the world, a bit differently than others I’ve talked to. His unique perspective on building an audience and producing a show is invaluable for newbies and seasoned pros alike. We get into all sorts of helpful topics in this conversation, like finding your motivation in more than just monetary sources. He gives me some insight into his daily routine that hasn’t changed in over ten years. And we chat about why loyalty always outvalues reach. You don’t want to miss this one. Other great takeaways from this episode: The balancing act between marketing and creation Srinivas’s daily routine The definition of creativity Why editing his podcast himself for the first five years was invaluable. The importance of context Why not everyone should start a podcast Be selective about who’s feedback you value Why

Wed, October 28, 2020

229. Melissa Histon on Giving a Voice to Your Passion

Podcasting is such a beautiful way to give a voice to your passion. It also empowers others to use their voices in ways they might not have attempted otherwise. When given a platform like podcasting, compassionate, intelligent women always shine. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast,   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode, Melissa Histon, host of the Hey Soul Sista podcast, shares her incredible story. After going on a trip to Nepal to take part in the making of the documentary “Latitude” , she became frighteningly aware of the atrocities of sex trafficking. It was always something she was aware of, but this experience humanised it in a way that changed her forever. From that point on, she knew she wanted to help women who had suffered abuse. Melissa’s experience in Nepal led to the creation of Got Your Back Sista . This charitable organisation has been sourcing furniture and household items to women fleeing domestic violence for four and a half years now. It was of that spirit that Hey Soul Sista was born. Melissa’s sole purpose in life is to give a voice to women who have spent the majority of their lives feeling unheard.  In this conversation, Melissa gets into the things that drive her the spirit of her show. She explains the evolutionary process that happens with all podcasts, and how she’s learning as she goes. At the end of the day, Melissa just wants her audience to know that we’re all more similar than we are different. And that we’re all just trying to do our best every day. Other great takeaways from this episode: Melissa’s eye-opening expe

Thu, October 22, 2020

228. The Right Recording Set-Up

So you’ve decided to start a podcast. In a perfect world, we’d all be able to afford the top-notch gear and sit in our recording studios to record an episode. But sadly, that’s just not the case for most of us. So what are our other options? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast.  Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This episode features a very special snippet from our We Are Podcast 6-week Launch Accelerator Course. Although this intensive program is usually only available to registered attendees of WAP, we decided this information was too valuable to keep to ourselves. This quick little clip is all about the technical stuff you should think about before recording your first episode. First off, Ronsley answers the most frequent question he hears: “What mic do I need?” Then he gets into what all the factors that affect the answer.  This is an excellent intro to the audio do’s and don’t for newbie podcasters. We don’t get too technical here, just some simple things to think about. Ronsley wants to make the process as simple as possible for you. The important thing is to get started on your podcast. And you don’t have to have a Dr Dre-esque studio to do it. Other great info in this episode: What mic should you buy?  Why you need more than a webcam mic What makes a uni-directional mic different? The responsibility of a podcaster Squadcast and why it’s so cool If you enjoyed this episode, you’re going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You’ll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.  Register here while spots are still available!

Wed, October 14, 2020

227. Identifying Areas For Growth

As a podcaster, you want your show to grow. So, you try all the tactics, splurge on marketing, and still reach a point where nothing is happening. But here’s the thing about growth- there’s almost always a roadblock. And usually, it starts with you. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast.  Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode we’re diving back into our We Are Podcast Growth Accelerator Program, a course designed by Ronsley to help attendees grow their podcast in just six weeks.  In this bite-sized episode, Ronsley touches on recognising the areas you can build upon, to grow within your podcast. Also, how to get over the most difficult podcast roadblock. If you want to map out a concrete plan and take the next steps towards growing your show, then this segment is for you. Tune in, and within minutes you’ll have an effective strategy right at your fingertips.  Grab a pen and paper for this one; we’ve got some work for you to do! Also in this segment: Breaking down how to improve for growth Who is in your distribution network? How We Are Podcast uses affiliates Why you can’t get the magic growth formula Where is the roadblock really? If you enjoyed this episode, you’re going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You’ll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.  Register here  while spots are still available!

Wed, October 07, 2020

226. The Importance of a Call to Action

What’s your Call to Action in your podcast? How does it add value to your show? Does it convert your listeners to clients or customers?   Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast.  Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This episode features a very special snippet from our We Are Podcast 6-week Launch Accelerator Course. Although this intensive program is usually only available to registered attendees of WAP, we decided this information was too valuable to keep to ourselves. In this fun, little info-packed segment, Ronsley discusses the importance of finding the right brands to add value to your podcast. He also breakdowns the almighty Call to Action. He explains why it’s so incredibly important for your show, and your brand. If you haven’t put much thought into your Call to Action before, this segment will definitely open your eyes to its possibilities. Take a few minutes to listen to podcast expert Ronsley dissect this crucial branding element.  Also in this segment: What brands add value to We Are Podcast How does a brand add value? Why entertainment should always be a priority in your podcast How do you take your listeners to the next step? Is your Call to Action easily consumable? If you enjoyed this episode, you’re going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You’ll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.  Register here while spots are still available!

Thu, October 01, 2020

225. Mathew Passy on Podcasting Your Passion

Every new podcaster wants to know how to boost their engagement. The answer is a lot simpler than you think. Engagement comes easy when it’s coming from a place of passion. If you’re faking it, your listeners will see through it. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast,   where each week, Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you're thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Mathew Passy has been podcasting since before podcasts were a “thing”. After a start in broadcasting 15 years ago, Mathew’s career evolved into podcasting. He’s worked in production for major organisations like The Wall Street Journal and individual clients all over the United States. His first podcasting experience began like the storyline from a binge-worthy TV show. The radio station newsroom that Mathew was working in at the time needed a way to transition into the digital world. He suggested converting the early news segment into a podcast. It worked, and it’s still going strong to this day.  From then on, Mathew worked his magic in the podcasting world. He had his hand in hosting and producing massively popular shows like Tech News Briefing and Your Money Matters. He eventually used his passion to create his very own show, the PodUp Podcast, which gave an inside look at the industry.  Mathew is now the host of Podcast Me Anything . It’s a question and answers formatted show, where listeners can get all of their burning podcast queries answered once and for all. Besides being the connoisseur of podcast hosting, Mathew also runs his own business. The Podcast Consultant is a one-stop-shop for podcast hosts. Mathew runs audits on their shows, telling them what areas need tweaking and what areas are killing it. In this episode, Ronsley, Kaili and Mathew get into what makes you an “expert”. Mathew tells us the things that he thinks newbies should be aware of. And he also gets into his biggest point about podcasting. In order to be authentic, you absolutely have to have a genuine passion for what you’re talking about. Also within this episode: The

Thu, September 24, 2020

224. Steph Taylor on Coming to Terms With Your Worth

Even once we’ve beaten the odds and become successful, doubt can come creeping in. It’s ok to feel not good enough, as long as you push through that. Success isn’t a magic wand that zaps all your insecurities away. Coming to terms with your worth is an ongoing process. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast,   where each week, Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you're thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Steph Taylor knows what she’s doing. But she didn’t always. Like most entrepreneurs, Steph kind of made it up as she went along.  She founded StephTaylor.co after her first business just didn’t pan out the way she expected it to. StephTaylor.co is a virtual hub that helps online entrepreneurs launch and relaunch their online courses, memberships, digital products and podcasts.  And it turned out she was really amazing at creating businesses. And she was really amazing at showing other people how to do the same. But even with all this massive success, she still had that nagging little voice in the back of her head telling her she wasn’t good enough. The voice would shake her sense of worth, even if she knew better. In fact, she still has to tell that same voice to shut up, even today. Today's episode is Part 2 of Steph and Ronsley’s mic switch-up. To celebrate 300 episodes of Steph's podcast " Socialette" , Steph asked our very own Ronsley, to interview her on her show. In the second part of their conversation, Steph tells us all about her marketing concepts. They are completely unique to her strengths. She also touches on tracking your social media returns and why she always leaves lots of white on her calendar. Take a listen to the conclusion of this fun interview. Other snippets in this episode: Why Steph never felt like she was good enough Why the word “qualification” is meaningless <span style="font-weight

Thu, September 17, 2020

223. Steph Taylor on Contending With Failure

Have you ever started a project and it just didn't work out the way you planned? How did that feel? Our podcasts and businesses are our babies. If the time should come to change direction or call it quits, how do you stop yourself from feeling the sting of failure? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast,   where each week, Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you're thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Steph Taylor is a podcast superstar and launch strategy queen. One day Steph gave up sugar. It seemed like a good idea at the time. But, what she quickly found out was there weren't many tasty treats for people like her. That's when she had a fantastic business idea. Steph developed SugarFree Box, the Australian health food subscription box. As a solopreneur, she did everything herself. Handpicking products, packing up hundreds of orders, and shipping them off for customers to enjoy. Even though the business was gaining traction, it became clear that it just wasn't sustainable.  Steph's new apartment was essentially her warehouse. She didn't have the funds to outsource tasks. And worse still, all that work was wreaking havoc on her health. It was time to call it quits. That sense of failure was something she would have to come to terms with. Today, Steph is taking the online marketing space by storm. She is the founder of StephTaylor.co. It's a virtual hub that helps online entrepreneurs launch and relaunch their online courses, memberships, digital products and podcasts. Her goal is to help people have a more significant outreach, grow their impact, create more profit, and have more freedom in their businesses and their lives.  In today's episode, we're switching things up. To celebrate 300 episodes of Steph's podcast " Socialette" , she asked our very own Ronsley, to interview her on her show. Socialette is a bite-sized online marketing show for business owners. It's chock full of memorable guests and marketing golden nuggets.  <span style="font-

Fri, September 11, 2020

222. Emma Guns on Broadening Your Horizons With Podcasting

Sometimes we start out in life with a picture of how things are supposed to be. And then fate deals us a completely different hand. Even if you fell into podcasting as an alternative, or because your Plan A failed, don’t take it for granted. Podcasting can broaden your horizons and open up a whole new world.  Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast,   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Emma Gunavardhana wanted to work for glossy magazines.  Emma thought she knew what her life would end up like. She’d work for a fancy beauty magazine for twenty years or so. She’d interview and hang out with famous celebrities and fashion icons. And she’d be happy and content. Well, that didn’t exactly pan out, at least not in the way she had originally imagined. Sure, she did end up working for a couple of fancy magazines for quite a while. But it didn’t exactly check the box the way she had expected it to. And that’s ok. In fact, it’s more than ok. It’s amazing. Because now Emma is the host of The Emma Guns Show with an audience of more than 8 million listeners. Working as Beauty Editor at OK! magazine for ten years gave Emma a built-in network when she decided to start her podcast. Writing detailed features for so long also gave her the feel for interviewing. What she didn’t expect to happen was to have her horizons broadened so widely.  Podcasting gives you quite a different platform than a magazine. Writing for a beauty magazine kept Emma’s topics and outreach somewhat limited. However, once she had her own podcast, she realised how much you can push the envelope with candid conversation. In this episode, Ronsley and Emma get into the natural evolution process of podcasts. They discuss the power in conversation and how it not only impacts the listeners, but the host as well. Emma lays out the unconventional approach she has to advertising, and why she’s still doing the dirty work herself. This is an excellent conversation for people who are afraid podcasting will box them into a specific niche. It doesn’t have to be that way. In fact, podcasting i

Wed, September 02, 2020

221. How to Make Your Podcast Work for You & Your Listeners

Starting a podcast is exciting. You’re probably filled with a million different ideas and want to try them all right away. Hold your horses! Sometimes simple is best. Getting too complex too early may make your podcast inaccessible for those that could benefit from it the most. You have to make your podcast work for you and your listeners. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast,   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Colin Gray likes to keep it simple. Colin fell in love with podcasting in 2008, before it was really a thing. He founded The Podcast Host and Alitu: The Podcast Maker in order to share that love with others and help them create their own content. He started his career in Astrophysics, believe it or not, before realising the math world just wasn’t for him.  ThePodcastHost.com is now one of the oldest and biggest podcasting blogs on the web. It has led to opportunities for Colin to host several different podcasts, including The Podcraft Podcast , as well as a successful YouTube channel. In this episode, Ronsley and Colin get into what Colin sees as newbie podcasters’ biggest mistake: getting too complicated too early. He breaks down why he always suggests releasing your podcast in short 8-10 episode seasons, instead of working all year long to put out content that may not be working for you, or your audience. They also touch on some creative ways to engage your audience in authentic, effective ways.   Also in the episode: Colin’s introduction to podcasting Why Colin doesn’t necessarily think you have to be an expert to teach Why he recommends recording your podcast in seasons Why you should always make sure you’re addressing your listeners’ problems<

Thu, August 27, 2020

220. Jill Beytin on Building a Stronger Community of Podcasters

The podcast community is growing. As more individuals and businesses are breaking into the audio world, we all have a new responsibility to take the necessary steps in making the industry more sustainable. So, where do we start? Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast ,  where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Jill Beytin was always destined for a life on the airwaves. Jill grew up in a public radio loving household, back in the big city of San Francisco. With her father working in public television, it seemed Jill also caught the production bug. By the time she went to college, she was working at the campus TV & radio station. Now, as a seasoned podcaster and ex-pat living abroad, she has created a podcasting empire that is taking Berlin by storm. Today, Jill is the Founder of  Bear Radio , Berlin’s English language podcasting network. Using her extensive experience, Jill teaches multiple workshops, leads podcasting meetups, and works to grow the podcasting ecosystem in Berlin. As she puts it, she is one of the biggest podcasting nerds in the city. Bear Radio takes a three-pronged approach. Firstly, they produce their in-house shows such as  What’s the Mate?  Secondly, they teach corporate clients and members of the public about the podcast industry. And thirdly, they have a network such as the Berlin Podcasting Meetup.  In this episode, Ronsley and Jill talk about the podcast industry as a whole and how important it is to create a robust podcaster community. They explore why you have to know your worth, especially when you’re offering services. They also touch on the biggest podcasting blunders that really grind Jill’s gears. Also in this episode: The Bear Radio Network and creating the Berlin podcast ecosystem The realities behind

Thu, August 20, 2020

219. Kristen Meinzer on How to Creatively Engage Your Listeners

Building a successful podcast is more than just buying the right ads or lining up the right sponsorships. Your audience has the power to make your show fade away quickly, or stand the test of time. The key is to creatively engage your listeners, and make them want to stick around for the long haul. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast ,  where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Kristen Meinzer knows what she’s talking about. And she talks about it often. So much so that she was named “one of the 22 most influential women in podcasting” by Washington Post contributor Alex Laughlin. Kristen is a culture critic, a podcasting consultant, a reporter, an author, a speaker and an award-winning podcast host of several different shows, including By The Book , with co-host Jolenta Greenberg and Movie Therapy with co-host Rafer Guzman. Kristen is passionate about giving people the confidence to share their stories through podcasting. She sees diversity in the podcast world as it’s biggest asset and loves that her listeners see her as a role model. One of Kristen’s most relatable qualities is her authenticity, and with that comes an ability to connect with her audience. In this episode, Ronsley and Kristen focus on how to build your podcast audience by active engagement. Kristen gives Ronsley some amazing examples of how she’s creatively engaged listeners in the past with genius ideas like Royal Bingo cards. Tune in to learn how to get those creative juices flowing to bring continual interest to your show.   Also in this episode: The diversity of podcasting vs. mainstream media How Kristen views responsibility and ethics in journalism Why it’s so important to ask for permission for everything you use in your show <li style="font-weight: 40

Thu, August 13, 2020

218. Rachel Corbett on The Hard Truths Behind Starting a Podcast

It seems that the COVID-19 has created the perfect opportunity for everyone in lockdown to get behind the mic and start a podcast of their very own. But, should you really be starting a podcast without knowing some of the hard truths? Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast ,  where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Rachel is the podcast expert you want to know. Rachel Corbett has spent over two decades perfecting her craft by working professionally in media, specialising in podcasting and radio. She admits that she is a bit of a ‘jack of all trades’, earning her stripes in multiple areas of media that have now fused to become what we know as the podcast industry.  Rachel became the Head of Podcasts for  Mamamia ,  where she painstakingly grew the podcast network from 15 to over 35 shows. These shows were and still are grabbing the attention of over 1 million listeners a month.  In fact, this colossal success has seen her and her team winning a whole bunch of awards across the globe. Not only that, but she’s also been kind enough to create the hugely successful course,  PodSchool , to help people like you start a podcast the right way.  It’s safe to say, Rachel knows her way around podcast production.  In this episode, Rachel and Ronsley get down to the nitty-gritty surrounding podcasting best practices. They look at how the Coronavirus has affected the podcast industry, and whether everyone really should start a lockdown podcast.  They explore whether your podcast content is actually working, and how you can begin to amp things up, right from day one. You don’t want to miss it. Also in this episode: Rachel’s views on podcasting and who should (and shouldn’t) be starting a podcast during a pandemic

Thu, August 06, 2020

217. 3 Things Podcasters Should Avoid Lacking

Are you struggling to get your voice heard? You could be lacking one of the vital three aspects- differentiation, amplification, or evolution.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast. Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Welcome back to another episode of Should I Start a Podcast. In this week’s episode, we’re going to be listening in on our Growth Accelerator program, a course designed by Ronsley to help attendees grow their podcast in just six weeks.  In this snippet, we discuss the framework behind the three essential things podcasters should avoid lacking—differentiation, amplification, and evolution. Your heart might be in the right place, but what can you do to stand out from other podcasts? Let’s dive in and get your voice heard! “We don’t just want to be another podcast. None of us just wants to be another podcast.”   Also in this episode: How to navigate differentiation Why ‘imagine’ is such an important aspect Dissecting amplification and the areas you should tackling The importance of evolving everything around your show The sales machine  If you enjoyed this episode, you’re going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You’ll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well as all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.   Register here  while spots are still available!

Thu, July 30, 2020

216. Amplify Your Audio Marketing Machine

As podcasters, we want to be attracting engagement, grabbing attention, and getting those sales. In order to do that, you may need to master the audio marketing machine.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast. Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. “The most powerful part about audio is that it’s the highest form of engagement.” This week, we’re heading back to the Launch Accelerator Program, a course designed by Ronsley to help attendees launch their podcast in just six weeks.  In this micro-episode, Ronsley breaks down the exclusive Amplify audio marketing machine and explains the method behind attracting engagement, attention, and sales for your podcast or business. Ronsley has mastered this process, and uses it not only for his brand but for other clients, too. You really don’t want to miss this! We’re getting deep in here today, so you’ll wanna take notes!\ Also in this episode: The three things every business needs to get The power of audio as part of your marketing strategy Dissecting the importance of the marketing foundations Who are your partners? What Ronsley means by “Productise your ecosystem” The strong relationship we have with our podcasts Why you need to show the steps towards delivering outcomes How does your audience feel? If you enjoyed this episode, you’re going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You’ll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well as all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.   Register here  while spots are still available!</span

Thu, July 23, 2020

215. Identifying Heroes and Villains: Your Key To Podcast Progression

In the world of podcasts, there are heroes and villains. If you want your podcast to grow and develop, you have to identify who has your corner and what you've got to fight.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast. Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you're thinking about starting a podcast or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Once again, we're listening in on our We Are Podcast 6-week Growth Accelerator Program. This program is an intensive course designed by Ronsley to help attendees grow their podcasts in just six weeks.  Today, you're invited to help yourself to this tasty morsel of an episode. Ronsley is explaining how to identify the heroes and villains that directly affect the progression of your podcast, and why this will help you get one step ahead of other podcasters. This sweet treat goes down very nicely with our previous launch accelerator sneak peek, The Power of Picking the Right Fight . This is yet another high impact episode, so grab a pen and paper, take notes and start accelerating your podcast!   Also in this sneak peek: The heroes you want to take on your podcasting journey Spotting the villains within the podcasting world Why you shouldn't fear to take on the right fight Why you need to take empathy over authority when building your audience   If you enjoyed this episode, you're going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You'll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well as all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.  Register here while spots are still available!

Thu, July 16, 2020

214. The Pyramid of Progression: The Ideal Frequency

Starting a podcast can be daunting, but clearly defining what success means to you can become one of the best tools you have when it comes to growing your show.   Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast. Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Today, we’re spoiling you with yet another snippet from our We Are Podcast 6-week Launch Accelerator Course. Although this intensive program is usually only available to registered attendees of WAP, we’ve decided this information was too valuable to hide away from the masses. We’re going to be eavesdropping on this exclusive conversation with Ronsley, which pairs up nicely with the previous launch accelerator sneak peek, Shaping Your Definition of Success . This time around, he presents an overview of exactly how to shape your definition of success by using the Pyramid of Progression. If you’re new to podcasting, this is a fantastic tool for creating and launching a successful show- the right way.   Also in this sneak peek: What do you want your movement to be about? What is your ideal frequency? Introducing the Pyramid of Progression De-constructing the revenue scale Why it’s so important to take one step at a time   To register for We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0 this September, go to wearepodcast.com

Thu, July 09, 2020

213. How To Create a Valuable Podcast That Reaches The Right People with Espree Devora

If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or already have one in the mix, standing out of the crowd or reaching the right kind of listeners isn't always easy. Sometimes we just need to firmly establish our ‘why’ and prioritise our audience.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast ,  where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode, Ronsley is getting the lowdown on podcast best practices, with “The Girl who Gets it Done,” Espree Devora. Like so many podcasters, Espree is a creative. In fact, she seems to have been born with a perfect mix of entrepreneurial and creative genes.  At age 14, Espree created a scuba diving retail shop, which eventually transitioned into a digital media company, ZexSports.  Fast forward to now, and you’ll find Espree working around the world, providing education, networking opportunities and guidance surrounding tech and startups, to help others follow their dreams. Espree is also the host of two Award Winning Tech Podcasts; WeAreLATech and Women in Tech. As you can imagine, they’re very niche topics to take on, but she has hit the ground running, and unabashedly smashed iTunes rankings along the way. The We are LA Tech podcast acts as a hub for entrepreneurs within the Silicon Beach community, and helps people to connect to useful resources. In recent years, it has been likened to a virtual tourist office for LA Startups.  The Women In Tech Show is all about sharing women’s stories on how they got to where they are today. The show’s sole purpose is for every listener to walk away feeling 'If She Can Do It So Can I'.  In this conversation, the pair get right into the nitty-gritty details about finding your purpose before you start a podcast. They touch upon how to choose the best podcast name and why you need to create your own rules to get what you really want.   Also in this episode: <li style="fo

Thu, July 02, 2020

212. The Power of Picking the Right Fight

Podcasters have the platform to create impactful movements and make a real change in this world. It’s just a question of taking a few simple steps.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast. Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This episode features an awesome snapshot from our We Are Podcast Growth Accelerator Course. Although this intensive program is usually only available to registered attendees of our We Are Podcast conference and House Sessions, we decided this information was too valuable to keep to ourselves. In this eye-opening segment, Ronsley breaks down how any podcaster has the influence to create the right kind of movement. He also briefly dissects why encouraging connection is key for creating an impact, and how podcasting allows you to encourage clarity for those more difficult conversations.   This short snippet invites you to get a taste for how informative and useful our WAP House Sessions and courses have been. So take a few minutes and let Ronsley guide you through growing your podcast.   Also In This Sneak Peek: How to create an impact with your podcast The power of picking the right fight  Why you shouldn’t shy away from becoming a ‘hub’ The 4 steps to creating your movement Why you should have the conversations no one wants to touch Why you need to establish your systems If you enjoyed this episode, you’re going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You’ll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well as all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.   Register here  while spots are still available!

Thu, June 25, 2020

211. Shaping Your Definition of Success

Launching a podcast is a very personal journey. Having a safe place to practice is the most important thing to build confidence. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast. Each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast and build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This episode features a very special snippet from our We Are Podcast 6-week Launch Accelerator Course. Although this intensive program is usually only available to registered attendees of WAP, we decided this information was too valuable to keep to ourselves. In this short and sweet little segment, Ronsley discusses the importance of confidence when it comes to launching your podcast, how to shape your definition of success, and why you should rely strongly on your imagination.  This sneak peek should give you an idea of how informative and useful our WAP House Sessions and courses have been. So take a few minutes and let Ronsley guide you through the beginning stages of the launch process.   Also in this sneak peek: Why knowing what you stand for builds confidence The importance of strengthening your argument No experience = no imagination Why you should consume a wide variety of podcasts Why you shouldn’t pay attention to the numbers Sustaining your creation If you enjoyed this episode, you’re going to want to check out our We Are Podcast House Sessions 2.0. You’ll get more of these great podcasting courses, as well all the tools you need to launch your podcast, grow your audience and everything in between.  Register here while spots are still available!

Wed, June 17, 2020

210. Rebroadcast: James Tuckerman on How To Repurpose Your Podcast Content To Enhance Customer Engagement

What can you do in 90 minutes? Watch a movie, have a morning coffee with a friend, maybe have an intense session at the gym?  Why not put your time to a different use. Just an hour and a half is all you need to create a wealth of content that could boost your listener engagement and your show. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast, where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Ladies and gents, we’re going back in time to We Are Podcast Conference 2016. In today’s episode, you’ll hear from an entrepreneur and highly accomplished digital publisher, James Tuckerman.  James is known for his wit, candour and excessive knowledge when it comes to business, marketing and creating a valuable podcast. He’s an entrepreneur, public speaker, podcaster, business consultant and coach.  In 2003, James launched Anthill, one of Australia’s largest online communities and in-print magazines for entrepreneurs, business builders and innovators. By 2009, James and the Anthill team announced that the magazine would no longer be producing an in-print magazine, but instead go fully digital. Since then, his business has grown exponentially and the awards and accolades have stacked up.  Never one to slow down, James also created Not So Freaky University, the safe space to debunk and simplify the sometimes confusing world of business.  Today, James is talking to us about repurposing content to enhance customer engagement. He breaks down the ultimate processes he uses to create between 5-15 items of content with just 90 minutes of his time, while honing in on how you can address the burning pain points your ideal listeners have.    Also in this episode: How a $900 investment landed a $43,000 win How James turned an angry rant into a successful podcast How 90 minutes of you time can become 5-15 pieces of valuable content The reason why you should be transcribing all of your audio <span style="fon

Wed, June 03, 2020

209. How To Find Opportunity and Successfully Market Your Brand In a Changing World

The world has changed so drastically that business owners and podcasters are struggling to navigate this new climate. But, what if you were able to seize this moment, and convert it into a game-changing opportunity- not only for you but also for those who need help the most?   Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast ,    where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.   If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you.   This week, Ronsley talks about marketing strategies during a pandemic, with the marketing queen herself, Steph Taylor. If you know Steph’s hugely successful podcast,  “Socialette,”  then you will know precisely why we called her in.    Steph is the vibrant entrepreneur that is taking the online marketing world to a new level. She is the founder of StephTaylor.com, the Go-To space for online entrepreneurs. Steph provides some authoritative guidance when it comes to launching (or even relaunching) podcasts, online courses, memberships, digital products and more.    Previously, Steph was the founder of Wildbloom Creative, the wellness marketing consultancy that helps good brands stand out. She was also the founder of SugarFree Box, the successful Australian health food subscription box.    In this episode, Ronsley and Steph explore how you can switch up your marketing tactics so that you’re sending out the right kind of messaging.  They look at why people have entirely different motivations now, and how you can contend with inevitable objections.  Also in this episode:   How life has been like for Steph during the pandemic Why Steph is generating five podcast episodes a week How you can educate people on the v

Thu, May 28, 2020

Should I Start A Podcast Promo

Your business or brand won’t market itself, but you already know that. Sure, social media is a great way to get your name out there, but have you considered a podcast? Or are you already a podcaster but at a loss on how to expand your audience? Welcome to Should I Start a Podcast , where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. Podcasting has gained more and more popularity over the last few years, becoming the number one preferred way to consume content in today’s world.  We know you have something to say, and we’ve developed a podcast specifically for podcasters, to help you learn how to say it better. So take a half-hour out of your week to learn from experts on how to get past the confusion of the first steps, fight through your inner fears and doubts and throw your voice into the game. Our show is packed full of tips on how to be a better interviewer, how to find your niche and how to intertwine your passion for your business into your podcast. And don’t worry, there’s plenty of little nuggets on the necessary tech and knowledge you need along the way. So kick back, throw your headphones on and get ready to learn from fellow podcasters how to make your show the best it can be.  What Can Amplify Do For You? Are you struggling to be heard?  Here at Amplify, we take the hard work out of finding your voice. We specialise in taking the very soul of a brand and finding the best way to express it with a personalised marketing strategy that utilises the power of sound.  Amplify is the world’s first award-winning audio marketing agency, and creators of the world-renowned podcasting conference We Are Podcast.  Ready to launch your voice?  If you want to find out more about how we can help you promote your business, and launch your voice further, email me at kaili@amplifyagency.media

Thu, May 21, 2020

Psychology of Entrepreneurship Promo

"You’re not good enough. Give up. Give in. You’ll never succeed." There’s a lot of power behind the stories we tell ourselves, and they can undoubtedly shape the outcomes in our lives, for better or for worse.  Welcome to The Psychology of Entrepreneurship, a weekly series that follows Ronsley Vaz and his guests, as they strive to unravel the inner workings of the entrepreneurial mind to understand the reasoning behind our decisions.  You can hear from New York Times bestselling authors, founders of multimillion-dollar companies, Olympic athletes, clinical psychologists, professors, high profile musicians, performing artists and even jet fighter pilots. Each candid and revealing conversation offers a glimpse into a new and refreshing perspective behind the conversations we should be having around entrepreneurship. Guests lift the lid on what success really means. And why even the most successful among us experience Imposter Syndrome. We explore how top performers contend with failure and burnout, and how our negative thoughts like to stifle our performance. If you are an entrepreneur, artist, athlete or creative, life can be tough. While entrepreneurship is often glamorised, and shown as exciting, fast-paced and rewarding, the hard truth is there’s also a hidden dark side. But remember, you are not alone.  If you are someone who is holding back, feeling unworthy of your success, feeling alone in your journey or questioning your performance as a professional, this podcast is for you.  What Can Amplify Do For You? Are you struggling to be heard?  Here at Amplify, we take the hard work out of finding your voice. We specialise in taking the very soul of a brand and finding the best way to express it with a personalised marketing strategy that utilises the power of sound.  Amplify is the world’s first award-winning audio marketing agency, and creators of the world-renowned podcasting conference We Are Podcast.  Ready to launch your voice?  If you want to find out more about how we can help you promote your business, and launch your voice further, email me at kaili@amplifyagency.media

Thu, May 14, 2020

208. How To Be A Better Podcast Host and Have Stronger Conversations

The role of a podcast host is an important one. You are the conductor, the leader, the guide and the facilitator. All those roles can often feel like a bit too many boots to fill. So, how do we keep a good conversation flowing? One that is engaging and enlightening that your listeners and guests will love?   Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get  your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week Ronsley gets vulnerable with his guest Barry Magliarditi. Barry is the CEO, director and Peak Performance Coach of Game Changers. Game Changers is the place to go for highly driven business owners who want to create change in their business and life through mastering their inner and outer game.  In 2003, Barry started his first business at age 18 with a Kitchen and Renovation Company. As the business grew, so did his turnover. Before he knew it, he had a staff of 15, a factory and a multi-million dollar brand. Barry earned some of the most coveted accolades in the thought leadership space. He was awarded the 30 Under 30, 2015 Telstra Business Award as well as the Australian Coach of the Year, 2016 at the Invia Innovation and Excellence in Business Coaching in Australia . As a way to share his expertise, Barry now hosts the hugely successful podcast, The Comeback Game Podcast . This show aims to inspire entrepreneurs around the world to keep on changing the game. In this episode, Ronsley and Barry explore the power of vulnerability and the ways you can use that openness to supercharge a conversation. They also discuss the concept of authenticity and why you should bring a little ALF to your conversations.  Also

Thu, May 07, 2020

207. How To Create A life Worth Living with Chris Dufey

What if you could transform your life for the better? If you could pivot 180 degrees from an old way of living and jump headfirst into a much more fulfilling one, you’ll see that it takes courage, constant adjustment and a whole heap of trust- especially in yourself.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week Ronsley chats with his good buddy, Chris Dufey. Chris is a fitness trainer, podcaster, author, international speaker, ice cream enthusiast and a budding documentary filmmaker.  In 2014, Chris quit the gym. Why? Because he wasn’t part of a life worth living anymore.  Chris had spent eight years building his career as a personal trainer. His diary was always full and the money coming in per client was enviable- he had definitely made it. Even though he loved the success, something just wasn’t right. It wasn’t until he realised that he was missing precious moments with his daughter because of his persistent and gruelling schedule that the guilt set in. He needed to mix things up drastically if he wanted to have a fulfilling life.  Chris is now the CEO and Founder of Coaches Cartel, a multi-million dollar company that helps other personal trainers win in all aspects of their careers and lives. Alongside his business, he also hosts the Ask The Pro Podcast, which helps people build a business, lifestyle and freedom. His most recent documentary project, Fit Pro Documentary is now available to stream for free.  Ronsley and Chris explore how to create a life worth living, and the drastic changes Chris had to get through to reach that point. They take a look at why liking yourself is so important, and how Chris left everything behind (literally) to fly off into another world.  Also in this episode

Thu, April 30, 2020

206. Trivinia Barber on Knowing How to Work Effectively With Your Team

Whether you work with a team, or have a team work for you, it’s essential to know how to work together effectively. Podcasts take a village, but it can quickly become a “too many cooks in the kitchen” scenario if communication and organization isn’t a priority. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week, Ronsley talks with the incomparable Trivinia Barber, host of the insightful podcast Diary of a Doer and founder of Priority VA. Trivinia has always been a “doer”, she doesn’t know any other way. But she didn’t necessarily think she was capable of owning her business, she just thought she was destined to run one.  Over the years of working up the corporate ladder, Trivinia realized she was constantly overworking herself. Sure, she was amazing at organizing and getting stuff done, but she was wearing herself thin. It wasn’t until she started delegating work to team members that she realized this was the key to having it all- letting go of the reins and allowing others use their skills to give her own a rest, so she could focus on what she really wanted to in life.  Ronsley picks Trivinia’s brain about the importance of her team when it comes to producing her podcast. They chat about the impact a good writer can have on creating engaging content for her show, and the process they have together that works for them. They discuss the kind of environment that allows all team members to thrive and how to incorporate in your own business and podcast. Other valuable tidbits in this episode: Trivinia’s obsession with organization and prepping Why being reliable equates to trust The content extraction process between Trivinia and her writer Why she considers herself an “accidental entrepreneur”</spa

Thu, April 23, 2020

205. Mike Michalowicz on How Failure Sets You Up For Success

Failure is just as much a part of your journey as success is. It’s at these low spots where the richest stories are formed. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week Ronsley has an in-depth conversation with Mike Michalowicz, host of The Entrepreneurship Elevated Podcast. Besides being a podcaster, Mike is also a keynote speaker, entrepreneur and business owner. However, the label he identifies most with is author. And it’s easy to see why. Mike has written five books, his most recent is Fix This Next , which was released after this interview. He also is a former small business columnist for The Wall Street Journal. Mike’s 2014 book Profit First is well known in entrepreneurial circles and is based on the out of the box thinking that fueled Mike to success. However, it hasn’t always been an easy road for him. In fact, before finding success with his books, he hit rock bottom. He lost everything, including his home and all his possessions. He found himself broke and moving his family into a friend’s vacant rental house. In this episode, Ronsley and Mike focus on the lessons learned while failing rather than when succeeding. They discuss how it’s nearly impossible to experience the highs of success without becoming extremely familiar with the lows of failure. Mike shares his reason for being an entrepreneur, and they get into his unconventional book writing process.  Also within this episode: The essence of e

Thu, April 16, 2020

204. Mark Jones on How You Can Effectively Use Your Podcast To Market Your Brand

Podcasts are revolutionising the way brands are marketing their businesses. While having a show can be great for business, many podcasters can fall flat and fail before they’ve even begun.  In 2020, going into podcasting blind is no longer good enough- so let’s talk about podcasting fundamentals.  Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of  Should I Start A Podcast , Ronsley is talking with Mark Jones, the Chief Storyteller, CEO at Filtered Media and host of  The CMO Show Podcast .   Since he can remember, journalism, media and communications have always fascinated Mark. As a way to indulge his love of storytelling, he spent more than 15 years of his professional life working within mainstream and trade press as a journalist, before establishing Filtered Media in 2007.   Filtered Media is a Sydney based business that provides exceptional content marketing, PR, Social Media and video know-how to a range of clients. His impressive client list includes high profile names such as Coca-Cola South Pacific, Telstra, Adobe, GE and KitchenAid, just to name a few.  Mark’s award-winning podcast,  The CMO Show , is a business and marketing podcast about the future of brand storytelling, emerging trends in content marketing, PR, social and more.  Mark and Ronsley discuss the incredible value starting a podcast can bring any business, and how you can effectively use it to market your brand. They also dive into some of the tangible strategies they use to magnify their message and reach the right people.  Also within this episode:

Tue, April 14, 2020

203. Tactic: Nathan Chan on How To Get Hard To Reach Influencers on Your Podcast (Part II)

Getting those influential people in your field on your podcast is a game-changer. Nathan Chan, the master of influencer marketing,  is back to give more tips on getting elusive big names on your podcast.  Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to  Should I Start a Podcast  hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. Nathan is the CEO of Foundr Magazine, a digital magazine that guides entrepreneurs and early-stage startups towards developing a highly successful business. Nathan has had the whos-who of the influencers on his own show,  The Foundr Podcast . Tony Robbins, Arianna Huffington, Seth Godin and Richard Branson have all made appearances on his show. Nathan tells us all about how he got them there.  In this Tactic Tuesday, Nathan gives us even more genius tips on how you can get those hard to reach influencers on your podcast. Other valuable tactics in this episode: How to look for mutually beneficial exchanges in values All about interview trades and how to use them to your benefit Why you should ALWAYS follow up Why branding and design is immensely important for first impressions How to ask for introductions Links: LinkedIn Twitter Foundr Magazine <span style= "font-weight

Thu, April 09, 2020

202. Jackie Nourse on Inspiring Others to Take That Leap

When you start your podcasting journey, you may begin with one idea that ultimately evolves into something else over the course of building your audience. That’s ok. It’s not always about teaching someone something physically tangible. Sometimes it’s more about inspiring a mindset. Let your message evolve as you evolve. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast , Ronsley speaks with Jackie Nourse, creator of travelingjackie.com (with one L, for all you non-Americans) and host of the podcast JUMP . Jackie always loved travelling and wanted to create a space that other travel junkies could go to, or be inspired by. However, JUMP didn’t start out that way. Her original podcast, The Budget-Minded Traveler, started out as more of a how-to format. As Jackie’s life evolved, so did her podcast. She realised that it was more about making connections with people than teaching them step by step processes. As she began building an audience, she was struck by how she was able to inspire just by sharing real, authentic and raw thoughts and experiences. Ronsley and Jackie have a thought-provoking conversation all about the importance of being real with your audience. They discuss how essential it is to inspire others to “take that leap” for themselves and why evolution is vital in every part of the podcasting process. Also within this episode: How JUMP evolved to what it is today How JUMP got its name Why Jackie feels it’s so important to put your mistakes out ther

Tue, April 07, 2020

201. Tactic: Nathan Chan on How To Get Hard To Reach Influencers on Your Podcast (Part I)

Do you want to boost your podcast’s credibility within your niche? Do you have that dream influencer you desperately want to interview?  Well, look no further because we have the master of influencer marketing, Nathan Chan. Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to  Should I Start a Podcast  hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. Nathan is the CEO of Foundr Magazine, a digital magazine that guides entrepreneurs and early-stage startups towards developing a highly successful business. Nathan has interviewed some of the Holy Grails of influencers, sitting down with the likes of Richard Branson, Arianna Huffington, Seth Godin and Tony Robbins. With Foundr magazine hitting on average 225,000 monthly subscribers and his hugely popular podcast The Foundr Podcast grabbing over 1 million downloads, Nathan is certainly the influencer go-to guy.  In this Tactic Tuesday, Nathan gives us the chewy chunks of information on how you can get those hard to reach influencers on your podcast. Other valuable tactics in this episode: What’s the first thing you need to be doing for your brand Why you need to identify the gatekeepers How Nathan got an interview with Richard Branson Why you never pay for guests to be on your show How to automate your emails to get the response you want The tools you can use to contact your influencers Links: <

Thu, April 02, 2020

200. Gabby Wallace on Why You Should View Content Creation as a Craft

In the online entrepreneurial world, the word “content” gets thrown around quite a bit. What is content? It’s the words we write, the videos we film and the audio we record and put out into the world. But it’s also so much more than that.  Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of  Should I Start a Podcast , Ronsley speaks with Gabby Wallace, creator of the massively popular YouTube channel Go Natural English . Gabby started out as an ESL, or English as a second language teacher years ago and fell in love with teaching. But after a while, she longed for a career that allowed her a bit more freedom to travel.  In 2011, Gabby started her YouTube channel, which she puts out as a podcast now as well. Over the years, she spent more and more time “improving her craft” as she says. She now is able to share her passion for teaching English to her 1.76 Million subscribers, with 55 million total views on her videos. This immense following has made Gabby realize that content creation is an art form. And with any art form, you have to put in the work and dedication in order to evolve as an artist. Ronsley and Gabby discuss the habits she sets for herself in order to develop her craft and continue to grow her channel. They also dabble in how influential your audience can be in how you shape your content, how to stick to a schedule when you work for yourself, and why you should just get over your fear and put yourself out there.   Also within this episode: Why Gabby defines herself differently depending on who she’s talking to Why despite your fears you should always hit that Publish button <span style="font-weight: 4

Mon, March 30, 2020

199. Tactic: Steph Taylor on How To Change Your Business Mindset and Model To Achieve Success

Owning a business isn’t all roses and rainbows, there are days, if not months, that are tough to get through. But, what if you just changed your mind-set a little and dialled up your business model? These small shifts may make life easier in the long-run.  Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to  Should I Start a Podcast  hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you This week, we’re looking back at Ronsley’s insightful conversation with Steph Taylor. Steph is the tenacious entrepreneur that is making waves in the online marketing space. She is the founder of StephTaylor.co, a hub that helps online entrepreneurs launch and relaunch their online courses, memberships, digital products and podcasts. She also hosts her own podcast,  “Socialette,” a bite-sized online marketing podcast for business owners. While Steph is currently focusing solely on her own agency, some of her past business endeavours were Wildbloom Creative, the wellness marketing consultancy that helps good brands stand out. Also, she was the founder of SugarFree Box, the Australian health food subscription box.  In this Tactic Tuesday, she focuses on changing your business model and mindset to help increase your chances of business success.  Other valuable tactics in this episode: You don’t have to love everyday of running your business The trials of the initial steps of business The small changes Steph made that drastically increased her profit  How Steph became a marketing guru

Thu, March 26, 2020

198. Kate Reardon on How To Have Deeper and More Meaningful Conversations In Your Podcast Interviews

Think about the last time a conversation really resonated with you. That one conversation that left a trace, and hit a part of you far deeper than you could have possibly imagined. As podcasters, we have the power to create exactly that feeling from our interview. It’s just a matter of being open, authentic and present.  Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast   where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of  Should I Start a Podcast , Ronsley speaks with Kate Reardon. Kate is first and foremost, the Mumma bear to two gorgeous kids, and wife to her husband, Pat. Then, she’s a naturopath, nutritionist, yoga teacher, intuitive healer, author, speaker and host of the celebrated podcast, Lean In.   Kate is the co-founder and managing director of Natural Instinct Healing, the renowned fasting detox retreat center in Ubud, Bali. She helps people achieve radical healing and transformation throughout their lives on a mind, body and soul level. Kate regularly travels the globe, heals those in need, and presents at health workshops. She also writes for various publications and hosts transformational healing circles. Kate and Ronsley hit a new level in the art of conversation, as they talk about Kate’s podcast Lean In, and why it resonates with so many across the world. They talk about why Kate’s new responsibility as a podcast host, and why she may be giving Oprah a run for her money. Also within this episode: How Kate Googled herself and got more than she bargained for Why we should invest time in talking to the older generations The deep impact Kate’s interviews are having <span style="font-weight: 400

Tue, March 24, 2020

197. Tactic. Bruce Wawrzyniak on The Many Benefits of Starting a Podcast

Many business owners view podcasting as just a way to market their brand. It is so much more than that. The more you know about the many benefits of starting a podcast, the harder it is to deny its impact on so many aspects of your professional life. Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to Should I Start a Podcast hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. This week we’re revisiting Ronsley’s conversation with Bruce Wawrzyniak. Bruce is the founder of Now Hear This, a communications agency based in Tampa, Florida. Besides being an author, broadcaster and speaker, Bruce also produces a successful podcast also called Now Hear This. In this Tactic Tuesday, we focus on how his educational service style podcast has boosted his credibility in the industry. He also stresses all the other undeniable benefits starting a podcast can bring to your business. Other valuable tactics in this episode: How a Podcast is so much more than a marketing tool How podcasting builds networks Why podcasting can make you a sought after speaker Podcasting is the holy grail of content How podcasting makes you an expert on so many things Why there’s no “perfect” length for a podcast episode Why not having technical experience should stop you from starting a podcast   Links: Bruce Wawrzyniak LinkedIn Now Hear This Website Now Hear This Twitter   <a href= "https://www.fa

Fri, March 20, 2020

196. Ronsley Vaz on Creating a Podcast Marketing Strategy, Working with Failure and Avoiding Burnout

The power of audio is undeniably huge. It’s the ultimate way to get people engaged, voice opinions, create movements, tell stories and build connections.  While creating it can be easy, the overall work to make it successful really can stack up. So, how can you get it right without getting burned out? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Ronsley is back in the hot seat with Tyson Franklin, the host of the ‘It’s No Secret Podcast,’ asking the questions. Tyson wears multiple hats, and alternates between Business Mentor, Podiatrist, Speaker, Author, and Podcaster.  Ronsley brings to the table his podcasting knowledge, as he comes from the audio marketing world. As the founder of Amplify, he’s focused on helping podcasters just like Tyson, get their voices heard across the airwaves. Ronsley is a podcaster, speaker, author, producer and host of his latest podcast venture, ‘The Psychology of Entrepreneurship.’ The friendship between Ronsley and Tyson goes way back, and in this very candid conversation, they get right to the heart of what it takes to make a podcast successful.  Ronsley hones in on failure, and why it’s not a big deal while Tyson ventures towards stress, and how it affects your business decisions and so much more. Also featured in this episode: Why as a podcaster, you need a marketing strategy The Seven Pillars of Amplify The amazing ROI a podcast can bring Why you should look back to your childhood to do what you love today The power of audio The future of podcasts – The evergreen content Why episode 5 was Tyson’s hardest show The Amplify Book Why

Tue, March 17, 2020

195. Tactic: Glen Carlson on How Not to Overthink Differentiating

Everyone you’ve ever gone to advice about your podcast has probably told you to stand out or to find your niche. While this is indeed valuable advice, you don’t need to spend as much energy as you think differentiating your brand from others like you. Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to Should I Start a Podcast hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. This week we’re getting some direct advice from Glen Carlson, author, speaker, podcaster and co-founder of DENT Global. Glen helped create the “Key Person of Influence” program, which has been mentioned by INC.com as “One of the top personal branding conferences in the world.”  Glen knows a thing or two about personal branding. In this Tactic, he discusses ways to separate yourself from the others without trying too hard. Glen stresses that overthinking your niche is only going to create more work for you. Instead, he focuses on targeting the dormant market. Other valuable tactics in this episode: How to differentiate without being gimmicky What it means to “target the dormant market” How to get to a paradigm shift moment Why it’s ok that Glen’s podcast is like 80% of the other business podcasts Why trying too hard to be different is the wrong thing to focus on Links: Glen Carlson on LinkedIn Glen Carlson on Facebook Key Person of Influence DENT Global

Thu, March 12, 2020

194. How To Improve Your Conversation Skills Through Listening with Mark Goulston

The louder we speak the more we’re heard, right? If you want to be a good podcast host, this definitely isn't true. Having the ability to listen is the number one skill a great interviewer can have. Welcome to  Should I Start A Podcast , where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast , Ronsley speaks with Dr. Mark Goulston. Mark is a business psychiatrist, suicide prevention expert, TEDx speaker and consultant. He is also the author of the bestselling book Just Listen , which has continuously ranked #1 in six Amazon/Kindle categories. Mark has also been named one of America’s top psychiatrists four times by the Consumers’ Research Council of America. Mark’s revered expertise is in high demand. He is regularly featured in major media including The Wall Street Journal , Harvard Business Review , Fortune , Newsweek , CNN, NPR, and Fox News.  Mark and Ronsley get to the heart of how to get through to people by listening. They discuss why giving someone eight words can break down communication barriers and why Mark only wants to work with people who aren’t money motivated. Also within this episode: How Mark gets the world’s most powerful influencers to open up on air The four qualities people need to be in the ‘Tribe’ <span style="font-wei

Tue, March 10, 2020

193. Tactic: Valerie Khoo on How to Connect To Your Audience

Podcasts are one of the best marketing tools you can have for your business or brand in the 21st century. They are not only amazing at spreading your message further, but they can also get you forming stronger audience connections, faster. Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to Should I Start a Podcast hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. In this episode, we’re talking with Valerie Khoo, journalist and CEO of The Australian Writers’ Centre. With two highly successful podcasts under her belt, So You Want To Be A Writer and So You Want To Be a Photographer , Valerie has a wealth of podcasting knowledge that she’s always delighted to share. We talk about why podcasts can get you a loyal audience and how they build deeper trust. Also in this episode: Why podcasting is the perfect PR and marketing tool How using human behaviour patterns can help boost your podcast Why podcasts are so intimate and connect to audiences faster If you love podcasts, you should start a podcast Why you shouldn’t preach your message    Links: Valerie Khoo – LinkedIn Valerie Khoo – Twitter Valerie Khoo – Facebook Valerie Khoo – Instagram </a

Thu, March 05, 2020

192. Give Others a Voice: Ronsley Shares his Take with Harvee Pene

Our voice is more about what we say and how we sound. Everything we’ve been through in our lives - every struggle, every triumph - shapes our voice and our view on the world. It’s so important to get your voice out there, because you never know what hearing your voice could do for someone who is afraid to share theirs. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we revisit an episode of Harvee Pene’s podcast Inspiring Business for Good , where Ronsley was a guest. Harvee, who is an author, a TEDx Speaker and accounting guru, asked Ronsley some insightful questions about entrepreneurship, dealing with failure and giving back. Ronsley, who is never shy about sharing his story, takes us through what it was like to lose his beloved restaurant, and how he came back through that. He also touches on why he views giving as “selfish”, but he does it anyway. Harvee gets Ronsley to give us some juicy details about how he came up with Amplify, how he’s still shocked that he makes a living with his voice and why giving others a voice makes it all worth it. Also within this episode: Why Ronsley views giving as selfish but does it anyway Why Rochelle always wants him to go the market with her The conversation that shifted Ronsley’s perspective How Ronsley’s immersion in many different cultures gives him an advantage Imposter Syndrome and why you shouldn’t feel alone Why you should never half-ass a podcast   Links: Inspiring Business for Good Podcast Harvee Pene on LinkedIn</span

Tue, March 03, 2020

191. Tactic: Amber Hawken on Using Vulnerability to Connect to Your Guest & Audience

Sure, being prepared is helpful. But when it comes to giving a great interview, sometimes being over prepared can blow up in your face. So how do you find a happy medium? The key is to remain vulnerable. Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to Should I Start a Podcast hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. This week we give you a little taste of Ronsely’s conversation with Amber Hawken. Besides being the host of her own show, The Amber Hawken Podcast, Amber is also an author, YouTuber and business owner. She is known for giving some awesome interviews on her podcast, and she shares some of her tips for doing just that. For Amber, the main objective of her interviews is always to remain vulnerable. In fact, she says it’s damn near impossible to give a good interview without doing that. She gives us some insight into her best interview ever in order to demonstrate her point. Other valuable tactics within this episode: How knowing the interviewee well makes a big difference Why you should why you’re interviewing a person How to remain vulnerable Why the best interviews are not rehearsed How to use all your platforms to be authentic Why vulnerability equals authenticity Links: AmberHawken.com Listen to the Amber Hawken Podcast Here

Thu, February 27, 2020

190. How To Grow Your Podcast Audience With SEO

SEO or Search Engine Optimization is one of those crucial marketing tools that can take your webpage and podcast from unknown to top of the ranks; it just takes a bit of careful know-how.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start A Podcast, we hear Ray Blakney shed some light on the importance of SEO. Ray is much more than an SEO expert, though; he’s a CEO, Edupreneur, Speaker, Podcaster, 7-figure bootstrapper & part-time swordfighter. At the start of his career, Ray worked within computer programming, writing software for multiple start-ups, Fortune 500 companies and NGOs across Silicon Valley.  Now, Ray is the CEO and co-founder of Live Lingua, an award-winning online language school that specializes in one-on-one language lessons over VOIP. Within the past few years, Ray’s entrepreneurial portfolio has continually expanded. His experience in building and operating 6 and 7-figure location-independent businesses has put him on the radar of some of the world’s top entrepreneurial magazines such as Entrepreneur, Forbes and The Boston Globe. Ray’s new podcast, The Anomalous Educator, is the perfect guide for helping teachers and entrepreneurs to make money online by diving into topics surrounding SEO, Social Media, Course Design and more. Right off the cuff, Ronsley and Ray get stuck into the ins and outs of the best practices of SEO. They explore how to rank in Google’s top ten and why you should be selling ‘Pink Flamingos’ the right way using a solid link share system. Also within this episode: How to get high ranking links and which ones are worth your time Why podcasters are notoriously bad at SEO How to find and curate the right keywords for your website Why quality podcast show notes matter H1 Tags explained How to download the ultimate SEO

Mon, February 24, 2020

189. Tactic: Trevor Young on Building Up Your Podcast Brand

Creating a distinguished and unique podcast may seem like an impregnable mountain to climb. What if you could just shift your mindset and implement a few simple tactics to get your content reaching the right audience in just the right way? Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to Should I Start a Podcast hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. This week we’re getting the podcast branding lowdown from one of Australia’s most experienced public relations and marketing communications practitioners, Trevor Young. Trevor is the founder of Digital Citizen , a content-driven leadership communications firm based in Melbourne, Australia and has been accurately hailed as one of the ‘heroes of Australian content marketing.’ As a writer, keynote speaker, consultant & advisor and personal mentor, Trevor is definitely the PR Warrior on the frontline of the communications revolution. He regularly speaks on public platforms on topics associated with PR, social media, content marketing and personal branding, which gives him the total authority to share some of his podcast branding tactics. Other valuable tactics in this episode: How to build your audience before you really need it Why you should centre your content around specific problems The steps you can take to become a thought leader Why it’s best to plan ahead with your social media The three things you need in business Why it’s okay to not be all things to all people How to ‘start with heart’ The podcasting grind and how to get over that </

Thu, February 20, 2020

188. Share Your Story with Pam Covarrubias

Podcasting is about telling a story. Whether your podcast is in an interview format, or any other format, the driving force behind the appeal is the story it tells. So what if you can’t find any stories you can relate to? Or hear any stories coming from people that look like you? You tell your own story. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, Ronsely has a thoughtful conversation with  Pam Covarrubias, creator of SpreadIdeasMovePeople.com and host of the Cafe con Pam Podcast. Pam grew up knowing how to sell, thanks to the innovation of her mother, who started her own ceramics store and factory when Pam was a young girl. Even though her marketing game was naturally strong, Pam longed to do more than just sell, she wanted to share her story. After falling in love with podcasts while travelling for work, Pam realized most of the people she was listening to were white men interviewing white people. Longing for diversity and relatability, Pam realized if she wasn’t hearing stories from women of colour, she’d have to tell her own. It took three years, but after an offer of audio help from a music producer friend, Cafe con Pam was born. Even the title of her podcast encompasses her Latino roots, as it’s a play on the Spanish phrase “cafe con pan” meaning coffee with bread.  Pam and Ronsley muse over the importance of diversity in the podcast world, as well as finding the confidence to tell your own story and carve out your own niche that creates a sense of inclusivity for others who may be feeling excluded.  Also within this episode: Where Pam’s natural sense of selling comes from The difference between an artist and a creative Why it took Pam three years to start her podcast How it all started with a picture on a vision board Why thinking of her Grandmother erases Pam’s self-doubt   Links: <a href="https://www.spreadideasmovepeo

Tue, February 18, 2020

187. Tactic: Robert Gerrish on Simple Ways to Take Your Podcast from Amateur to Pro

There are so many podcasts out there to choose from. One small issue like echoey dialogue or long awkward pauses can make a potential listener click on the next option. So how do you get your podcast episodes to sound professional enough to earn credibility with your listeners? It’s easier than you think. Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to Should I Start a Podcast hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. This week we get some incredibly helpful tips from Robert Gerrish on how to take your podcast to the next level. Robert is known in the entrepreneurial world as a guy who helps those just starting out succeed. He is co-author of the business bestseller Flying Solo: How to Go it Alone in Business, and started his own small business community “Flying Solo” in Australia, which currently has over 100,000 members. Robert has become somewhat of an expert on podcasting, and he’s constantly stressing the importance of focusing on the little things to make a big difference in how your podcast is perceived. Robert says preparation is critical, and he shares how focusing on specific aspects of your podcast production can take your show from amateur to pro.  Other valuable tactics in this episode: Why you should have a preparation method for each guest Why you should practice interviewing constantly How to be a better listener Why sound quality is key Easy tips to improve your sound quality Why you should be as narrow as you want to be How to acknowledge your weakness and use it as a strength <span style="font-weight:

Thu, February 13, 2020

186. How to Give an Authentic Interview with Jordan Harbinger

Giving a great interview is more than just asking questions. Interviewing is a craft, and just like anything else, it’s essential to put time and effort into honing your craft.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’d like to learn more about what it takes to give a great interview on your podcast, this is the episode for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we listen to Jordan Harbinger’s enlightening talk on interviewing podcast guests at the We Are Podcast 2016 conference. Jordan has been a podcaster for over a decade on his show The Jordan Harbinger Show Podcast.  Although Jordan doesn’t think he has a natural talent for what he does, he’s put an enormous amount of work and effort into interviewing his guests, and he’s become pretty damn awesome at it. In Jordan’s candid discussion on interviewing, he covers why preparation is so essential to making an interview work. It’s not just about asking questions, it’s about really understanding what makes your guest interesting and how to portray that to your audience.  Jordan covers several different topics on the art of interviewing as well as lessons he’s learned from mistakes he’s made in the past. Also in this episode: Why it took Jordan ten years to get the hang of interviewing Why you need guests that can deliver How to guide the conversation but make your guest think they are Why Jordan reads a guest’s entire book How to use social media to learn about your guest Why “winging it” is an amateur mindset What a “non-question” is and why they suck Why cats and kids should leave the room How to get an authentic interview Links: Jordan’s Website</

Tue, February 11, 2020

185. Tactic: John Lee Dumas on How to Create a Unique, Valuable & Distinguished Podcast

Podcasts are a unique form of content, in that they can be consumed at almost any time or any place. It’s all up to the listener. So if someone is willing to give you their precious time, how are you going to stand out from the crowd to earn it? Welcome to Tactics Tuesday, a short and sweet companion to Should I Start a Podcast hosted by Ronsley Vaz, where each week with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial lineup, he explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience and how to keep them hungry for more. On Tactics Tuesday, we’ll give you little snippets of episodes filled with juicy tips to inspire, innovate and guide you through to the next steps of producing your very own podcast. If you’d like easily digestible little nuggets of knowledge from podcasting experts and entrepreneurs all over the world, this show is for you. This week we revisit an insightful conversation with John Lee Dumas, host of the award-winning podcast, Entrepreneurs on Fire. John was the first in the game to introduce a 7-day a week podcast, and he uses that innovative approach in explaining how you too can carve out a niche for yourself in the podcasting world. John is full of actionable podcast advice, like how to format your show so your listeners know what to expect, how not to waste your listeners time, and how to be looked at as an authority in your niche. Everything you need to stand out from the crowd is in this episode. Other valuable tactics in this episode: Why Podcasts are unlike any other consumable content Why a market is never truly saturated How you can always dive deeper What’s a “UVD” and how to apply it to your podcast Why John asks his guests the same questions every episode Links:   John on LinkedIn John on Twitter Entrepreneurs on Fire

Thu, February 06, 2020

184. James Tuckerman on Overcoming Your Fears So You Can Release Your New Podcast, Fast

Starting your very first podcast can bring up a whirlwind of anxiety. From worrying about what equipment to use to fearing how your content will be received, the list of concerns goes on and on. But there are some easy hacks to get you on track so you can hit your launch date with ease. This week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast gets right to the heart of why you should just hit record and go. We have on hand one of Australia’s top digital publishers, James Tuckerman, with the keynote speech he gave at We Are Podcast, 2016. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. James is an entrepreneur who has a penchant for public speaking, podcasting, business consultation and coaching.  James has been crowned one of Australia's most accomplished digital publishers and is best known for starting Anthill Magazine when he was a mere 26 years old and working out of his parent’s spare room.  In 2004 and 2005, he was named Best Small Publisher in Australia by the ABA (now Publishers Australia). As a passion project, James created Not So Freaky University, the safe space to debunk and simplify the sometimes confusing world of business.  He is also a seasoned podcaster, with his show The Not-So-Freaky Business podcast, which is aimed at business owners who want to get the most out of their business.  Unfortunately, it is no longer in production, but still holds a lot of value for any freaked out entrepreneurs out there. James’ talk covers: Best time-saving hacks  Why you shouldn’t do everything yourself Exploring the biggest challenges facing newbie podcasters How to get your podcast launched, fast! Why you shouldn’t worry about bad content How sharing your worries can get you on track Why equipment shouldn’t be your primary concern Links: <a href= "

Thu, January 30, 2020

183. How do You Want Your Podcast to be Perceived with Franziska Iseli

Wouldn’t it be great to be the leader of the pack, to have those that surround you perceive you as the best at what you do? There is a lot of power in customer perception, so how do we utilize that to achieve podcasting success? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we bring you one of the exciting keynote deliveries from We Are Podcast 2016 with Franziska Iseli.  Franziska is not only an intriguing amalgamation of Swiss-born Aussie but she’s also an internationally renowned speaker, entrepreneur, adventurer and ocean advocate.  She is known for pushing boundaries, her thought leadership and breaking away from the usual entrepreneurial mould. She is the founder of Basic Bananas, Australia’s largest provider of marketing education, as well as host of the hugely successful podcast of the same name. In 2013, she was awarded the Young Entrepreneur of the Year award that recognised her work and philanthropic involvement. Franziska is also a regular feature in multiple publications including The Huffington Post, The Sydney Morning Herald, The Age, Channel 9, BRW, 2UE and The Daily Telegraph. When she’s not being a total boss at Marketing, you can find her fulfilling her passions either surfing the waves or playing in her band, Salty Lips.  In this episode, Franziska hones in on brand perception and takes us through some tangible steps to get us all there. Also in this episode: How a Dolly Parton look-alike contest proves perception is key Why podcasts need consistency Why going with your gut can build the perfect brand image Don’t try too hard, take something and make it your own How to build trust using a simple image guide Why you need to value yo

Thu, January 23, 2020

182. 7 Things You Can Do Today That Will Pay Off on Your Podcast Forever with Darren Rowse

Are you a procrastinator? 20% of adults claim to be prone to procrastination, and I suspect that percentage is even higher among creatives and entrepreneurs. What if you could work around your procrastination and get some simple things done that could pay off forever? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you have a podcast and are looking for some practical ways to broaden your audience, make your marketing more effective and diversify your streams of income, then this is the episode for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we revisit Darren Rowse’s amazing talk from We Are Podcast 2016. Darren is the founder of ProBlogger.com, a fantastic resource website for online bloggers, and is one of the first professional bloggers in the world.  Darren has found incredible success with his online blogs and businesses over the last 15+ years despite the fact that he is an admitted procrastinator. In his incredibly useful talk, Darren broke down seven things that he does or has done in the past, that has catapulted his ideas into successful business ventures.  They are simple concepts that anyone, procrastinators and non-procrastinators, can implement in their podcasts and business to see fast results. Also in this episode: Why Darren is a notebook addict Why it took him five years to finally start his podcast Why being a procrastinator leads to a “someday list” What is the natural enemy of the procrastinator Hoe putting off writing one blog post potentially cost him thousands of dollars How inaction breeds doubt and fear How to diversify your income streams Links: ProBlogger.com Darren on LinkedIn <span style="font-weight:

Thu, January 16, 2020

181. How to Identify Your Podcast Niche with Clint Salter

Knowing your niche when developing and marketing your podcast can go a long way to making all your hard work pay off. But how do you identify your niche? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you have a podcast that caters to a specialty market, are in the beginning stages of developing one, or would just like to learn more about identifying your particular niche, this is the episode for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we are treated to an informative talk by Clint Salter, the CEO and founder of the Dance Studio Owners Association and the host of the Transform My Dance Studio podcast.  Clint has been around dance for 21 years and started his own studio at 16, which he later sold a few years later. Clint is the perfect example of identifying a niche and dominating it. He uses all his dance studio knowledge to help others in the same field grow and expand their businesses. Clint stresses the importance of finding your niche in the podcast world so that you can market to your specific audience and reach the type of people that can benefit from your message the most. Also in this episode: Clint’s unique journey into the dance studio business The biggest mistakes businesses make when marketing How to identify your niche and dominate it The three ways to use your niche How a podcast helps grow your business Why you should always be curious as a podcast host Why you should write down your goals How knowing your strengths can help define your goals How to get to know your market How to build relationships and why it’s crucial for a podcast Links: Clint on LinkedIn</

Thu, January 09, 2020

180. What to Consider When Starting a Podcast with Clarissa Rayward

Thinking about starting a podcast? There are a few things you should consider first, and it may not be what you’re thinking. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re at the very beginning of your podcast journey and don’t know where to begin, then this episode is for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we hear Clarissa Rayward’s talk at the We Are Podcast conference. Clarissa is a divorce lawyer and recently started a podcast called Happy Lawyer, Happy Life. She originally wanted to start a podcast a few years ago, but the concept she had then just didn’t feel right.  It took Clarissa about three years to figure out what she wanted to talk about on her podcast, but once she did, everything else fell into place. In this episode, Clarissa gives new podcasters, and those thinking about starting a podcast, great insights into what sort of questions you should ask yourself first. All her great tips should give you everything you need to start the planning process to start a podcast. Also within this episode: Why Clarissa started a blog The statistics of lawyers and depression Why it’s ok to not be happy all the time Why you need a plan to start a podcast The benefits of podcast sponsors How to pursue sponsors before your podcast begins The two questions every potential podcaster should answer How being more mindful can bring you more happiness How having a podcast can open more doors for your business Links: The Happy Family Lawyer Website Clarissa on LinkedIn <a href= "ht

Thu, January 02, 2020

179. Take Your Podcast From Mediocre to Magical with Carla and Emma Papas

Happiness doesn’t have to be an unattainable fairy tale that only happens for some people and not you. What if by just implementing a few key principals into your everyday routine, you could find happiness and change your entire life? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re looking for some easy ways to improve your podcast and your life for the better, then this episode is for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we hear an amazing talk from Carla and Emma Pappas, otherwise known as The Merrymaker Sisters. Carla and Emma are entrepreneurs, podcasters and Instagram influencers who really live up to their names. These sisters are always merry and joyous, and they want everyone around them to be as merry and joyous as they can be as well. Carla and Emma believe that finding more happiness in your life will spill over to your work as well. Improving your life by using their easy and fun tips will inevitably improve your podcast and all your business endeavours as well.  Also Within This Episode: The five key things to finding more happiness in your life How Carla and Emma learned to Blog with ProBlogger How changing your diet can change your whole life How to stop the loop of negative thoughts How to ask better questions on your podcasts by being in the moment Why the future doesn’t exist Why gratitude is a game-changer How to practice being happy Links: The Merrymaker Sisters website The Merrymaker Sisters on Instagram ProBlogger

Thu, December 26, 2019

178. Andrew Griffiths on Giving People the Choice to Have a Voice

Podcasts are amplifying millions of voices around the world. They are the amphitheatres of our time, and the conversations that we are having are creating waves, starting revolutions and instigating great change for listeners and communities alike. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This short but sweet episode is a hidden gem from the Amplify archives. Looking back at the very first We Are Podcast conference 2015, we hear once again from the incredible Andrew Griffiths.  Andrew is Australia’s #1 small business author with 13 books now sold in over 60 countries. He hosts multiple podcasts including The Business Over Breakfast Podcast, and as of 2020, more productions are coming to fruition.   His passion for storytelling, instigating movements and getting voices heard is the main theme of his speech, as he reaches out to all our listeners and like-minded podcasters to come together in unity and become Amplify Ambassadors. Also in this episode: Introducing We Are Podcast, 2015 Ronsley’s wins as a fledgling author and conference curator Why we should all believe in Amplify’s vision Be the podcasting ambassadors of the world Building the right podcast community The wins behind becoming an Amplify ambassador How to meet the Amplify ambassador criteria Links: Andrew Griffiths – Website Andrew Griffiths – Facebook <span sty

Thu, December 19, 2019

177. Being Fearless, Moving Beyond a ‘No’ and Following Up with Adam Franklin

Inviting guests onto your show, particularly if you’re just starting out, can be nerve-wracking. But it certainly doesn’t have to be.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we bring you one of the exciting keynote deliveries from We Are Podcast 2016 with Adam Franklin. Adam Franklin is a truly multidimensional entrepreneur. He’s the CEO and marketing manager at Bluewire Media a web marketing firm. He’s a LinkedIn Marketing Coach who lives and breathes social media marketing and regularly lends his voice as an international social media commentator on 2UE.  Adam is also an accomplished author, with his ever-popular book  Web Marketing That Works: Confessions from the Marketing Trenches,  which was co-written with his great friend and business partner Toby Jenkins.  Not only that, Adam co-created the Web Strategy Planning Template and co-wrote the e-book Web Strategy Secrets which have both been downloaded by thousands of people worldwide. His marketing blog Bluewire Media has been a staple feature in Australia's 'Top 20 Business Blogs' for 4 years running, and he is a regular contributor to Startup Smart. Adam’s session truly gives you an insight into how to appropriately approach guests for your podcast.  He guides us through a five-step initiative to build, maintain and promote ongoing relationships that will have any podcasters show thriving in no time. In this episode, Adam also shares: Why podcasts are the building blocks in our incredible online universe Overcoming your fear of

Thu, December 12, 2019

176. Aaron Fifield on Getting a Sponsor for Your Podcast, Building Your Brand and Creating an Essential Show

Podcasting is a fantastic way to get your voice and brand out into the world, however, there is an exchange of time required to get your podcast out each week. What if you could find a way to have your podcast pay for itself? Let’s talk sponsorships. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we bring you one of the exciting keynote deliveries from We Are Podcast 2016 with Aaron Fifield. Aaron is a developing trader and host of the Chat With Traders podcast. Each week he interviews successful traders and financial thought-leaders to extract their best insights. On the trading front, Aaron is learning how to code and pursuing algorithmic trading systems. He also runs his own graphics and web design company. Aaron’s session walks you through Aaron’s achievements so far as a result of starting a podcast why he built a business around something he is passionate about. The benefits of podcasting as a platform and opportunity for him as a trader in talking to high profile people. The way he has attracted customers from podcasting and the way he has got customers onto his show. In this episode, Aaron also shares: Everything Aaron does as a trader and a podcast trader host The fundamental understanding of markets Getting into trading Podcasts that exist as types of trading The difference between a trader and an investor Creating an entrepreneurship podcast The importance of knowing who you are speaking to Creating a show that is essential and resonates with people Going back to launching his podcast in mid-January, 2015 The different types

Thu, December 05, 2019

175. Putting the Audience Second and Having Deeper Conversations with Sheelagh Caygill for the Communicate Influence Podcast

For most people in the marketing space, the audience is always front and centre in all content that is produced. But what if, instead of focusing on the audience you spend the time focusing on your guest? Ensuring quality content that will ultimately also reach further with your audience. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast Ronsley is a guest on Communicate Influence - the only podcast and magazine for creative minds in communications, marketing, and writing, hosted by Sheelagh Caygill.  Sheelagh is a journalist, communications, and content marketing professional focused on creating powerful content that ultimately helps organizations fulfil their goals and evolve. She is a skilled communicator and has delivered results in the following areas: copywriting, media relations, thought leadership ghostwriting, social media marketing, public relations, and SEO. Ronsley and Sheelagh discuss Ronsley’s new podcast, the Psychology of Entrepreneurship and his journey through the inner workings of the entrepreneur’s mind and getting to the root of impostor syndrome.  Also within this episode: How the patterns of your childhood influence your adult life The way that as a child you learn to temper your thoughts and successes Why Ronsley is still seeking out his Father’s approval What going bankrupt and being in a make it or break it situation lead to some of Rosnley’s greatest successes How Ronsley deals with being an introvert and doing ‘all the things’ Rosnley’s thought process on creating Bond Appetit and his first episode The advice Rosnley has for new podcasters Why allowing guests to have a deeper

Thu, November 28, 2019

174. How to Embrace SEO to Get Your Podcast Found on Google and iTunes

SEO can be a daunting concept if you’re not familiar with it or it’s purpose. But once you get the hang of it, you’ll realize that SEO is just a helpful way to get your podcast to people that need to hear it. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we hear Kate Toon talk about the importance of SEO for marketing your podcast. Kate Toon is an SEO expert, as well as a public speaker, mentor, podcaster, and all-around connoisseur on entrepreneurship. Kate uses her own personal experience of starting a podcast and navigating the world of search engines to help others on the same path.  Kate knows that SEO isn’t usually on the radar of most podcasters, but explains why it should be. She gives us helpful tips and tricks to get the broadest audience for every episode, like how to pick compelling titles, how to streamline your show notes, and to always cater to “humans first and search engines second”. Also within this episode: What SEO is and why it’s used How to influence the natural search process How to understand iTunes list ranking Understanding the “New and Noteworthy” section on iTunes Why you should take a “Humans First” approach to marketing The BDF (Beliefs, Desires, Fears)  concept and what it means How to arrange your podcast episode titles Why it’s important to focus on your cover art Why you should be a little “clickbaity” with your titles Why you should always deliver on your promises when it comes to titles Links: Kate’s Website

Thu, November 21, 2019

173. Trevor Young on Finding Your Narrative, Leveraging Your Personality and Being Omnipresent Online

What’s it mean to be omnipresent online? How do you become omnipresent while still remaining authentic? Two important questions to answer if you’d like to build your online presence and gain more podcast listeners. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we hear Trevor Young talk about omnipresence and what it means for building your personal brand. Trevor has years of experience in marketing and communications and uses his vast knowledge to mentor those just starting out with a podcast or online business. Trevor talks about how incredibly vital it is for you to build an online presence on all social media platforms to draw listeners to your podcast. There’s a variety of ways to do this, but it’s all done through having amazing content and sharing that amazing content. Being consistent with all your content is how you build credibility, or as Trevor says “Don’t tell. Show.” In order to show people you’re the real deal, let them see your personality, and draw them in with quality content. Also within this episode: How to show people you have “the chops” The difference between owned and earned media How to be omnipresent online Why it’s essential to earn trust to be successful How to find your narrative The two ways to earn media How to bring other people into the conversation Why you should respond to people on social media How to let your personality shine Why being consistent is the most important thing when creating content Links: <a href= "https://www.linkedin.com/

Thu, November 14, 2019

172. Facebook, Lookalike Marketing and Targeting the Right Audience with Phil McGregor

Making your podcast is only part of the process. Once you’ve created your amazing content, you need to get people to listen and buy your product. This is a 24/7 job, but thankfully Facebook can do it for you. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast, where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast, build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re looking for a way to get more precise targeting for your online marketing with less work, then this podcast is for you. In this episode, we listen to Phil McGregor’s segment from We Are Podcast 2015 about the power of Facebook marketing and how you can take advantage of its many benefits. Phil is the Managing Director at AdChief as well as an international speaker who encourages business entrepreneurs all over the world.  Phil is somewhat of a connoisseur of Facebook marketing, and he walks us through the process of using invaluable tools like Facebook Pixel and Facebook ads. Like Phil says, “You can’t go back in time and target the customers you don’t have.” So it’s imperative to take Phil’s advice and let Facebook act as your automated salesperson today. Also in this episode: How Phil uses his law enforcement background in marketing How to target the right people Why it’s essential to use Facebook for marketing even if you don’t use it personally Why you should have five episodes ready to go when you launch your podcast What is a Facebook Pixel and how to use it How cell phone use drives marketing Why you should have a facebook pixel in every stage of your purchase process How to use Lookalike marketing How Podcasts attract people to your business How to use your preexisting audience Links: Phil on LinkedIn <

Thu, November 07, 2019

171. Petra Jones on Global Reach, Social Media Strategies and Creating Successful Podcasts

Starting a podcast from scratch can feel like you’re staring into the void, and when you add being an introvert into that swirling mix, then you’re primed for failure, right?  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Petra Jones openly labels herself as an introvert, but when you look at her list of achievements, you certainly wouldn’t think it. Petra Jones didn’t even know where to begin when it comes to podcasting but took the challenge on nonetheless.   Through a short period of trial and error, Petra became the host of The Mumpreneur Show , one of the world’s top shows focused on women entrepreneurs and mothers.  Petra’s show brings into the spotlight some of the most insightful female entrepreneurs, bloggers, makers of handmade products and social media gurus. They speak about their individual business journeys, from their wins to the biggest challenges they’ve faced, all the while lifting the curtain and giving a sneak peek into the life of a female entrepreneur.  Petra quickly hit the Top Ten lists and dominated the ‘Kids and Family’ category within just nine days, while also reaching number one so many times that she eventually lost count. In this episode, Petra talks through the journey she took to get her podcast running. Why podcasting gets you out there on a global scale - particularly when you understand your target market and the top five things you should keep in mind to reach podcasting success.  In this episode, we talk about: Petra Jones – The creative introvert Petra’s business journey, from children’s clothing to building a successful podcast Why a selfish podcast was the best foot forward Hitting the top spots in podcasting – Sharing in Petra’s success The global ou

Thu, October 31, 2019

170. Tyson Franklin on Building a Quality Podcast, Working Smart and Harnessing the Power of Relationships

Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. People starting their own business often become wrapped up in the details. How many staff should I employ at the beginning? How many computers should I buy? Where should my office be? Oftentimes, however, the success of a business comes down to a larger sense of who you are and how you treat people.  Tyson Franklin — a business coach, podiatrist and host of the “It’s No Secret” podcast — has plenty to say about how up-and-coming entrepreneurs need to focus on several key elements: connections, delegation and attitude, among other things. On the latest episode of “Should I Start a Podcast”, Tyson and I chat about these topics and more, all framed within the idea of how podcasts can help business owners get ahead.  We also chat about:  How to be a “legend in your own lunchbox” How podcasting helped Tyson refine other parts of his career Why there is always room to improve, no matter how old you are How to work smart, not hard Why you need to prioritise certain clients over others The importance of a disaster plan How being kind to his landscaper helped Tyson land new business Why it’s sometimes important to cut negative people out of your life Links:    Tyson Franklin 

Wed, October 23, 2019

169. Carving Your Own Path, Building Brand Trust and Successful Small Ad Budgets Micro Budgets with Kyree Oliver

The old business proverb “fake it till you make it” in today's world of business and marketing is not always the best path to take without your own company. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. When you meet a 25-year-old, you might not be interested in their advice on business and life. But what if that 25-year-old had already built a thriving business and established themselves as a thought leader in the marketing space? Kyree Oliver has done exactly that as the owner of Influkz Interactive, a social marketing and consulting company based in the US. On the latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast, Kyree and I had an enlightening talk about his unconventional journey into marketing, why the industry is awash in fake social media “experts”, and why up-and-coming business owners probably shouldn’t even focus on marketing.  Despite his age, Kyree is incredibly insightful and an absolute pleasure to talk to. No matter who you are, he has a perspective that will make you think.  During the episode, we cover:  Why Kyree doesn’t read marketing books or go to conferences Kyree’s hesitation to work with new business owners How fake social media “experts” are good for his business The best way to build trust in your brand Why marketing should be the last thing you think about for your company Why Kyree doesn’t personally think about numbers and metrics What he learned from interviewing more than 800 people Kyree’s tricks to working with small ad budgets Links:  LinkedIn Influkz Interactive <

Thu, October 17, 2019

168. Laura Petersen on Hitting the Best Sellers List, Finding the Perfect Podcast Guest and Writing with Personality

Writing a book can be one of the most rewarding things you can do  - but completing this monumental project might not be as difficult as you think. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. If you run your own podcast — or are thinking about starting one — then you need to learn how to write in a way that portrays you as the expert you are and convinces people to listen to your program. On this week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast, writing coach and copy guru Laura Petersen gave us her top tips for writing effectively, selling your book and finding your personal freedom.  Laura is an established writer, coach and educator with a hit podcast called “Copy That Pops” and several bestselling books, including Copywriting for Podcasters and Permission to Write a Brand Building Book for Podcasters. With plenty of enthusiasm, Laura has a lot to say about how writing can lead to success for any entrepreneur.  You don’t want to miss this podcast, which also includes: Why you are ready to write a book How to get your book to bestseller status The importance of unlearning everything you know about writing How to find what’s important to you and turn it into a business How writing a book leads to more business opportunities What Laura has learned from visiting 41 countries The value of picking the right podcast guest The best ways to give your writing personality Links: Website Laura P

Sat, October 12, 2019

167. Allison Melody on Good Food, Good Health and Running a Phenomenal Podcast

Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. The latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast features Allison Melody, a podcast host and entrepreneur whose entire outlook on life and business is truly inspiring. As host of The Food Heals Podcast, Allison has amassed more than 150,000 listens in just a few short years. She’s also signed a book deal, hosted numerous events and retreats and has built a successful product ecosystem around her brand.  Allison promotes healthy eating and mindful living, something you can’t afford to ignore. Unfortunately, too many of us sacrifice health for convenience and end up eating salty, sugary and refined foods that shorten our lifespan and kill our moods.  During the episode, we also chat about:  The personal tragedy that inspired Allison to change her life How Allison has managed to achieve such incredible success in such a short amount of time Why food has the ability ‘to heal us or to kill us’ The unconventional way that Allison found her first sponsors Some of the stranger experiments that she has undergone in the search for ingenious bio-hacks How healing your past can radically change your present  Allison’s incredible outlook on how events and retreats can change your business Why starting a podcast has led to nearly everything around her   Links:  The Food Heals Podcast Allison Melody - LinkedIn Allison Melody - Instagram Allison Melody - Fac

Thu, October 03, 2019

166. Chris Krimitsos on the Business Benefits of Podcasting and How To Grow In The Modern Era of Audio

There are big changes advancing on the horizon, and if you haven’t stocked your business bunker with the right survival kit, you could be in for a bumpy ride.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode, we take a look back at the hugely informative conversation between Ronsley and progressive entrepreneur Chris Krimitsos. Chris is one of those people that can’t sit still for long, he always has something in the mix. His boundless energy has allowed him to mastermind some incredible business ventures.  From becoming Executive Producer CK Productions, a film production company that produced his own critically acclaimed film project “The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary,” to his multiple podcasts and TV shows, as well as keynote speeches and seminars. Chris is not one to miss an opportunity, and soon found his knowledge of marketing and media holds exclusivity and value, and so he launched Podfest Multimedia Expo , the week-long podcast educational gathering, which he grew to over 975 attendees in just five years. Chris strives to empower audiences towards better opportunities for succeeding in business in the technologically complex 21st century, and in this conversation, that’s exactly what he provides. We discuss the inevitable onset of AI, why podcasting can set you up for the future and the hidden entrepreneurial opportunities in everything .  Also featured within this episode: The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary How Chris built a podcasting empire Why Chris has a fondness for the eccentricities of podcasters What Chris craves the most from his businesses <li style="font-w

Thu, September 26, 2019

165. Building A Successful Podcast and Brand: Tips From the Networx Podcast Panel

So, how do I start a podcast exactly? There are so many answers to that question but with a little know how and expert guidance at hand, it’s actually easier than you think. Join Ronsley Vaz as he talks with some of the most forward-thinking entrepreneurs from around the world, and picks their brain about doing what they love, navigating the challenges and anxieties of a self-made business and how to think outside the box. If you’ve ever wanted to start your own business — or maybe you already have one, and you love listening to like-minded professionals — this podcast is for you.   This week you’re hearing triple, with a star studded panel of successful podcasters, live at 13 th annual Networx conference. Networx is the informative yet relaxed conference hub that holds keynote speeches, networking possibilities and events for those in the developing stages of their career.  This impressive panel is hosted by Elizabeth Gibbons, the ultimate ‘questions master.’ She grills the guests with all the hard hitting, in-depth podcasting queries. On the guest panel and sitting with Amplify’s very own Ronsley Vaz, is the social media trainer and strategist guru, Stevie from Stevie Says Social, and host of The Twenty-Something Train Wreck podcast, Phoebe Parsons.  Combining this podcast-centric trio into one package has produced a concise vision of exactly how you can start a podcast – today. There is something for everyone in this discussion, so regardless of whether you’re a veteran or newbie – there are plenty of insights on exactly how you can build a successful podcasting brand. Get a pen and paper at the ready folks; you don’t want to miss a moment! What you can learn: Why podcasts are resonating with people more now than ever How our podcasters began their podcasting careers Stevie’s setup – The hardware and software you need to start Should you really start a podcast? How to take a podcast idea, package it and monetize it <span style="font-wei

Thu, September 19, 2019

164. Jason Skinner on the Failure Rate of Podcasts, the Importance of SEO and Managing Expectations

Finding a way to connect with your audience and make an income from that connection is like finding the pot of gold at the end of a rainbow. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On the latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast, I had the pleasure of speaking to Jason Skinner. Jason is host of Business Made Easy as well as a professional business coach and accountant. In short, he’s the guy you want to talk to if you’re trying to use podcasting to promote your business Jason is host of Business Made Easy as well as a professional business coach and accountant. He’s devoted his entire career to helping fledgling businesses find their niche, both in their own industries and in the chaotic world of podcasting. He has quite a bit of advice on how to turn an idea into a show that you can sustain for years. Don’t know where to start with your show? He can help you out. During the episode, Jason and I talk about: The complex background work that goes into podcasting Why so many podcasts fail Mapping out your podcasting journey Why you shouldn’t focus on podcast statistics The importance of SEO and keyword research How podcasting can build trust with your clients Managing expectations for your show Jason’s top rule for keeping yourself sane while podcasting Links: Business Made Easy Skinner Hamilton Accountants – website Jason Skinner – LinkedIn

Thu, September 12, 2019

163. Creating a Culture in a Remote Team, Checking Your Ego and Taking Risks with Jennifer Ho

Entrepreneurship is never an easy road to take - there are elements of fear, self-doubt and uncertainty that come along with the territory. So, how do we combat these obstacles and what really makes for a successful entrepreneur? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode, we’re revisiting the conversation between Ronsley and Jennifer Ho. Jennifer has been a podcaster for a few years now, taking the industry by storm when it was just in its fledgling stages. This serial entrepreneur not only hosts her own show, Big Girls Panties , she is also positioned as the director of the podcasting studio in New York, The Hangar Studios .  The conversation takes a dive into how we can successfully approach a new project and why we need to expel our ego to get much needed help. They also discuss how to use your passion to drive your business and keep yourself motivated.  These two podcasting pros are going head to head in order to share their expertise – What more could you ask for? Also featured within this episode:  How Jen feels about being a pioneer Why we should all be taking risks  The difference between ordinary people and entrepreneurs The value of speaking up and being able to offer something Why you need to leave your ego at the door Bringing a healthy culture element into a remote team What Jen’s biggest fear is Why you may not need bravery to be an entrepreneur Links: LinkedIn <a href= "https

Thu, September 05, 2019

162. Emotional Intelligence, Learning to Delegate and Finding the Balance with Sally Foley-Lewis

Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we revisit our chat with  Sally Foley-Lewis. Sally has spent the last 20 years coaching, mentoring and developing people to be more productive through building their people and team skills and being more effective with their task management. She focuses on working with middle managers, team leaders in large corporates and associations in Australia and overseas, as well as employers in small to medium sized businesses. Rosnley and Sally have a far-ranging conversation that covers everything from finding inner peace as busybodies to the best way to capture our great ideas. Sally is an incredibly humble and wise leader, and I absolutely loved our talk.  Here’s some other things that we covered:  How Sally wrote a book in two months Paying attention to the journey vs. just getting to the destination Gender equity and emotional intelligence The gift that comes with someone challenging our assumptions Why entrepreneurs are so terrible at delegating  Building trust in our organisations Deciding what is ‘enough’ in our lives The ROI of podcasting   Links:  sallyfoleylewis.com LinkedIn

Thu, August 29, 2019

161. Ronsley Vaz on Navigating The Successes and Failures of Entrepreneurship – with Greg Layton

Life isn’t always easy when you’re running a successful business. With both physical and mental obstacles to contend with, fear of failure can form a seemingly insurmountable obstacle that holds us back from our full entrepreneurial potential. But sometimes failure can be the best teacher we have. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more.  If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply looking for a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode, the podcasting tables have turned and the interviewer has become the interviewee. Ronsley takes the hot seat as the founder of Chief Maker, Greg Layton, throws Mr. Vaz the tough questions we’ve all been dying to ask. Greg is not only a bestselling author with his book Chief Maker, but he too is a podcaster extraordinaire. He sits as the prolific host of The Inner Chief, a podcast aimed at leaders, professionals and small business owners who want to accelerate their career and growth.  In this hard hitting session, Greg dives into Ronsley’s origin story and how Amplify came to fruition, why understanding alternative perspectives is a healthy trait and how labelling yourself can damage your ability to thrive.  Also featured within this episode: Ronsley’s backstory Labels and why you shouldn’t put yourself in a box The importance of getting a different perspective  The reasoning behind starting a podcast Failure and things you find to get right as a leader The guy that justifies his own bulls**t The processes to analyse the market – losing your self-entitlement Why giving people a voice is so important Building trust within your team The future of Amplify – what we can expect moving forward <li style="font-weight:

Thu, August 22, 2019

160. Adrian Easdown on Sharing Knowledge with the Next Generation, Podcasting as an Introvert and the Power of Bad Reviews

Finding who you are and the strengths you bring to your own success can be a cathartic and powerful experience. Podcasting is a mechanism that can provide you that experience.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week’s episode features a good friend and business associate of mine, Adrian Easdown. Adrian is a veteran of the accommodation industry in Australia, podcast host of That Bad Review, author of the book of the same name. Adrians podcast and book teaches those in his industry how to find success and deal with negative reviews from guests.  We talk about handling negative feedback, of course, but we also delve into a host of topics relevant to any podcaster: handling interviews as an introvert, looking past subscription numbers and handling rejection, to name a few.  We also chat about:  Dealing with the emotion that comes with bad feedback Emotion’s place in running a business  Why reception is your main opportunity to impress your guests Quiet times in your business and how to use them to your advantage  Current trends in the accommodation industry  The challenges of motivating staff members  What Adrian would do if he had 6 months to live  Adrian’s podcasting journey and how he made it to 30 episodes Why I don’t look at emails    Links:  Adrian Easdown That Bad Review  Adrian Easdown — LinkedIn

Thu, August 15, 2019

159. Clarissa Rayward on Podcasting Success, Going Beyond Traditional Thinking and Her Top Tips

The legal profession is often seen as about as staid and traditional as they come. But lawyer turned podcaster turned all-round entrepreneur, Clarissa Rayward, shows that there are opportunities to shake up even the most traditional of industries and create a lucrative business along the way. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. By her own admission, Clarissa has never been a traditional lawyer. Being a divorce lawyer is not easy, and it was the serious mental and physical health effects the job was having on her colleagues and herself that led to her light bulb moment. Now along with running her own legal firm, Brisbane Family Law Centre, she spends much of her time helping fellow lawyers improve their health and wellbeing through her blog, The Happy Family Lawyer, her podcast and book, Happy Lawyer Happy Life, and more recently her membership community. In this inspiring session from We Are Podcast 2017, Clarissa describes how podcasting helped paved the way for turning her side hustle into a $10,000 a month business. Clarissa also provides a bunch of practical tips that you can apply in any industry.  Here’s just some of what Clarissa covers in this video: Her inspiration for starting a blog Surrounding yourself with positive people and inspiring change The decision to write a book Her podcasting journey and crystallizing a vision Creating an online course The inspiration for a membership community What has and hasn’t worked for her in podcasting and business Her four most important lessons learned Recommended tools to try Links: The Happy Family Lawyer <a href= "https://www.thehappyfamilylawy

Thu, August 08, 2019

158. The Power of Fan Engagement, Getting Intimate and Creating a Fan Base with Blair Hughes

The podcasting game has changed in the last decade. Engaging with listeners is so much more than just chatting via Twitter - now we need to be creative and start thinking outside the square.   Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Your audience plays a significant role in the evolution of your podcast, you just need to listen where they want it to go. In this episode of Should I Start A Podcast, we dial into the insightful keynote speech from Blair Hughes, at We Are Podcast. Blair is the trust building guru and fan engagement specialist at Audioboom, in Australia and New Zealand. In a past life, he was a school teacher, but now spends his days comprising innovative ways to keep audiences emotionally engaged while also coming up with solutions that generate value for listeners. This master of engagement has created partnerships with major radio, media, podcasters and sporting teams including Macquarie Media, SEN, RSN, the 2015 Cricket World Cup, Australian Open, and many more. In this episode of Should I Start A Podcast, Blair talks podcast monetization through fan engagement, understanding user demographics, while also giving a little insight into the world of Audioboom. Blair shares with us: The audio on demand explosion, and the new power of fan engagement How to establish good engagement ideas Going viral – the new wave of podcasting Tapping into the audio on demand culture Why your audio length is so important How to generate a hard core fan base How brewing craft beer increased a stadium’s audience engagement Why you MUST get creative with your content Understanding the power of listening  What Pixie Lott and Russell

Wed, July 31, 2019

157. 10 Proven Ways to Monetise Your Podcast with Nathan Chan from Foundr

Nathan Chan is the founder of Foundr. And if there’s anyone who knows how to grow a content business from nothing into a content empire with an audience of millions, it’s Nathan. The story of Foundr is now legend. Starting out as a one-man-band digital magazine for aspiring entrepreneurs in 2013, Nathan has gone on to interview many of the world’s most famous entrepreneurs and business thinkers including the likes of Richard Branson, Seth Godin, Tim Ferris, Gary Vaynerchuck and Tony Robbins just for starters. Not bad for a young guy from Melbourne. Foundr has gone on to become a content powerhouse, incorporating a digital and print magazine, podcasts, blog, email newsletter, ebooks, courses, social media groups and more. In this video from We Are Podcast 2017, Nathan unpacks the Foundr business model and offers 10 ways you can monetise your podcast based on the Foundr experience. Nathan gives you the goods on:     How to use great guests to build the authority and credibility     Why you need to be prepared to test and try things     How to repurpose content and leverage it     Using your podcast as a brand builder     Getting people into your ecosystem     Finding inspiration in other industries and markets     Finding the pain killer solution for your market     Success with pre-selling     What is good content that sells?     Repackaging content like a greatest hits album     The best way to do courses     Why books are a great way to monetise     The truth about membership sites     Events, masterminds and paid workshops     Coaching and consulting     Providing done-for-you services     Creating SAAS (software as a service) products   Links: Foundr.com

Wed, July 24, 2019

156. Michael O’Neal on The Art Of The Interview

Host of the hugely popular podcast The Solopreneur Hour, Michael O’Neal, knows a thing or two about how to interview a guest the right way. In fact, his show’s episode list looks like a who’s who of the entrepreneurial world. But before starting his podcast journey in 2013, Michael studied to be a professional broadcaster. Since then he has taken much of what he’s learned from the pros and adapted it to the podcasting medium, and it’s seen him become the podcaster’s podcaster. In this presentation at the We Are Podcast conference in 2017, Michael covers his essential tips for mastering the art of the interview. If you host a podcast now or hope to in the future, Michael’s tips are sure help you stand out from the crowd. Here’s what Michael covers in this presentation:     Why podcasters should consider themselves professional broadcasters     Getting the best out of your guest     An introduction to ‘proadcasting’     How to land amazing guests     Researching your guests the right way     Setting up the interview for success     The art of the introduction     When and how to promote your guest     Controlling the interview     Asking the right questions     Getting guests to share your show Links: SoloHour.com Instagram: @solohour Twitter: @solohour

Thu, July 18, 2019

155. Louisa Dahl on Attracting Opportunities and Positioning Yourself as THE Expert in Your Field

Marketing is much more than taking a product or service and selling it to a consumer - it is about nuance, connection and most importantly, building relationships.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Building your reputation as an expert in your field is a fantastic way to increase your business opportunities. And if anyone knows how to leverage this approach it’s Louisa Dahl. As a digital marketing expert, author, podcaster and founder of the digital marketing events and training company, Interactive Minds, Louisa has deconstructed the strategies of the best in the business, and put them into practice herself. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we are a fall on the wall at Louisa’s presentation at We Are Podcast 2017. Louisa shares her essential strategies and tips on how to leverage what you’re already doing to build your reputation and grow the opportunities for your business. In this practical presentation, Louisa covers: Relationships and why they are so important Results – and why everything hinges on them Reputation – and how you can develop yours Leveraging what you’re doing now for future customers, projects or campaigns Being deliberate – a lesson learned from industry leaders Building relationships – consciously and deliberately Elevating your reputation Results – the importance of KPIs and the 80/20 rule Reputation – connecting through content and adding value Links: Louisa Dahl: LinkedIn Interactive Minds Website <a href= "https://www.

Thu, July 11, 2019

154. Kate Erickson on How to Achieve Audience Growth and Meaningful Monetisation with Podcast Systems

Creating content is a proven format to building your brand and making connections with your audience - but being able to monetise that process is a win/win many entrepreneurs strive for. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. If you’re listening to Should I STart a Podcast, chances are you are interested in starting a podcast or making your existing podcast successful. There’s an even bigger chance that you dream of making your podcast financially sustainable.  On this episode we grab a front row seat and tune in to Kate Erickjson’s presentation at We Are Podcast 2017. Kate is one-half of the Entrepreneurs on Fire podcast, and has a few hot tips for how to make that happen. At We Are Podcast 2017, she was gracious enough to share how she went from jobless to working with a highly-successful program.  Here’s what she covers in her talk:  How losing her job made Kate hyper-focused on what mattered What freedom really means and how to achieve it How to make your content valuable to other people What you need to do to make your shows consistent The steps needed to create an effective sales funnel for your program The power of scheduling How to define your avatar What systems can do to create freedom   Links:  Entrepreneurs on Fire Kate Erickson - Twitter Kate Erickson - LinkedIn

Thu, July 04, 2019

153. Jordan Harbinger on The Truth of Entitlement, Giving Without Expectation and Wild Times on Vacation

Networking and forced abduction are two concepts that typically don’t go together. But for Jordan Harbinger, host of the incredibly popular The Jordan Harbinger Show, networking literally saved his life.  Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we tune into We Are Podcast for Jordan Harbinger’s keynote speech. It covered a gamut of profoundly useful tips for entrepreneurs, from networking advice for those who hate networking to the best way to introduce friends via email.  The last portion of his speech, however, detailed an adventure in Serbia where he was kidnapped by state police and interrogated while his friend was being beaten in the other room.  How did he escape? By using his charm. How exactly? Well, you’ll have to listen to find out.  Besides his terrifying ordeal, Jordan also covers:  How being a nervous kid shaped who Jordan is today Why entitled people generally don’t do well in life The importance of giving without expectation How introversion can be used to your advantage Why networking is a muscle The best way to get help from people — without being a leech Why you should make an “interesting person fund” How a professional mentor changed the way Jordan thought about work   Links:  The Jordan Harbinger Show Jordan Harbinger - Facebook Jordan Harbinger - Twitter Jordan Harbing

Thu, June 27, 2019

152. Podcasting With a Purpose, Building a Niche and Bringing Your Listeners In with John Lee Dumas

Building a profitable business and nurturing an audience that not only brings regular business but also actively promotes you and your brand is a key focus for many business owners. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On today’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast we have a real treat, John Lee Dumas. If you love podcasts, chances are you’ve heard of John Lee Dumas. He’s the host of Entrepreneurs on Fire, a massively-popular podcast that has grown into a seven-figure business in just a few short years.  Going from podcast fan to entrepreneur took some hard work and some smart thinking. But lucky for us, John was willing to share some of his core tips for making a podcast profitable at We Are Podcast 2017, so we’ve bundled it up into an episode just for you.  Podcast hosts and aficionados alike will love his presentation, as it’s packed with useful advice and anecdotes from his journey.  John shares with us:  What a funnel is and why your business needs one How to come up with a niche for your brand The importance of implementing systems in your business How to repurpose your content to maximise its effectiveness Where to implement your calls to action Why you should have one-on-one calls with listeners How to find purpose in your work The Chinese proverb that John lives by   Link:  John Lee Dumas - LinkedIn Entrepreneurs on Fire

Thu, June 20, 2019

151. James Tuckerman on the Art of Persuasion and How To Win an Audience for your Podcast

Winning friends and influencing people is what we all really want in life. We want to be loved and adored by our millions of fans who tell all their friends about our amazing podcast or business. Simple enough. But how do we make that happen? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On today’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast we are tuning into James Tuckerman’s session at We Are Podcast 2017. James is one of Australia's most accomplished digital publishers. He's an entrepreneur, angel investor, reluctant growth hacker for hire and professional speaker. He is widely known for launching Anthill Magazine, in 2003, from the spare bedroom of his parents' home. He was then 26 years of age. In 2004 and 2005, he was named Best Small Publisher in Australia by the ABA (now Publishers Australia) James is in the business of persuasion. He’s put together 12 fundamental principles of persuasion and makes them available in this short session taken at We Are Podcast. Tune in if you’re a podcast host, an entrepreneur — or even if you just deal with people on a daily basis. James’ talk covers: The one thing listeners care about above everything else Why outcomes are more important than products How to earn authority for your show How to be a likeable host The importance of social proof when it comes to selling something Why humans are hard-wired to finish what they started The economic principle of scarcity and how it applies to podcasting The final thing you can do to convince someone to listen to your show   Links: James Tuckerman - LinkedIn <span style= "font-weight: 400;

Thu, June 13, 2019

150. Glen Carlson on Finding Our Best Traits, The Importance of Assets & The Real Value of Podcasts

Coming up with genius ideas and turning them into million-dollar businesses is a little bit of luck and a whole lot of hard work and dedication. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we have Glen Carlson, podcaster and co-founder of Dent Global which is best known for their flagship 'Key Person of Influence' Accelerators. DENT are worldwide leaders in strategy and technology for entrepreneurial businesses. In the last six years they’ve built their global small business, with offices in the UK, USA, Singapore and Australia. For Glen, he might say that turning ideas into profitable businesses is what drives his work everyday: helping people access their own best ideas and convert them into wealth-building assets. For a little insight into Glen’s genius, tune into his presentation at 2017’s We Are Podcast, where he explains why we’re often terrible at realising how brilliant we already are. In his talk, Glen covers: What assets are and why you need them His concept of “proximity bias” and how it can ruin your confidence The importance of valuing IP over physical assets Why podcasts can be great for generating wealth — even if they don’t make any money Why devoting energy to solving problems can be a waste of time How to create a product ecosystem What your job should really be as a company founder   Links: Glen Carlson - Dent Global Glen Carlson - LinkedIn <span style="fo

Wed, June 05, 2019

149. Building a Wonderful, Active Online Community with the Merrymaker Sisters, Emma and Carla Papas

Social media has grown from it’s infancy where merely having a presence and connecting with an audience allowed businesses and brands to harness a new avenue of advertising. Now, those that succeed in using the power of social media do so through the creating and fostering of their own online communities. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. If you’re ever seen the Merrymaker Sisters — Emma and Carla Papas — you know that they have big personalities. They’re excited, passionate about wellness and happiness and love finishing each other's’ sentences. Building a community for their brand might’ve come naturally to them. But there are quite a few tips and tricks they learned along the way, most of which came from making mistakes. On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we bring you the presentation by Emma and Carla from the stage of We Are Podcast 2017. They tell the story of how they went from nine-to-fivers to managing a dedicated community of health and wellness enthusiasts that makes them excited for work every morning. Watch the video of their talk to learn about: The importance of keeping it real How to build trust with your audience Getting people to go from freeloading to paying for your products How to not burn yourself out Why Emma and Carla frequently meet up with community members The benefits of “detachment” Why you should cherish your more difficult members   Links: Merrymaker Sisters - website Merrymaker Sisters - Facebook Merrymaker Sisters - Instagram <a href="h

Wed, May 29, 2019

148. Danielle Lewis on the Power of Influencer Marketing and Harnessing the Power of Influencers

In today’s world businesses can rise and fall off the back of a few well placed social media posts by only a handful of respected people on any given social media platform. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. On this week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast we take a listen to Danielle Lewis’ session at We Are Podcast 2017. Danielle is CEO and co-founder of Scrunch, a platform that links brands to influencers around the world. She’s also at the forefront of a new but rapidly evolving industry. Influencer marketing is, as Danielle puts it, “the new word-of-mouth”. By hiring influencers and accessing their massive social media circles, your company can tap into new and relevant audiences and get more eyes on your product. But how do we make things work in this Wild-West industry? At We Are Podcast, Danielle gave a talk on the benefits of influencers and how you can get some of the huge returns that people are seeing with this new form of marketing. It was a densely-packed and highly informative talk that no marketer should miss. Danielle also talks about: Why some people are getting incredible results with influencers — while others aren’t How to transition influencer traffic to sales Why influencer marketing is the new “word-of-mouth” How some businesses are seeing 20-to-1 returns on influencer marketing The benefits of using a third-party software to access influencers Why a clear contract can save you from disaster How to avoid a PR nightmare by incorrectly using influencer content Why influencer marketing isn’t just for cool, young brands   Links: Scrunch Danielle Lewis - LinkedIn Scrunch - YouTube Scrunch - Facebook

Thu, May 23, 2019

147. Convincing Your Audience Through A+ Content: Live We Are Podcast 2017

A good content strategy is hard to come by. In today’s hyper-stimulated world, we’re simply bombarded by text, audio and video everywhere we look. In order to stand out, there’s a few things you can do. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we are sharing the incredible learnings from the con vince panel from We Are Podcast 2017. We assembled a crack squad of successful entrepreneurs to hear their proven strategies for producing content that is interesting, engaging and helps boost their brand. The conversation was incredibly enlightening —- and sometimes downright hilarious. If you create content in any way, you’ll want to listen to this one. The panel includes: Adam Franklin, CEO at Bluewire Media Yann Ilunga, Podcasting Consultant & Systems Strategist, Podcast Success Academy Sean D’Souza, Owner, PsychoTactics Amber Hawken, Founder and Director at Amber Hawken and Calm Mind Project Our star studded lineup covers:: The benefits of going against the flow How one website maximised profits with one simple tactic Why we shouldn’t be trying to convince people to buy our product How to really connect with your audience, not just pay lip service What being a “guru” really means The power of repurposing content How to find new content ideas How to make membership models work   Links: <a href="http:/

Fri, May 17, 2019

146. Converting Using Your Podcast: Live at We Are Podcast 2017

Selling your product is painful, even if you really believe in your business. It’s hard to to cold-call people and confidently tell them why they should drop what they’re doing and hand over their money. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we are sharing the convert panel from We Are Podcast 2017. We brought together a group of experts who has had plenty of experience with the art of the sale. Their advice for wavering business owners? It’s not about creating a perfect product, but comes down to something much more basic. Give the podcast a listen to get their inside tips on how to make sales less painful. Panel guests include: Nathan Chan, CEO & Publisher of Foundr Magazine Carla Papas, Co-founder of The Merrymaker Sisters Adam Franklin, CEO at Bluewire Media Clarissa Rayward, Lawyer at The Happy Family Lawyer They also cover: The value of content when it comes to sales The one thing too many entrepreneurs ignore Why you should fall in love with your customers, not your product How to use your community to refine your product Why unpaid partnerships can be beneficial The importance of having a refined pitch How to find high-quality and lucrative partnerships Why you sometimes have to say “no” to potential sponsors ‘ Links: We Are Podcast - Website Amplify Agency - Website Adam Franklin - LinkedIn Clarissa Rayward -LinkedIn Nathan Chan - LinkedIn Carla Papas - LinkedIn

Thu, May 09, 2019

145. Directing Organic Traffic To Your Podcast, Avoiding Perfection and Seeking Advice From Your Community with Tracy Harris

Parenthood and the hectic world of entrepreneurism often conflict with one another. Navigating your entire business around naps and feeding time just might not seem like an option. But, what if you had a good strategy in place, one you can look towards to help boost your business into a strong, rewarding direction and not steal all your time away from your family?   Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest line-up, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, I had the pleasure of speaking with Tracy Harris, the CEO and founder of Mums With Hustle , the educational platform aimed towards entrepreneurial mothers. Her current role is labelled as Instagram Strategist, Online marketing mentor, Podcaster and online community builder – but she is so much more than that. In just 3 short years, Tracy managed to build an online community of more than 60,000 female business owners, all of them coming to her for invaluable advice on how to balance being a mother whilst venturing into entrepreneurism. Her Top 10 ranked business podcast, Mums With Hustle , is a hugely informative resource, and with nearly 200 episodes to catch up on and multiple ecourses and ebooks to turn to, you’ll have an outstanding marketing strategy in place in no time. This week’s episode explores how Tracy has created such a safe space for female entrepreneurs, and the surprisingly honest reactions she gets from her audiences. The topics we also cover include self-love, and the challenges mothers can face returning to work. Also featured within this episode: The evolution of Tracy’s podcast How to find out what your audience wants Instagram, the primary marketing tool Ditching perfection, and taking on the challenge What is ‘mother’s guilt?’ Properly d

Thu, May 02, 2019

144. Ronsley Vaz on Creating Your Own Freedom, Using Your Platform and Developing Valuable Opportunities From Past Mistakes

The word ‘freedom’ is completely multifaceted, and can mean a multitude of things to different people depending on where you are standing at the time. As with most things in the current climate, the dynamic within business has shifted. Waves of entrepreneurs are valuing their time more than dollars, and putting a new perspective on what it means to have freedom. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week’s episode has Ronsley in the hot seat as he strikes up a conversation with our special guest host the sensational Madison Manathunga of The Freedom Choice podcast. He candidly answers the tough questions surrounding the perceptions of freedom, discusses his own personal business struggles and how he came out the other side to become the podcasting guru he is today. We also discuss: Ronsley the observer Imposter Syndrome and mastering your mind What is freedom really? Ronsley’s past life and his new entrepreneurial journey How podcasting is giving everyone a voice Why having an inflated ego means you miss opportunities Why the world loves podcasts and craves more! How podcasts are changing the conversations we’re having What’s on the horizon for Amplify How you can take action to harness more freedom Links: The Freedom Choice podcast Ronsley Ronsley’s TEDx Talk

Thu, April 25, 2019

143. Driving More Traffic, Putting Customers First and Podcasting with Mel Telecican

Drawing more traffic to your website is a concern that businesses share right across the board. When a tool like a podcast is used properly, not only can you naturally bring more traffic your way, but you can also end up with a loyal following Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you In this episode of Should I Start A Podcast, we have the customer care expert, and business maverick, Mel Telecican’s, keynote speech at We Are Podcast 2015. If you are looking to expand your website’s traffic, but doing it meaningfully and with purpose, then this podcast is for you. Mel is a customer experience expert with an outstanding quality customer list of over 10,000, which she accrued in just two years.  Her resume spans multiple avenues in education, business ownership and marketing, which has ultimately put her on the path to sharing her business-centric experiences. With two very successful podcasts in tow, the Customer Centric Show and the Monetising Knowledge Show she gets to showcase her marketing success, and share her expertise within the market. In this episode we talk about: How Mel grew her website’s rankings within just 90 days Why starting a podcast gets you talking to your industry leaders Why Mel’s love for education pushed her to create a podcast How perseverance can get your website climbing the Google analytics ladder The power of putting customers needs first   How having a podcast has changed Mel’s business determination Mel’s own personal wins that all stemmed from starting her podcast How a 90% finished book led to her podcasting success Meeting industry heroes and how they can validate your business’ direction   Links: <span st

Thu, April 18, 2019

142. Increase Your Profile and Downloads Using 7 Marketing Strategies, with Nathan Chan

Trying to stand out and increase your podcast’s downloads may seem like you’re floating in a marketing abyss. With a helping hand, and some sound advice, it certainly doesn’t have to be. In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, the self-proclaimed “Marketing Guy,” Nathan Chan, joins us from the We Are Podcast convention, 2016. Nathan is the CEO of Foundr Magazine, a digital magazine that concentrates on guiding entrepreneurs and early stage startups through managing a successful business.  He’s interviewed some of the biggest names in industry, such as Richard Branson, Arianna Huffington, Seth Godin and Tony Robbins. With 225,000 monthly subscribers, over 1 million podcast downloads and an ever increasing social media following, he certainly knows his stuff. In this episode, Nathan introduces seven marketing strategies to help you get discovered, and increase your downloads. Here he discusses why he started his podcast, the concept behind “shipping,” and why interviewing interviewers can boost you up the ranks. He also shares with us: Why consistency plays a pivotal role in winning you a loyal following. How reviews can help you conquer algorithms and get you on the “What’s Hot” list. Why cover art is so important and, how to use it to stand out from the crowd. How copy can be invaluable in gaining subscribers. Understanding your uniqueness and how it gives you an edge. How video could gain you traction. How to recycle old content to gain new subscribers. Links: Website LinkedIn: Nathan Chan

Wed, April 10, 2019

141. Top Pro Tips for Automating the Essential Processes of Your Digital Business

Automating the processes and procedures of your business is not the sexiest of topics, but it can be vital to building a manageable and scalable enterprise In this panel-style discussion recorded at the We Are Podcast 2017 event, four top digital entrepreneurs share their best tips and advice on developing a product ecosystem, getting your frameworks and standard operating procedures in place, how to create successful nurture sequences, and a bunch more. Hosted by Andrew Griffiths, the expert panel includes: Nicole Baldinu, co-founder of the $100 MBA and Webinar Ninja Carla Pappas, co-founder of The Merrymaker Sisters Danielle Lewis, CEO and co-founder of Scrunch, and Kate Erickson, from Entrepreneur on Fire Packed with useful and usable information and lessons learned – from both successes and failures – this episode will leave you with a bag full of practical tips and inspiration for your podcast or business. Here’s just some of what the panel covers: How hard is it to add to an existing product ecosystem? Differences between a content and SAS business Why do entrepreneurs ignore SOPs? Why SOPs are critical, especially when you’re starting out Tools for making SOPs easier Podcast calls to action – best practices and how to add them to past podcasts Approaches to nurture sequences The importance of the ‘welcome journey’ Thoughts on Facebook Messenger bots and nurture sequences Valuable lessons from the panel member’s failures   Links: The Merrymaker Sisters Scrunch <a

Thu, April 04, 2019

140. Unhealthy Self-image, Managing Your Expectations and Knowing When To Ask For Help with Tripp Lanier

Sometimes, we all just need a bit of guidance, whether it’s in your business, your home life or just finding your way to making better daily decisions. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. Our latest episode features Tripp Lanier, who is a highly successful entrepreneur and fellow podcaster.  As a veteran host of The New Man Podcast: Beyond the Macho Jerk and the New Age Wimp, Tripp has interviewed some of the most prevalent authors and experts from all walks of life. He strives to coach folks all around the world, the value of breaking away from their mundane lives, whilst guiding them towards more personally fulfilling careers and relationships. His decade plus career chatting behind the mic isn’t his only interest – he’s also a life coach, author and musician. Whilst the initial intention of this episode was to talk about podcasting, the conversation took an interesting turn and evolved into a well-rounded discussion, surrounding unhealthy self-images, managing your expectations and knowing when to ask for help. Other topics we cover include: The early days of podcasting How bargaining with ourselves stops your personal progression Our two inner voices, and knowing when to listen to the right one Combatting your mental resistance Why men tend not to reach out for help The liberation of experiencing challenges Breaking past your own ego Finding your own emotional recharge process Fear responses and their effects The skill of practicing new habits Taking the time to be honest with yourself <li

Thu, March 28, 2019

139. Women in Digital – Success Strategies From Four Leading Female Entrepreneurs

Women can often face a different set of challenges to men in the digital business world.   Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you On this week's episode of Should I Start a Podcast we have an informative session recorded live at the We Are Podcast 2016 event, four top female digital entrepreneurs share their thoughts on the challenges and advantages of being a woman in digital. It’s a discussion that’s packed with personal insights, strategies and practical tips for achieving success as a digital entrepreneur. And it’s not just for the ladies. The guys will also get some great insights into creating more cohesive and fulfilling relationships with their partners, female colleagues and clients.   The featured panel guests include: Holly Tattersall, founder of Women in Digital and CEO of Digital Talent Co Louisa Dahl, founder of Interactive Minds Kate Toon, award-winning SEO consultant and copywriter Emma Papas, co-founder of The Merrymaker Sisters Here’s just some of what the panel covers: Thoughts on being a female in the digital business world Finding balance between family, life and entrepreneurship Action plans for entrepreneurial mums Balance as a cycle: Maybe you can’t have it all (right now) The difference between a need and an inspiration Thoughts on quality of life and reducing stress The link between restoration and effectiveness Biggest moves for influence, impact and reach Getting

Wed, March 20, 2019

138. Using Social Media to Promote Your Podcast

We all know social media is a great way to reach people, but how can we use it to get new listeners for our podcast? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you At We Are Podcast 2016, we had a panel of experts sit down and explain how they use social media every day to engage their audiences and grow their show. Social, as they explained, is about continuing the conversation that you had on the show. The featured panel guests include: Adam Houlahan, LinkedIn Expert, Best Selling Author, International Keynote Speaker and Founder of The Influencer Program Loren Bartley, Social Media Strategist, Speaker, Podcaster and Facebook & LinkedIn Trainer Katie Wyatt, Co-Director of Wake by Reach Clint Salter, CEO & Founder of Dance Studio Owners Association The panels also talks about: The benefits of paid advertising How to use LinkedIn to generate partnerships Effectively using paid advertising on Facebook Why social should be about getting people back to your website How to use your guests to engage your audience The importance of getting your audience involved How to effectively use virtual assistants The dangers of being too focused on social media   Links: We Are Podcast - website We Are Podcast - Facebook Group

Thu, March 14, 2019

137. Making the Membership Model Work

Taking your audience from avid listeners to paying members can be a lucrative way of monetising your podcast. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you The membership model, on paper, is a great idea. You generate a community of loyal subscribers, they pay you every month and you have a consistent revenue stream. The problem is, it’s not as easy as it sounds. The churn rate, or the amount of people that quit using a subscription after only a few months, can be very high. And people, especially nowadays with so much content out in the world, demand a very high degree of quality if they’re going to pay monthly. At We Are Podcast 2016, we had a panel of industry experts sit down and share how they’ve made their own subscription models work. The discussion was informative, interesting — and sometimes downright hilarious. You’ll definitely want to give it a watch. The featured panel guests include: Sean D’Souza, Owner of PsychoTactics and Author Nathan Chan, CEO & Publisher of Foundr Magazine Carla Papas, Co-founder of The Merrymaker Sisters Karly Nimmo, Director of Killer Kopy and Host of two No.1 iTunes podcasts: Karlosophies & Keeping Good Company They also discuss: Why memberships should be community driven How to create accountability in your members How to get members to share and participate more Using members to supplant recruitment for events Why membership models won’t work for everyone The importance of making members feel safe and comfortable Some ideas for keeping things fresh in your subscription service <li style="font-weig

Thu, March 07, 2019

136. Authentic Content, Reaching Your Audience and Long-Term Thinking With Andrew Griffiths

We can all see that the world is changing, fast. The last decade has seen immeasurable advances in content creation, and keeping up with trends whilst trying to maintain your sanity is no easy feat. What we could really use is a little podcast management therapy. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you   This week’s Should I Start A Podcast episode is with the charismatic Andrew Griffiths, Australia’s #1 small business author, with 12 books now sold in over 60 countries.  Today, Andrew intimately discusses his own trying experiences, and sheds some light on key points that will make us all better creators. He shares the undeniable importance of good planning, why seeking relevance in an ever changing world is crucial for your survival, and why “likes” and “shares” are definitely not the be all and end all.    You don’t want to miss this podcast, which also includes: How Andrew gets his audience to do the work for him How being authentic brings in the love Why content creation is now a two way street with your audience The reason why thinking in terms of decades will boost you forward How to keep your content significant Why getting a co-conspirator is the key to evolving How to contend with your haters   Links Andrew Griffiths - Website Andrew Griffiths - Blog Andrew Griffiths - LinkedIn Andrew Griffiths - <span style="font-weight:

Thu, February 28, 2019

135. How to Make Money with Podcast Sponsorships

If a successful podcast host told you that he wanted no ads on his program, would you believe him? Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you At We Are Podcast 2016, we held a panel with four successful podcast hosts, who gave us the skinny on how sponsorships work and how to make them profitable. The thirty-minute talk covered everything from mistakes that people make when monitising their show to how you can build a reputation that will earn you money. The results were informative, amusing and enlightening, and you’d be surprised how difficult it can be to find advertisers that are worth their weight. The featured panel guests include: Omar Zenhom, Co Founder & CEO at WebinarNinja Aaron Fifield, Podcast Host of Chats with Traders Jordan Harbinger, Host of The Jordan Harbinger Show Darren Rouse, Founder of b5media, ProBlogger.net and digital-photography-school.com During the panel, they talked about: Why you shouldn’t focus on sponsorships at the start How certain sponsors can add legitimacy to your show The risk of working with small sponsors Why you should have a product or service that you sell during your show How to recruit long-term, loyal listeners The potential for lucrative relationships with advertisers Why traffic is what you should really be focusing on   Links: We Are Podcast - web

Wed, February 20, 2019

134. Knowing Your Why, Leveraging Your Routines and Embracing Failure with Ronsley Vaz

It’s all well and good to say you want to start a podcast, but if you don’t know the core reason why you want to do this, you’re going to set yourself up for failure. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you On this week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we have Ronsley’s keynote speech from We Are Podcast 2015. Ronsley is one of the best when it comes to the podcasting and content marketing game. He’s the host and creator of ‘Bond Appetit, as well as the founder of Australia’s first audio marketing agency Amplify. He also hosts the show ‘Should I Start A Podcast,’ where he, along with other guests, get to grips with those niggling questions within the world of podcasting. With the audio on demand industry continuously expanding, using a podcast to extend your knowledge and passions may feel like your ideas will fall onto deaf ears. You may have that small pebble of self-doubt, the uneasy feeling that no one really wants to listen. Rest assured that is not the case. When you know your purpose, and have a passion that really resonates with you, a like-minded audience will soon start to emerge. In this episode we discover: How a podcast allows you to live your “Why.” How to tap into the multitasking listener. The benefits of getting a morning routine to start your day. How Ronsley’s love of food created his new life. Understanding where your passion lies, and how to move towards it Why failure is part of your success. How you get to meet great people through your podcast. What Ronsley loves about connection. How an hour alone by yourself can help you find what your highest values are. <li style="font-weigh

Thu, February 14, 2019

133. Valerie Khoo on Giving Back, Connecting with Your Audience and building Your Brand Through Podcasting

Podcasts are a phenomenal way for you to connect with an audience and establish,. or build on, your personal branding to grow your business. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you This week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast could be the grail you’ve been hunting for. We have the business mogul, Valerie Khoo guiding us, with her keynote speech from We Are Podcast, 2015. From the get go, journalist and CEO of The Australian Writers’ Centre, Valerie Khoo, has had an entrepreneurial spirit that would always guarantee her success. With two very fruitful podcasts, So You Want To Be A Writer , and So You Want To Be a Photographer , she is well equipped to give us some advice. Valerie shares with us, what makes a good podcast outside the stats and numbers, how to leverage your brand to make it more lucrative, as well as why a cheap iPod from Singapore and her cat Rex thrust her into the world of podcasting. You don’t want to miss this podcast, which also includes: How one hour of recorded audio could be a goldmine Why podcasting is networking on steroids How your behaviour establishes your brand Why your podcast can get your audience hungry for more Why giving back the love has boundless benefits How commitment can be your biggest strength How to gauge your audience's interests How reviews and ratings will improve you exponentially When interviewing, why thinking like a journalist can be the best tactic Links: <span style= "font-weight: 40

Thu, February 07, 2019

132. Taking Responsibility for Your Show, Being Unique and Using Silence with Tim Reid

Success is not an easy thing to reach in the business world. With a myriad of business boosting information out there, finding what could benefit you most is half the challenge. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you In this episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we have Tim Reid live from We Are Podcast 2015. In his keynote speech he delves into how he managed to create such a successful podcast using five simple methods. Tim Reid wanted to leave his past marketing career of 20 years at Clemengers and BrandHouse Arnold , and branch out on his own venture by guiding small businesses in their marketing endeavours. With his passion for sharing knowledge, Tim moved toward creating the podcast, Small Business, Big Marketing where he interviews successful small business owners from around the world . His podcast consistently ranks as the #1 marketing show on the Apple iTunes store, and his global listenership of tens of thousands of businesses owners look to him as the small business guru. In the episode you can also hear: Why you should take responsibility for creating the best show possible. Why simple audio equipment may be the way to go. Why perfection will mess you up every time. How getting to grips with what really motivates you will help you develop. Why utilizing your uniqueness makes life easier week by week. What jumping down the rabbit hole can do for your podcast. Why asking the hard questions leads to respect. <span styl

Thu, January 31, 2019

131. Robert Gerrish on How To Build Your Community Through Social Media, Forums & Webinars

Having a good, strong and likeminded community around you is the bedrock of a successful podcast. Working out the best way to build such an audience may seem like a huge mountain to climb, particularly if you are new to the podcasting world. Luckily, we have the community building tycoon, Robert Gerrish on this week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast, giving his keynote speech from We Are Podcast, 2015. Robert is one of those guys who adores small businesses and creative entrepreneurs, that’s why his career has always revolved around helping companies to succeed. He dabbled in multiple ventures - including music and art projects before deciding to jump ship, and move to hotter climbs, swapping London for Sydney. He co-authored the business bestseller,  Flying Solo: How to go it alone in business , and developed his own agency, Flying Solo, Australia’s micro and solo business community which currently has over 100,000 members. In this episode, Robert, introduces the novel idea of actually enjoying what you do for a living, as well as how to build a nice, solid community around your business. He also shares with us: Why Facebook groups, webinars and forums are great community building tools. How understanding your podcast voice will get the people you need on your side. Why taking your time getting things wrong can benefit you in the long-run. Why over delivering is a great way to maintain your audience. How growing your profile using online forums will improve your understanding of your audience. How respect is a key ingredient to running a solid community. Ways to use your podcast as a research tool of your audience and their needs. Why having smaller audience numbers is okay. Why slowing down can improve your show. How sticking with it takes courage. Why

Thu, January 24, 2019

130. James Tuckerman on How To Repurpose Your Content For Better Promotion

What if you were to learn that with just 30 minutes of audio, you were able to create a myriad of wallet friendly promotional content?   Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you   This week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast has just the information you need. We have on hand one of Australia’s top digital publishers, James Tuckerman, with his keynote speech he gave at We Are Podcast, 2015.   James is an entrepreneur who also dabbles in public speaking, podcasting, business consultation and coaching. He started his publishing career by developing Anthill Magazine in 2003, when he was just 26 years old. Since then he has gone on to remodel his original hardcopy endeavour by going 100% digital, and was crowned Best Small Publisher  in Australia by the ABA in 2004 and 2005.   Parallel to this, he created Not So Freaky University, the safe space to debunk and simplify the sometimes confusing world of business. As you can probably tell, James is highly qualified to give some well thought out advice on how start creating great promotional content.   You don’t want to miss this podcast, which also includes:   How 90 minutes of your time can land you between 5-15 items of content How a rant can be turned into an eBook Why giving gifts will get you the clients you want The reason why you should be transcribing all of your audio Why outsourcing tasks to freelancers is more budget friendly than you think Why getting to grips with your commercial goals will get those transactions How consistently producing content will work in your favour How your audio can help you climb the Google ranks </li

Wed, January 16, 2019

129. Rebroadcast: How Do I Make Money from My Podcast with Ed Dale

Ed Dale is the creator of  The Challenge  and co-founder of  MagCast . These are systems used by thousands of entrepreneurs worldwide to get started and make money online and build their successful digital businesses. Over the past ten years, they’ve helped over 300,000 people worldwide get started online through The Challenge program. Ed's been fortunate enough to experience the “Million Dollar” product launch using the exact same strategies he taught in his programmes. In this episode we talk about: How Ed Dale spends and manages his time as an entrepreneur The right time to put a team in place Being entrepreneurial in nature: Make money online The traditional Project Manager role The importance of hiring a scrum master, especially when starting a business The digital cloud service that automates live streams like YouTube, podcast shows and other media platforms The difference between attention and engagement What Ed Dale is passionate about when delivering value to clients Providing pain relievers to your audience The importance of building tribes and engagement Showing people how to move from where they are to where they want to be Providing value by definition Jobs that need to be done The disruption theory The true engagement in helping people get their jobs done How Dale is doing his best to help people address their pains, gains and jobs How he's saving people’s time by helping them figure out their pains and solutions Why he thinks podcasting is so hot all of a sudden? Make Money Online Quicker Than You Probably Think! Dale’s perspective on why podcasting is the ultimate medium The importance in understanding a podcast to make money online and direct marketing Building an email list of podcast listeners How to make money online and build tribes out of podcasting Make Money Online with integrity Ed Dale’s key note title in speaking at We are Podcast 2016 Why and how he created  “The Challenge”  which helps people to start and build an online business for free What excites him and really gets him going Making a living from something you're passionate about When someone is considering a podcast as a medium, how do they know if it's for them? “There are some people that aren’t naturally inclined, they’re not happy having conversations. However, most people who are entrepreneurial in nature tend to be quite comfortable having discussions. Because, at the end of the day, two mates having a talk is what this is all about. We haven’t sat down and intimately planned what we are going to say, but hopefully people

Thu, January 10, 2019

128. Rebroadcast: Blair Hughes on the Importance of Sound Quality and Technology, Benefits of Fan Engagement and Emotional Loyalty

There are so many types of podcasts that exist, and connecting with your fans and bringing them into your podcast is a sure fire way of making your podcast stand out from the crowd. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you On this throwback episode I have the privilege to talk to the incredible Blair Hughes. Blair as many years of experience visualizing, developing and facilitating major events, and communications projects. He has high success rate of delivering exceptional outcomes for clients in both local and international markets across the music, education and sports industries. He’s a leader, podcast networker and life-long learner skilled in digital media, marketing and public relations. Blair currently manages the operations for audioBoom podcasts in Australia and New Zealand. He has created partnerships with major radio, media, podcasters and sporting teams including Macquarie Media, SEN, RSN, the 2015 Cricket World Cup, Australian Open, and many more.   This episode is jam packed with helpful tips and insight, here is a taste of what we cover:   Audio Boom and the power of fan engagement The history of podcasting How everyone wants to get involved in podcasting How podcasting has been doing amazing things for a long time now How podcasting is becoming viral and can influence anyone to start their own podcast The easy access of listening to podcasts through the power of mobile phones and high-speed Wi-Fi The power of the audio platform and why audio Boom are passionate about it The audio-on-demand app which anyone can use to record, upload, share and monetise their audio, and can use a

Wed, January 02, 2019

127. The Pros & Cons of Podcasting, Connecting to an Audience and Gaining Trust From Listeners With Karly Nimmo

Podcasting is one of the best ways to build an audience and create a client base that is dedicated and passionate about you and your business. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you On today’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast I have the pleasure of talking to Karly Nimmo. Karly is a voice-over artist and agent, audio marketing and podcasting superstar and mad creator of Radcasters Podcasting S’cool. She believes everyone has a message inside them and it’s her job to help them be heard. Karly is the host of the very popular business podcast, Karlosophies, and is a founder of Killer Kopy and Radcasters Podcasting School. Since turning her hand successfully to podcasting after many years working with audio she now teaches entrepreneurs how to podcast like a pro. Her mission is to rid the world of shit-sounding podcasts. This episode is jam packed with helpful tips and insight, here is a taste of what we cover: Providing incredible value for your audience and potential clients The common mistakes that podcasters make The impact of smiling and how it affects your voice to lift the energy of the person you’re interviewing The idea behind Karlosophies How to conquer fears and anxieties doing a podcast show How Radcasters started Starting a voice-over agency The biggest struggles and failures The process of editing in post-production works Taking a radio course and how it changed her life What is was like working in all areas of the radio station   Links: <a href="ht

Thu, December 27, 2018

126. Ronsley Vaz on ‘Selfish’ Giving, Using Business for Good and Knowing That You Are Enough

Finding a way to give back to your community through you day to day activities is the perfect situation, and it’s something that all of us can do with a little planning. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you This week’s episode has Ronsley going on the Inspiring Business for Good podcast with Harvee Pene. Harvee’s show is all about how businesses can use their positions of power to help others on a daily basis. It’s a candid chat between Ronsley and Harvee that covers Ronsley’s initial failures and crippling debt and how we overcame that struggle to establish business that’s both successful and impactful. We also cover: Why Ronsley considers his giving ‘selfish’ How he went from the 9-5 mentality to entrepreneurship What failure and $400k+ in debt taught Ronsley about life Managing imposter syndrome Why Ronsley’s mission is ‘giving people a voice’ Giving through business Tips on starting a podcast Knowing that ‘you are enough’ Links: Harvee Pene — LinkedIn Inspiring Business for Good

Thu, December 20, 2018

125. Jen Harbinger on Appreciating Success, Surviving Failure and Staying Sane While Running a Business with Your Partner

Working with your partner can be a recipe for disaster, except when you are in so much sync that you seem to be the same person. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you This week we have another sideline chat from We Are Podcast 2018. I was lucky enough to sit down with Jen Harbinger. Jen was a former tax accountant, who turned her organizational talents to become the head of operations for The Jordan Harbinger Show and brand.  When she's not beekeeping, woodworking, or playing escape rooms, she can be found putting out the fires that seems to surround Jordan Harbinger at all times. It’s a great look into the background of what goes into making a podcast. Jen shares her personal story and how she’s been able to help build such a successful business with her partner. We also chat about: The unusual way that Jen and Jordan met How Jen reluctantly became a partner in Jordan’s business How the two have moved on from recent hiccups in their business The pair’s contrasting personalities and how they make things work What made We Are Podcast 2018 such a unique event and why Jordan and Jen come back every year Working in podcasting as an introvert Knowing when you’ve actually found ‘success’   Links: Jen Harbinger - Facebook Jordan Harbinger

Thu, December 13, 2018

124. Dave Jackson on Overcoming Imposter Syndrome, the Insane Growth of Podcasting and Why You Should Never Stop Growing

A podcast is one of the most unique and effective forms of content marketing that exists today. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you This week’s episode features Dave Jackson, a veteran podcaster who has run his School of Podcasting since 2005 when podcasting was still a buzzword nobody understood. This lead to other podcasting related sites and services including Podcast Mechanic (consulting), Podcast Clicks (promotion), Learn to Subscribe (free tutorial for listeners), Podcasting Shirts (clothing), Planning Your Podcast (free tutorials). and Cooler Websites (design and blog hosting). We had a great chat in between sessions at We Are Podcast 2018 and talked about everything from imposter syndrome to being an old guy in a young bloke’s game. Here’s what we covered: Why we’ll be requiring applications for next year’s We Are Podcast The differences between podcasting and radio Why you should never rest on your laurels Dave’s take on how Donald Trump won the US presidency How social media can exacerbate self-doubt Entrepreneurship and mental health How to move past the voices in your head that say you’re not good enough   Links: http://schoolofpodcasting.com/ Davidjackson.org

Wed, December 05, 2018

123. Rebroadcast: John Lee Dumas on the Impact Podcasting has on Your Business, Managing Failure and Leveraging the Opportunities Your Audience Brings

Learning the path that others took to their success can provide a roadmap you can replicate for your own journey. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. For today’s episode we are going way back to the second episode and giving the chat with John Lee Dumas another listen. John Lee Dumas is the Founder and Host of EntrepreneurOnFire, awarded ‘Best of iTunes 2013′. John interviews the most inspiring and successful Entrepreneurs 7-days a week and has been featured in Forbes, INC, & TIME Magazine. John shares with us what did he thought about podcasting before launching his business, the kind of impact podcasting has had on his business, why being an avid listener of podcasts and reader of Entrepreneurship books led him to being successful online Entrepreneur. He also discusses his willingness to put the time and effort to to be an Entrepreneur On Fire and how to find unique opportunity in your own niche. If that wasn’t enough in this already incredible conversation, he also discussed: The massive directories where every podcasts can be found which brings massive traffic every single day The importance of creating podcasts that we are passionate about Being focus to make a unique, valuable and distinguish show as possible The EOFire (The Entrepreneur on Fire) John Lee’s objectives to inspire people, a mission to share , a mindset of abundance and focusing on the positives The health and overall success of EOFire How they manage failures? Their pretty big failures experienced but heading to massive success The importance of sharing their income report to their listeners to avoid the same mistakes that they made The definition of success and failures  

Thu, November 29, 2018

122. Rebroadcast: The Art of Storytelling: How to Impact Your Podcast Listeners with Andrew Griffiths

Finding the good in the negative can really make you a stronger business owner and make your business better than you could ever imagine. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week's episode is one from the vault with the incredible Andrew Griffiths, Australia’s #1 small business author with 12 books now sold in over 60 countries. Andrew’s passion is to inspire entrepreneurs by sharing his own experiences and this episode is a testament to that. He shares the power of storytelling, the importance of learning how to better engage with an audience, the importance of planning and understanding, why podcasting seriously hot and why being relevant is better if you want to stay ahead and succeed. Andrew also shares with us: The connection of stories which people can relate to and resonate with. The struggle that some people have with connecting. Andrew’s programs on how to easily connect and create the right connections through storytelling. How funny and great stories can motivate and change opinions for some people? The importance of having few parameters and maintaining guidelines when telling stories. Raw stories are hotter and get the most response; the real connection and the real engagement. The importance of authentic and real stories that have relevance to the audience. The stories that we all need to share. Interesting information that creates engagement. The importance of creating a list of interesting stories and anecdotes.   Links: Andrew Griffiths - Website <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/andrew.griffiths.16

Wed, November 21, 2018

121. Adrian Easdown on Finding Success in the Accommodation Industry, Podcasting as an Introvert and the Power of Bad Reviews

Finding the good in the negative can really make you a stronger business owner and make your business better than you could ever imagine.   Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This week’s episode features a good friend and business associate of mine, Adrian Easdown. Adrian is a veteran of the accommodation industry in Australia and host of That Bad Review, a podcast that teaches those in his industry how to find success and deal with negative reviews from guests. We talk about handling negative feedback, of course, but we also delve into a host of topics relevant to any podcaster: handling interviews as an introvert, looking past subscription numbers and handling rejection, to name a few. We also chat about: Dealing with the emotion that comes with bad feedback  Emotion’s place in running a business  Why reception is your main opportunity to impress your guests  Quiet times in your business and how to use them to your advantage  Current trends in the accommodation industry  The challenges of motivating staff members  What Adrian would do if he had 6 months to live  Adrian’s podcasting journey and how he made it to 30 episodes  Why I don’t look at emails  Links: Adrian Easdown That Bad Review Adrian Easdown — LinkedIn

Wed, November 14, 2018

120. Lessons of Entrepreneurial Success and Failure – Greg Layton Uncovers Ronsley’s Journey

Failure is often the greatest teacher in an entrepreneur’s journey to success, and there are lessons for all of us. Welcome to Should I Start A Podcast where each week Ronsley Vaz, with the help of a star-studded entrepreneurial guest lineup, explores why you should start a podcast; build an audience, and how to keep them hungry for more. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or simply finding a better way to get your message out to your audience, then this is the podcast for you. This episode turns things on its head. In this special crossover production, host of the The Inner Chief podcast, Greg Layton, turns the mike on Ronsley in a conversation where he shares the story of his entrepreneurial journey – the successes, the failures and the lessons learned. If you want a peek behind the curtain of how Ronsley built the Bond Appetit podcast, the We Are Podcast conference and Amplify Agency, listen on.   Here’s what to expect in this fascinating chat:   Where and how Ronsley started out His entrepreneurial journey The value of introspection Venturing outside your personal box The valuable lessons of failure Jumping into podcasting and building an audience of 1 million Motivation and being your business’s Chief Energy Officer Building trust in your team Establishing We Are Podcast and Amplify Agency Why resilience and persistence are the secret sauce Why the market owes you nothing – a lesson from Gary Vaynerchuk And a fantastic new podcast concept announced   Links:   About Ronsley Bond Appetit podcast Chief Maker <span style= "font-wei

Wed, November 07, 2018

119. Sally Foley-Lewis on the Importance of Emotional Intelligence, Building Trust in the Workplace and Knowing What Is ‘Enough’

Sally Foley-Lewis has a million different titles. She’s an expert in middle management, a podcast host, a bestselling author, a speaker. I could go on and on, but the point is Sally knows her stuff when it comes to being a good leader.   On this latest episode, we have a far-ranging talk that covers everything from finding inner peace as busybodies to the best way to capture our great ideas. Sally is an incredibly humble and wise leader, and I absolutely loved our talk.   Here’s some other things that we covered:   How Sally wrote a book in two months Paying attention to the journey vs. just getting to the destination Gender equity and emotional intelligence The gift that comes with someone challenging our assumptions Why entrepreneurs are so terrible at delegating Building trust in our organisations Deciding what is ‘enough’ in our lives The ROI of podcasting   Links: sallyfoleylewis.com LinkedIn

Wed, October 31, 2018

118. Jennifer Ho on Staring Fear in the Face and Living Your Best Life

This latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast covers one of my favourite things in the world to talk about: entrepreneurship. What makes someone an entrepreneur, how to get over self-doubt and everything else that goes with starting your own business. Jennifer, my guest during this episode, is a serial entrepreneur. She’s the owner of United Tribe, a coaching company for entrepreneurs; she’s co-founder of The Hangar Studios, a podcast production, marketing and PR agency; and she’s host of Big Girl Panties, a podcast that deeply examines Jennifer’s journey as a kick-ass businesswoman. Jennifer and I had a great chat at her studio in New York City. It’s an in-depth look at what makes entrepreneurs tick and how to get yourself moving with your business idea. We also talk about: How Jennifer got into podcasting — when it wasn’t even called podcasting The difference between ordinary people and entrepreneurs Why you should write down why you’re doing what you’re doing What Jennifer really fears in her life and business How September 11th changed Jennifer’s life The ways that social media effects social psychology Our takes on politics, news and other craziness from today   Links: LinkedIn Big Girl Panties Podcast Hangar Studios

Wed, October 17, 2018

117. Podcasting for the Business Owner: a Deep Dive into Making Your Show a Success with Jason Skinner

If you want to turn podcasting into profit, our latest episode is perfect for you. On the latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast, I had the pleasure of speaking to Jason Skinner. Jason is host of Business Made Easy as well as a professional business coach and accountant. In short, he’s the guy you want to talk to if you’re trying to use podcasting to promote your business Jason is host of Business Made Easy as well as a professional business coach and accountant. He’s devoted his entire career to helping fledgling businesses find their niche, both in their own industries and in the chaotic world of podcasting. He has quite a bit of advice on how to turn an idea into a show that you can sustain for years. Don’t know where to start with your show? He can help you out. During the episode, Jason and I talk about: The complex background work that goes into podcasting Why so many podcasts fail Mapping out your podcasting journey Why you shouldn’t focus on podcast statistics The importance of SEO and keyword research How podcasting can build trust with your clients Managing expectations for your show Jason’s top rule for keeping yourself sane while podcasting   Links: Business Made Easy Skinner Hamilton Accountants - website Jason Skinner - LinkedIn

Wed, October 10, 2018

116. Networx Panel: Three Successful Podcasters’ Tips for Success

Our latest episode is something a little different. Recently I was lucky enough to sit on a Networx panel with two other successful Australian podcasters: Stevie Dillon of Stevie Says Social and Phoebe Parsons of Confessions of a Twenty Something Train Wreck. Our conversation was one part fun, one part hilarious and one part incredibly useful for fledgling podcasters. Each of the panelists has a pretty funny and random way that they came to be successful, but along the way they’ve picked up some very useful pieces of advice. Here’s what we all talked about: Each of our ‘how did we get here’ stories Our panelists’ tech setups Monetising your podcast Our creative processes (which are quite different) How we find our guests Why podcasting is all about constant learning The secrets of good post production Why audio has become so prolific   Links: Stevie Says Social - Website Stevie Says Social - Instagram Stevie Says Social - Facebook Confessions of a Twenty Something Train Wreck - Facebook Confessions of a Twenty Something Train Wreck - Instagram Networx  

Wed, October 10, 2018

Amplify Agency Showcase

Wed, October 03, 2018

115. Allison Melody on Good Food, Good Health and Running a Phenomenal Podcast

The latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast features Allison Melody, a podcast host and entrepreneur whose entire outlook on life and business is truly inspiring. As host of The Food Heals Podcast, Allison has amassed more than 150,000 listens in just a few short years. She’s also signed a book deal, hosted numerous events and retreats and has built a successful product ecosystem around her brand. Allison promotes healthy eating and mindful living, something you can’t afford to ignore. Unfortunately, too many of us sacrifice health for convenience, and end up eating salty, sugary and refined foods that shorten our lifespan and kill our moods. During the episode, we also chat about: The personal tragedy that inspired Allison to change her life How Allison has managed to achieve such incredible success in such a short amount of time Why food has the ability ‘to heal us, or to kill us’ The unconventional way that Allison found her first sponsors Some of the stranger experiments that she has undergone in the search for ingenious bio-hacks How healing your past can radically change your present Allison’s incredible outlook on how events and retreats can change your business Why starting a podcast has led to nearly everything around her   Links: The Food Heals Podcast Allison Melody - LinkedIn Allison Melody - Instagram Allison Melody - Facebook

Wed, September 19, 2018

114. Why Writing a Book Can Change Your Business (and Life) with Ronsley Vaz and Laura Petersen

When Ronsley Vaz and Laura Petersen get together, great conversation is inevitable. On the latest episode of Copy that Pops, that’s exactly what happened. The two connected to discuss everything from education to psychology. But the real crux of the conversation was how Ronsley’s recent decision to write a book has changed the way he looks at business and his personal life. Entrepreneurs, get your pens out because this episode will make you rethink everything you know about writing. The two also discuss: The amusing story behind Ronsley’s decision to write a book The benefits of vulnerability Why podcasts are such a great way to further your brand How to really be seen as a leader The exploding field of audio What it means to define your own version of success How Ronsley developed culture as his own companies Ronsley’s tactics for securing a deal with Amazon in Australia Links: We Are Podcast Copy That Pops Ronsley Vaz

Fri, September 14, 2018

113. Chris Krimitsos on Building a Podcast Empire and the Future of Media

Chris Krimitsos is something of a freak of nature. The man has inhuman energy, and at any point seems to be involved in a hundred different businesses.   This makes him an incredibly valuable person to listen to and learn from. On the latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast, Chris and I chat about how he created a highly-successful, international podcasting conference, how he grows his podcast subscription numbers and the slightly terrifying future of content creation.   He’s a big personality and always knows how to make me laugh. You won’t want to miss this one.   We also chat about:   Why Chris puts money at the bottom of his priorities How to run a successful conference Why podcasters are the people Chris loves to hang out with The best program for adding subscribers to your podcast The difference between YouTubing and podcasting Crazy ideas that work on new mediums like live streaming How artificial intelligence is going to change the media world How to find your competitive advantage Links: Chris Krimitsos Chris Krimitsos - Facebook Chris Krimitsos - Twitter Chris Krimitsos - LinkedIn

Wed, August 29, 2018

112. Ronsley Vaz on Doing Good (and Doing it Well)

This episode of Should I Start a Podcast sees Ronsley heading over to the Do Well & Do Good podcast with Dorothy Illson, a show that promotes the idea of being both successful and philanthropic.   Throughout the episode, Ronsley recounts the story of how he went from being more than $400,000 in debt to running a successful company and several hot podcasts. The journey had plenty of enlightening (and terrifying) moments, and is a great listen for anybody interested in entrepreneurship.   Ronsley and Dorothy also cover:   How We Are Podcast has helped save an entire village Why we have limiting beliefs about money How business failure can be the best form of education The best way to get out of debt How to find product market fit for your idea The best way to develop culture within a business Why you can start giving back now How to get yourself out of those fetal position moments of terror Links:   Do Well & Do Good Ronsley’s LinkedIn Free to Shine

Wed, August 22, 2018

111. Ronsley Vaz on What Makes Engaging Content, How to Build Trust with a Client and the Power of Audio

On Should I Start a Podcast, we usually have the pleasure of listening to Ronsley interview his guests, speaking with industry experts to get their insight on content marketing and how to make it in the podcast world. But for this episode, the tables are turned. Ronsley was recently interviewed by Steph Taylor for the Socialette podcast, and the two talked about everything from Ronsley’s long journey into podcasting and starting Amplify through to what he’s learned from mistakes made along the way. If you know Ronsley — or even if you don’t — this podcast is an insightful look into how failure can sometimes lead to incredible success. The episode covers: How Ronsley went from being a software engineer to starting his own business How he pulled himself out of being $400,000+ in debt Why being good at your craft might not necessarily mean you should start a business Ronsley’s initial Amplify tactics — which involved not spending any money on the business How to maximize your content Why business is all about trust How not to let your content become forgotten amid the noise Amplify’s tools for content creation and business engagement   Links: Amplify Steph Taylor The Content Amplifier

Wed, August 15, 2018

110. Kyree Oliver on Successful Marketing, Cutting Through the Crap and Winning at Social Media

When you meet a 24-year-old, you might not be interested in their advice on business and life. But what if that 24-year-old had already built a thriving business and established themselves as a thought leader in the marketing space? Kyree Oliver has done exactly that as the owner of Influkz Interactive, a social marketing and consulting company based in the US. On the latest episode of Should I Start a Podcast, Kyree and I had an enlightening talk about his unconventional journey into marketing, why the industry is awash in fake social media “experts”, and why up-and-coming business owners probably shouldn’t even focus on marketing. Despite his age, Kyree is incredibly insightful and an absolute pleasure to talk to. No matter who you are, he has a perspective that will make you think. During the episode, we cover: Why Kyree doesn’t read marketing books or go to conferences Kyree’s hesitation to work with new business owners How fake social media “experts” are good for his business The best way to build trust in your brand Why marketing should be the last thing you think about for your company Why Kyree doesn’t personally think about numbers and metrics What he learned from interviewing more than 800 people Kyree’s tricks to working with small ad budgets   Links: LinkedIn Influkz Interactive

Wed, August 01, 2018

109. Tyson Franklin on Building a Quality Podcast, Working Smart and Harnessing the Power of Relationships

People starting their own business often become wrapped up in the details. How many staff should I employ at the beginning? How many computers should I buy? Where should my office be? Oftentimes, however, the success of a business comes down to a larger sense of who you are and how you treat people.   Tyson Franklin — a business coach, podiatrist and host of the “It’s No Secret” podcast — has plenty to say about how up-and-coming entrepreneurs need to focus on several key elements: connections, delegation and attitude, among other things. On the latest episode of “Should I Start a Podcast”, Tyson and I chat about these topics and more, all framed within the idea of how podcasts can help business owners get ahead.   We also chat about:   How to be a “legend in your own lunchbox” How podcasting helped Tyson refine other parts of his career Why there is always room to improve, no matter how old you are How to work smart, not hard Why you need to prioritise certain clients over others The importance of a disaster plan How being kind to his landscaper helped Tyson land new business Why it’s sometimes important to cut negative people out of your life   Links: Tyson Franklin

Tue, July 31, 2018

102. Laura Petersen on How and Why Podcasters should Supercharge Their Writing

If you run your own podcast — or are thinking about starting one — then you need to learn how to write in a way that portrays you as the expert you are and convinces people to listen to your program. On this week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast, writing coach and copy guru Laura Petersen gave us her top tips for writing effectively, selling your book and finding your personal freedom. Laura is an established writer, coach and educator with a hit podcast called “Copy That Pops” and several bestselling books, including Copywriting for Podcasters and Permission to Write a Brand Building Book for Podcasters. With plenty of enthusiasm, Laura has a lot to say about how writing can lead to success for any entrepreneur. You don’t want to miss this podcast, which also includes: Why you are ready to write a book How to get your book to bestseller status The importance of unlearning everything you know about writing How to find what’s important to you and turn it into a business How writing a book leads to more business opportunities What Laura has learned from visiting 41 countries The value of picking the right podcast guest The best ways to give your writing personality Links: Website Laura Petersen – LinkedIn Laura Petersen – Twitter Laura’s Books on Amazon

Wed, July 18, 2018

108. The Art of Stand up Comedy and Growing Your Business With Marty Vids

If you’re looking for a way to spice up and grow your business, then today’s episode of Should I start a Podcast with Marty Vids has the information you need. A former stand up comedian, improv performer, and comedy night organizer, Marty has been in the business of making people laugh for a long time. He is a business owner, podcaster and mentor that takes a different perspective. Marty utilises real life personal and business experience and actions to assist people to get results. I talk to Marty about how his former life’s monkey business helped to generate a six-figure business of his own. In the episode, Marty also goes over the steps to starting a profitable podcast and growing it into a thriving business. He also covers the business coaching industry and how it can be a supporting revenue stream for your main business.   Also covered in the episode: The value of failing more than once The difference between average and world-class performers Why you should present yourself as the expert What beer and mustaches have to do with podcasting Why only 3% of business owners make a million dollars Why the synergy between comedy and business is similar Why you shouldn’t look for a real job How to get yourself to pay attention to the numbers How passion can motivate you to do the impossible Why you should be the thought leader of your niche   Links: Marty Vids-Website Marty Vids- Facebook Marty Vids-Twitter Marty Vids-LinkedIn

Wed, July 11, 2018

107. James Cridland on Understanding Your Business, Innovating Podcasts, and Looking Past the ROI

Many businesses, despite how successful they may be, often struggle explaining what they do and why they do it. When asked by customers, ‘Why should we buy from you?’, somehow they fail to know the answer. Sometimes it takes a great conversation to get ideas flowing; to get us to challenge ourselves and our perspectives.   On this episode of Should I Start a Podcast we talk to James Cridland — writer, speaker, business consultant, and producer of “PodNews” — who has a phenomenal amount of passion and expertise in the game of audio-radio podcasting. Coming from his career as a Radio copywriter, and then leader of software engineers at the BBC, James knows what questions to ask, and how to weigh being ‘proper’. We cover things like the origins of “PodNews”, and the viability of the podcast on a global scale.   We also chat about:   How to condense what you do so others get it How radio copywriting taught James to ask his clients the right questions Why simplicity and consistency is all you need What’s changed to make podcasting accessible to everyone The value of great content vs branded content James’s achievements in radio, and how he learned about podcasting Innovating by prioritizing your customers over ROIs The importance of your brand’s face and personality   Links:   James Cridland’s website James.Crid.Land PodNews

Wed, July 04, 2018

106. Angela Henderson on Podcasting, Beating the Hype of Hustle, and Being Your Own Chief Energy Officer

If you’re struggling with being overwhelmed in your business, let alone the idea of starting your own podcast, then this episode is for you. My partner in conversation is the wonderful Angela Henderson. As a mental health professional by training and an entrepreneur and business consultant by choice, she’s an expert in balancing entrepreneurship and mental health. In this very open and frank conversation, she shares her struggles with mental illness and personal tragedy, what she’s learned from them, and how she manages to juggle a successful business and a busy family life besides. I’m sure you’ll find Angela’s story full of inspiration, with more than an a few practical tips to improve your own life, business and podcasting. In this episode, we delve into:      Deciding your why, and why it’s always evolving      Balancing the pressures of motherhood and business      Entrepreneurship – combining self growth and community      Avoiding the hype of hustle and preventing burnout      Differentiating between anxiousness and excitement      The upside of failure and failing fast      The advantages of slowing down and getting to know your audience      Moving from a one-to-one to a one-to-many business model      The importance of gut instincts in business      Why you need to be your own Chief Energy Officer      Outsourcing and removing blockages   Links: Angela’s website – AngelaHenderson.com.au Australian Business Collaborative Facebook page We Are Podcast Content Amplifier

Wed, June 20, 2018

105. Ronsley Vaz on Content, Helping Others and Productization

Most people would argue that the point to a business is all about making money. While this argument does have merit, after all, without the money to sustain itself, no business would be able to continue. It’s this argument that Ronsley challenges on this episode of Should I Start a Podcast. Ronsley turns the interview wheel over to one of his former student Mel T, who asks him what the steps are to creates a business that generates a healthy income, and so much more. By breaking down the Amplify formula as well as calling out the many myths entrepreneurs have about starting a business, Ronsley lays out the tools needed to take your business to the next level and what the key to profits is. He shares his idea on the perfect business approach, why content is key to a businesses success and how to build products that people love, want and need.   If that wasn’t enough, Ronsley also dives into:   -Why content creation has to be a long game -How to create a business that only needs 10% of your efforts -The one part of the Amplify formula entrepreneurs that guts their profits -The best way to make sure your product is valuable to your clients -Why people hate to be sold but love to buy -Why offering your clients a couple of product choices makes your more money -The one element in your business that contributes to every conversion   Links: Amplify Ronsely - Twitter Amplify - Facebook We Are Podcast

Wed, June 13, 2018

104. The Business Journey, Finding Your Creativity and Executing Your Ideas with Emma Franklin Bell

Whether you're a beginner and don’t even know how to begin stimulating your creative juices or an intermediate creative who wants to up his/her game, this episode of Should I Start a Podcast is for you. I chat with Emma Franklin Bell, author, entrepreneur, podcaster, artist and former dancer. Emma is the founder of the Beauty Business Academy, cofounder of the Ladies Lounge and her book, “How To Run A Preschool Dance Studio” is one of the leading guides for dance studio owners. Making her the ideal person to turn to for advice on creativity and making a successful business form it.   Emma shares with us how to grow your creative abilities over time to activities that help stimulate your creative juices. She gives her insight into the one thing that often holds creatives back from their true potential as well as a healthy discussion on taking your creative ideas and turning them into a business. Ronsley shares his own insights and experiences with creativity, and how he applies them to his own business, Amplify. All of this plus even more great pearls of wisdom: -The steps to unearthing your creativity -Why author feel like they die after releasing their work -Why creativity makes you more alive -Why the creative who doesn’t want to sell and the Salesman who only wants to sells are both wrong -How the hero’s journey relates to creativity -Why there is no final destination in business, creativity etc. -Why Ronsley has no right to have a marketing agency -The one thing that human beings struggle with most -The time and place for creativity -Why execution is more important than ideas Links:   Emma Franklin Bell-Website <a href= "https://www.facebook.com

Wed, June 06, 2018

103. Travis Chappell On Playing The Long Game

On today's episode of Should I Start a Podcast we talk all things long term vs short term. We all know it's easy to see the pleasure of a short-term gain. Buying that cool wallet off Amazon will feels good, tasting the juicy flavors of that big mac as it slides into your mouth is amazing. But while those types of short-term decisions make us feel good in the moment, long-term, they’re not as good for us. Giving up those quick fixes is challenging and doing things for long-term gains can often be even harder. Where do we even start? This is where our guest, Travis Chappell gives us incredible insight. Travis has had some amazing pay off with long term focus, you could even call him the king of long-term goal setting. At 22 years old made his first six figures and he shares with us an  in-depth chat about delaying gratification to get more significant gains in the future. How certain personality types are more prone to long-term benefits than others. Travis believes that anyone can train themselves in the discipline of putting off short-term pleasures for long-term goals. Tune in for an incredible insight that cover topics such as: -The Marshmallow Test. -Why waiting for perfection will hurt you in the long run -How creating your perspective in life can change your world -Why you should define your success -Why time is more important than money -How to know when never to start something -How your reasons can often be excuses -Why shortcuts don’t exist Links: Travis Chappell - Website Travis Chappell- Twitter Travis Chappell - Facebook

Wed, May 23, 2018

101. A Panel Discussion on Sponsorships and Monetising Your Podcast

Are you considering adding sponsorships to your podcast? Before you take that you should listen to this episode of Should I Start a Podcast. When looking to monetize a podcast, most podcasters go after sponsorships to help them get started on earning some cash from their show. But is that the best way to make money off your podcast? And if so, how do you even begin to get sponsors in the first place? Live from We Are Podcast 2016 is a panel of prominent podcasters answering questions from those keen and eager attendees of the conference. The panel is made up of Omar Zenhom (WebinarNinja), Aaron Fifield (Chat With Traders), Jordan Harbinger (The Jordan Harbinger Show), Darren Rowse (ProBlogger) & hosted by Amplify’s very own Ronsley Vaz They talk about how to figure out if sponsors are worth it and how to deal with them if you do decide to run advertisements. They’ll go into the positives of having sponsors on the show beyond the money and the negatives of having them as well. There are a few core topics covered in this episode: -An alternative to having sponsors that’s better than the money -A list of actionable ways to monetize your podcast -How to deal with sponsors and their terms -When is the best time to look for sponsors -How to run ads without alienating your audience -How additional content can bring in the cash -What your focus should be as a podcaster -Why advertisers can suck the fun out of your podcast Links: Omar Zenhom - Twitter Aaron Fifield - Twitter Jordan Harbinger - Twitter Darren Rowse - Twitter <span st

Wed, May 09, 2018

100. Connecting to Your Audience through Storytelling with Andrew Griffiths

Get out a pen and paper, because you’ll want to capture ALL the pearls of wisdom on this week’s episode of Should I Start A Podcast. Here, I’m sharing with you the incomparable Andrew Griffiths’ keynote speech from We Are Podcast 2015. Andrew is a writing superstar with 12 bestsellers under his belt that have been printed in 60 countries. If there’s one thing that Andrew knows, it’s finding stories that resonate with audiences. There’s so much information shared in this podcast, from how to find the stories that surround you on a day-to-day basis, to identifying which stories are the right ones for your audience. Andrew also shares his own experiences with being interviewed and the common reasons why most podcast interviews suck, plus how to set your podcast apart from the rest. You have to tune in for these highlights, as well as the following topics: How to stand out from your competitors with storytelling Why stories that are raw are the best kind How to dig deep and get your guests to share more The reason that authentic stories resonate well with an audience Why you need to leverage being a podcasting rockstar To be a great podcaster, you need to be a superior researcher The way to avoid asking beige questions that don’t engage Why relevancy to your audience is the key to your podcasting success The reason following up after an interview is important Links: Website LinkedIn Facebook YouTube

Wed, May 02, 2018

99. Building Your Brand through Influencers and Instagram with Nathan Chan

Do you want to build your podcast audience? Then get a pen and paper out because we have a jam-packed episode of Should I Start a Podcast for you. This week, it’s all about the power of influencers, with a master of influencer marketing, Nathan Chan. Nathan is the CEO of Foundr, a digital magazine that’s interviewed industry leaders including Richard Branson, Arianna Huffington, Gary Vaynerchuk and Tony Robbins. Nathan has built his magazine from the ground-up in just three years, and has also grown his business Instagram account from zero to 400,000 followers in only 12 months. Here, Nathan walks me through his 9 step process for connecting to and getting influencers on your podcast. He shares the lengths he went to in getting Richard Branson on the cover, and why never taking no for an answer is the best approach you can adopt. If that wasn’t enough, Nathan also shares his highly sought-after tips on how to build an Instagram from nothing to the top of the influencer list. We also get into all of this stuff too... The best tools to use to help you connect with the right people How to find the gatekeepers of the world’s most influential people Why being persistent really does pay off The best angles to use when wooing a potential guest for your podcast How and why to leverage the success of other podcasters Never forget to follow up if you want to land that amazing guest The more professional your branding is, the more professional you look Why social proof is one of your greatest assets Always be prepared to interview your guests at a moment’s notice Tools that help you get the most out of Instagram Links: LinkedIn Twitter Foundr Magazine Foundr Magazine – Facebook

Wed, April 18, 2018

98. Adam Houlahan on Building a Targeted Audience for Your Podcast Using LinkedIn

Are you lost when it comes to LinkedIn? Are you looking for a way to make meaningful connections to build your podcast? This week’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast is what you’ve been waiting for. We have LinkedIn master Adam Houlahan on deck with his keynote speech he gave at We Are Podcast 2015.   Adam has the #1 searched LinkedIn profile in Australia, with thousands of connections. He’s the bestselling author of The LinkedIn Playbook , Social Media Secret Sauce and Better Business, Better Life, Better World . Adam shares with us the top three things you can do right now to vastly improve your LinkedIn profile. He shares strategies to build both an audience platform for your podcast as well as ways to reach out to guests across the social media network.   You don’t want to miss this podcast, which also includes:   Why you need a strategy for your LinkedIn profile The tools you can use to make LinkedIn more time effective Why LinkedIn’s power is through one-on-one connections How automating interactions can work for you The reason a great image is essential for your profile The best place to highlight what you do How having different summaries can work for your needs Why you want to push people from LinkedIn to your own mailing list   Links:   Website Adam Houlahan – LinkedIn Adam Houlahan – Twitter The LinkedIn Playbook - book

Wed, April 11, 2018

97. Dave Jackson on the Common Podcasting Mistakes You Need to Avoid

If you’ve ever wanted to learn from someone who’s been publishing podcasts since 2005 (that’s 13 years in the business!), then this is the episode for you! Dave Jackson is one of the Mount Rushmore faces of podcasting, and he talked with me about the power of podcasting, common mistakes for first time podcasters, and the 12 different things you can do to make sure your listener holds onto your show when listening for the first time.   Dave is now one of the industry’s top consultants, and he’s spoken at many marketing and media conventions. With nine different podcasts under his belt, he has the experience and know-how! However, he’s also been a technical trainer for over 20 years, meaning he understands the technology but also has the ability to explain it in plain English. In 2012, Dave published his first book, More Podcast Money: Turn Your Passion into Profits. If you’re interested in learning how to shift to a profitable business model as a podcaster, be sure to listen to this episode of Should I Start a Podcast.   We also discuss things like:   The virtues of podcasting versus broadcasting How to hold an audience before you create a monetising plan Identifying the purpose of your podcast and its power The concept that anybody can start a podcast Why you can’t copy a successful show Being patient in growing your audience and business Debunking the myth of the ultimate destination as landing on the podcast homepage How download numbers and other metrics can be inflated Reverse engineering the tricks of podcast hosts that you admire Dave’s thoughts on the up and coming trends in the industry   Website Book We Are Podcast

Wed, April 04, 2018

96. Omar Zenhom & Nicole Baldinu on Pivoting, “Bringing the Energy” and Blueprints for Podcasting Success

Need a dose of adrenaline and energy? On today’s episode of Should I Start a Podcast, we’ve got the perfect antidote for apathy and complacency. My guests are Omar Zenhom & Nicole Baldinu - educators, speakers and podcasters who have together built the $100 MBA community & podcast. Omar loves rooting for the underdog and telling it like it is. Nicole is the sensible one with all the taste. Together they are a dynamic duo and their message is not to be missed.   In this episode, they present their story of early failures to later successes in business and podcasting. They talk about finding your audience, how to engage with them and how to treat podcasting like a craft. They lay out all their secrets of success, offer up some tips and tricks of the pros, and provide an infectious dose of energy that is bound to motivate just about anyone.   Listen to the full episode to hear all this, plus things like:   What a successful podcast looks like How to use energy and pauses as a speaker The ingredients to podcasting success How to make the podcasting format work for you How to up your production quality game The ‘minute of power,’ and how it can work for you Why it’s critical to find a unique value to offer Q&A session with Nicole and Omar   Links The $100 MBA Facebook The Podcast

Wed, March 28, 2018

95. How to Become a Prolific Podcaster with Harry Duran

Would you like some tips on what works and what doesn’t work when starting a podcast from someone who’s recorded 150+ episodes over four years? Although he became an entrepreneur and podcaster after many years in the corporate world, Harry Duran has slowly put the pieces together on podcasting through his many insightful interviews.   Harry is the founder of FullCast, a full-service podcast production and marketing consultancy. He helps six-figure entrepreneurs amplify their authority and extend their reach through the power of podcasting. Harry also hosts Podcast Junkies, where he interviews fellow podcast hosts to find meaningful lessons in amplifying authority through the power of a podcast.   In this episode, we discuss all of the above, plus this stuff too:   How to improve attention to your podcast as a host Tips for hosts on how to treat your guests like gold Breaking down the numbers to understand the various ways to profit from podcasts The positive power of podcasting Harry’s most memorable guests and interviews Being okay with failure as a podcaster Microphone recommendations for top audio quality The freedom of entrepreneurship and building your own business Why you shouldn’t wait to take a chance on your passions   Links   FullCast LinkedIn Around the Podcast Campfire Podcast Junkies

Wed, March 21, 2018

94. Katie Wyatt’s Top Tips on How to Use Social Media to Become an Industry Leader

Would you like to hear a few tips on how to improve your community, connection and conversation? Well, Katie Wyatt discussed just that topic during her We Are Podcast 2016 presentation. In this episode, she teaches you how to convert more clients from your podcast with some tried-and-tested, easy-to-follow social media tips and tricks.   Katie is a speaker, podcaster, consultant, trainer and coach in the online world. She has over 15 years of business experience in marketing, writing and editing. Katie hosts the Empire by Design podcast and co-hosts #LadyBoss Chats. She also facilitates two Facebook groups - Empire Builders and Podcaster Posse.   In this episode, we discuss all of the above, plus this stuff too:   The #1 key to podcasting that’s more important than your number of downloads Why Facebook groups are epic for growing your podcast, community and business Determining if starting a Facebook group is right for your business A basic step-by-step guide on beginning your own Facebook group The secrets to running a Facebook group that doesn’t suck or feel spammy Tactics and etiquette for recruiting members for your Facebook group How to be a top Facebook group member Strategies to grow your business and sales via Facebook groups Offering useful products and services to your group members How to leverage the expertise of others to strengthen community trust   Links   We Are Podcast Podcaster Posse Empire Design Podcast #LadyBoss Chats

Wed, March 14, 2018

93. Ronsley Vaz on The Build Your Network Podcast With Travis Chappell

Ronsley is the founder and chief daydreamer at Amplify. He is an author, speaker, and serial entrepreneur. He has a master’s degree in Software Engineering and an MBA in Psychology and Leadership. He is known as the creator of We Are Podcast – the first podcasting conference in the southern hemisphere, and the host of The Bond Appetit podcast and Should I Start a Podcast. He has an audience of over three million people in 133 countries   In this episode, we feature an appearance Ronsley made on Travis Chappell’s Podcast, Build Your Network. In the show, Ronsley and Travis dig deep into what it means to be an entrepreneur, mentorship, how to develop yourself personally and professionally, and how to think about failure. Tune in to the episode to hear all this, plus things like:   The story of Ronsley’s biggest growth spurt The parallels between elite athletes and top entrepreneurs The downside to entrepreneurship being in vogue The balance between input and output The question Ronsley asks himself every morning Why so many people stop when they hit the first wall The mindset of levelling up The key to long-term business success Why entrepreneurship is a great life but not a comfortable one Why the phrase ‘it’s not what you know, it's who you know’ is flawed   Links: Amplify Media Kit

Wed, March 07, 2018

92. Ronsley At We Are Podcast 2016 - Podcasting, Sales Philosophy and Leveraging the Power of Conversations

Ronsley is the founder and chief daydreamer at Amplify. He is an author, speaker and serial entrepreneur. He has a Masters’ degree in Software Engineering and an MBA in Psychology and Leadership. He is known as the creator of We Are Podcast – the first podcasting conference in the southern hemisphere, and the host of The Bond Appetit podcast and Should I Start a Podcast. He has an audience of over three million people in 133 countries   In this episode of the show, we revisit a talk Ronsley gave at We Are Podcast 2016. In the talk, Ronsley lays out some of his foundational thinking about podcasting, sales, marketing, conversations and growing a business.   Tune in to the episode to hear all this, plus things like: What Pareto’s principle is, and why it matters The most important question to ask when launching a podcast 7 ways to amplify your message How to make money from a podcast Why niching down is so imperative The quickest way to a podcaster’s heart How to stand out from your competition (in almost any context) 7 problems that can stunt business growth Why making money selling your art isn’t selling out Why the ‘always be closing’ approach should be avoided How to make people know, like and trust you How to get people to care about your message   Links: Amplify Media Kit

Thu, March 01, 2018

91. Ed Dale on Understanding Your Tribe, the Power of Crowdfunding and an Undying Love of Podcasts

Curious to know about how piano stool restoration, underwater kickboxing, sugar cookies and the Red Cross are connected? If so, you’ll not want to miss this episode of Should I Start a Podcast. This instalment features a special appearance from Ed Dale - the founder of The Challenge and MagCast, and the author of Your First Dollar .   In the episode, Ed talks about permission marketing, sales dynamics, the power of crowdfunding, how to figure out and engage with your audience, and how to package all of this into a podcast. He does so through the aid of various stories about World War II, impromptu trips to Atlanta and his experiences on the front lines of marketing.   Listen to the full episode to hear all this, plus topics like: Why people often have a ridiculous reaction to paying for content What ‘every market is a market’ means How to use the information you get through your podcast The primary problem with podcasting Why ‘marketer’ is sometimes thought of as a dirty word The power of crowdfunding Why email lists matter so much How product development has fundamentally changed   Links: Thirty Days One Dollar Twitter Facebook Youtube

Wed, October 25, 2017

90. Steph Taylor on Hustling, Wildbloom Creative and Searching for Freedom

Keen to hear an inspirational story about someone quitting their job in search of more? Then today’s episode of Should I Start A Podcast is definitely for you. In this show, I had the pleasure of sitting down with Stephanie Taylor. Steph is an ex-corporate accountant turned entrepreneur and digital marketer. Steph is smart, precocious and determined - she left a cushy accounting job to try her hand at entrepreneurship. In our conversation, we talk about her first foray into a self-run business, the challenges, benefits, and the efforts required. We also talked about pivoting, dealing with traditional-minded family members and how Steph recently launched her first course, FB Ads That Flourish. Listen to the full episode to hear all this, plus things like… Why resilience matters so much and how to nurture it The challenge of dealing with clients who are not tech-savvy How a terrible job served as motivation for Steph Trends in social media and how authenticity is in short supply these days The value (in terms of brand/audience building) of starting a podcast The incredible power of Facebook advertising Common myths of entrepreneurship debunked Why entrepreneurs shouldn’t try to do it all themselves

Wed, October 18, 2017

89. Tips and Tricks from Veteran Podcaster, Bruce Wawrzyniak

If you want to hear tips and advice from the Godfather of podcasting himself, Mr Bruce Wawrzyniak, then now is your chance. Bruce is the founder of Now Hear This, a Tampa-based communications agency and my latest guest on Should I Start A Podcast, and he and I have a truly insightful conversation full of useful information for any newcomers to podcasting. Bruce is an author, broadcaster and speaker and his podcast, Now Hear This, acts as an educational service for up and coming entertainers who may need a bit of help, advice and guidance. Bruce’s podcast has been heard in over 100 countries and his guests are those that have had success to varying degrees in the entertainment business, putting forth their advice and tips to those who are just starting out in the industry. In this episode, we discuss the journey that led him to podcasting. We also get into things like: The highlights that have come from Bruce’s podcasting career The further benefits you can get from becoming a successful podcaster How he started out podcasting Questions you should ask yourself before you start your podcast

Thu, October 12, 2017

88. Tony Loyd on How to Avoid Podcast Flop and Find Success in a Startup

Today on the Should I Start A Podcast show, I talk to Tony Loyd: first-time caller and long-term friend. Tony has had quite a remarkable career as an executive with various Fortune 500 companies, but after he felt too much of a conflict between himself and his corporate position, he left in search of a more favourable role that could cater to his desire to give back to the world. After starting up his own strategic planning and talent management company, Tony recognised the rapid rates of change that were occurring in every industry. Through this, he realised the power that startups and entrepreneurs have to take on the big challenges and bring about positive changes. Now, Tony hosts a podcast called Social Entrepreneur but, as we find out in this episode, podcasting isn’t often the easiest road to take.

Tue, September 26, 2017

87. Curious to Know How Podcasters Make Money? Then Listen to This...

This week on Should I Start A Podcast I chat to my friend, Michael Bromley. One half of the dynamic duo behind the very popular blog and podcast BeyondBillables, Mike is as authentic as they come. He’s unafraid to talk about big issues and realness, and is upfront in his desire to help people. Mike’s got fingers in many different pies. Having been a lawyer, he now spends his days working as an international recruiter and assisting people in finding their dream job while writing, blogging and podcasting on the side.

Wed, August 09, 2017

86. Glen Carlson Talks About Reframing Rejection, Sales and Leveraging a Podcast

Want to hear a sales master spill his secrets and teach you how to reframe rejection? In the following episode of Should I Start A Podcast you’ll hear both, plus so much more. Here, I had the honour of sharing the stage with Glen Carlson. Glen is a podcast host, and the co-founder, COO, and director of Dent Global. Over the past 15 years, Glen has developed, sold and consulted on numerous start-ups in Australia, the UK, Indonesia, and Singapore. He helped found and nurture Dent Global to where it is today, the 9th fastest growing company in Australia. He is also one of the faces behind the ‘Key Person of Influence’ growth accelerator. Glen has an international reputation for helping entrepreneurs develop a brand, cultivate a profile and position themselves as leaders in their industries. Tune in to the episode to hear us dig deep and discuss things like: How Glen’s first podcast attempt was never launched but paved the way for his current success The value of a good pitch, credibility in your industry, scalable products and a good profile Dent Global’s work turning people into ‘key people of influence’ and accelerating their businesses The skill that trumps most other skills: the ability to sell or ask for money How Glen thinks about rejection and the importance of reframing adverse responses How a podcast can help you leverage your time and influence (even if your audience is relatively humble) Tapping into dormant markets and providing a structure/ecosystem that allows potential clients to connect the dots easily How you can become a better podcast interviewer The importance of not getting too deeply focused on a product at the expense of ignoring your customers The ways a podcast can help you understand your tribe, prime a market and help you continue learning

Wed, August 02, 2017

85. Emma Franklin Bell Talks About Why, her Podcasting Journey and Growing Your Brand

Interested in learning how podcasting can make you a more confident person? Then this episode of Should I Start A Podcast is for you. In this show, I had the unique pleasure of talking to a good friend of mine, Emma Franklin Bell. Emma has so many projects it is difficult to keep track of them all. She is a podcast host, artist, entrepreneur, author, teacher and the creator of The Beautiful Business Academy. Emma spent 20 years in the performing arts industry (mostly classical ballet) before branching out into entrepreneurship and book writing. Emma is the author of Your Beautiful Business and How to Run a Preschool Dance Studio, both of which have been extremely well received globally. She's been featured on numerous podcasts and built up an impressive following for her show, The Ladies Lounge. I was lucky enough to get a bit of her time, so tune in to the episode to hear us go into depth on topics like: Why getting interesting people to come on your podcast is not as impossible as you might think How podcasting can up your confidence levels and make you a better communicator How podcasting can expose you to new people and ideas in a way few other things can The value of gumption and desire for success in podcasting (and life in general) The question ‘why?’ and how it played a pivotal role in Emma’s life The argument against focusing on the monetisation of podcast The benefits of finding ways around things that are difficult, stepping over challenges as they come How Emma considers the podcasting process to be similar to eating a gourmet meal How Emma answers the question ‘what do you do?’ and various ways to think of being a ‘creative’

Wed, July 26, 2017

84. Dave Eddy Talks About the Future of Search, Podcasting, and Advice for his 20-year-old self

Need inspiration, fresh ideas or just need a good laugh? This episode of Should I Start A Podcast offers up all three. In this show, I had the immense pleasure of talking to a good friend of mine, Dave Eddy. Dave is a podcast host, digital marketer, serial entrepreneur and all-round brilliant soul. With a background in business marketing and psychology, Dave spent seven years working with over 500 business clients in big marketing and advertising firms. He then decided to start a digital marketing consulting business. In his spare time he co-founded Camplify and started a podcast, The Location Station. With over 30 episodes, the show focuses on clever or innovative marketing ideas for location-based business growth. Tune in to the episode to hear us dig deep and discuss things like: Why starting a podcast is easier than you might think Dave’s advice to his 20-year-old version self How podcasting can expose you to new people and ideas in a way few other things can A story about Microsoft’s Hololens mixed reality technology Thoughts on the future of multi sensory search and the need to stay ahead of the curve How approaching podcast guests is easy with preparation and genuine interest Why podcast ROI is tough to pin down What podcast ROI should be and some different perspectives Why putting yourself around people already doing something is so important if you want to do the same thing Dave’s podcast journey and how it fits into the focus of his marketing agency

Wed, July 19, 2017

83. Planning for Your Future Through Property? There’s a Podcast For That

Have you ever contemplated investing in property? Or, to be more specific, have you thought about it and then put it in the ‘too hard’ basket? You’re not alone. People all over Australia are disregarding property investing in favour of the things they think they need right now (smashed avo on toast, anyone?). Giving up the wants of your present to make sure you can cover the needs of your future is enormously important, and property is a sensible way of doing just that. In today’s episode of Should I Start A Podcast, I talk to Bushy Martin, entrepreneur, thinker, founder of Know:How Group and one of the Top 10 Property Specialists in The Property Investor magazine, on the benefits of planning ahead, foregoing frivolous things in favour of a comfortable future, and how you can achieve your dream lifestyle through property investing. We also discuss things like: Bushy’s journey as an entrepreneur and business owner, and his aim to bring value and meaning to other people’s lifestyles The lengthy time required to commit to property investing The benefits of passive income Bushy’s passion for property, and his ‘Howard Hughes’ year The lightbulb moment that led him to create the plan to achieve his dream lifestyle – sketched out entirely on a cocktail napkin Why Bushy wanted to start a podcast, and how you can benefit from it The importance of caring about your future – and why it’s not as far away as it might seem The ‘iPhone lifestyle’, and delaying gratification for more satisfaction The origin of the name ‘Bus

Thu, June 22, 2017

81. Amber Hawken Talks Teaching, Podcasting, and The ‘F’ Word

Hello, and welcome to a new episode of Should I Start A Podcast. Today I have the immense pleasure of talking to a good friend of mine, Amber Hawken. Amber is a podcast host, YouTuber, author, life coach, mentor and teacher. Qualified in a variety of different things like Mindfulness-based Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, Neuro-linguistic Programming and Deep State Repatterning Therapy and with a passion for volunteer work and helping people, Amber is one remarkable young woman. Her new book The Unfuckwithable Life is currently scandalising the self-help genre in the best way, and her unapologetic approach to life mastery enables her to reach even the most hard-hearted people. Tune in to the episode to hear us dig deep and discuss things like: Personal branding, and the benefits of understanding who you are Why it’s okay to change direction, especially in business The beauty that is podcasting, and what it can do for you What Amber has learned from and about podcasting How vulnerability can help you conduct better interviews How to advertise your podcast The different ways we can reach and teach people through content and delivery How fear can help you, and why you should pay attention to it Authenticity, and the ‘F’ word Highlights of Amber’s career as a podcaster

Thu, June 08, 2017

80. Ronsley on Being ‘The Podcast Guru’ on the Get More Success Show with Warwick Merry

I recently had the pleasure of appearing on the Get More Success Podcast, where I was grilled about my own entrepreneurial journey, how to set up a successful podcast and top marketing techniques. And the guy who was asking me about all this was Warwick Merry - AKA ‘The Get More Guy’. Warwick’s own journey has been pretty awesome. Not only is Warwick a great podcaster, he’s also a professional speaker, consultant, coach and trainer known for his high-energy presentations and seminars. Warwick’s whole thing is getting more out of life, and he helps his clients - who are from all types of different industries - achieve this with incredible results. You’re definitely going to get a lot out of this if you’re interested in improving the quality of your marketing technique, and the content your business outputs. In this episode, we get into all of this and more... Ronsley’s reputation as ‘The Podcast Guru’ The value of disruption and what you can achieve with it Ronsley’s definition of success The We Are Podcast conference - how it came about and where it’s going The things Ronsley wished he’d known when he first started out in business Running events: Ronsley’s tips on how to successfully organise and make money from doing so The origins of Ronsley’s business, Amplify, which converts conversation into content How leveraging content plays a major part in marketing your podcast Ronsley’s book, Amplify, and his 7-step methodology to marketing The difference between marketing video and audio content The next trends in podcasting The secret to great podcasting, and why concept takes precedence over the tech side

Wed, May 10, 2017

79. The Art of Disruption: An Interview of Ronsley by Ray Milidoni

Placing a solid foundation for crafting success and setting up his future in the world of business and entrepreneurship, Ray Milidoni carries an abundance of corporate experience across a range of industries. His experience has seen him found several businesses, including the creation of an innovative web agency at the age of only 15. Since then, Ray has moved forward to helping build organisations from the ground up, investing particular interest in the initial growth period of businesses both big and small, and achieving the title of General Manager at global digital agency, WME. Now taking on new challenges and opportunities that embrace his passion for business success, Ray’s podcast The Razor Sharp Show is destined to unify entrepreneurs, thought leaders and game changers alike. In between launching this highly anticipated vertical, Ray’s focus also resides in MCing brand and business community events across a number of fields, introducing and enlightening audiences as he goes. To top it off, his drive has recently seen him take charge of official meetup groups across Melbourne. From sustainability through to digital innovative, Ray has garnered extensive experience and milestones that see him consistently solving problems and setting new goals. In this episode, I was supposed to interview Ray, but instead he interviewed me! Together we talked about: The client filtering strategy behind my audio marketing agency Amplify 6 P’s of podcasting The one book that I have listened to 11x and why I think it’s a way of life Valuing your time as precious and carefully selecting your company How the We Are Podcast summit was born The big change I made to the 2017 We Are Podcast conference to enrich the community feel Looking for mentorship and inspiration from everyone and everywhere around you Disbelief of the concept of success from failure My best podcasting tips Why future podcasters should not care about what mic they have

Thu, May 04, 2017

78. It’s No Secret… Tyson Franklin’s Journey from Podiatry to Podcasting

If you’ve ever wondered how you can increase profits in business while saving time and improving your lifestyle, then Tyson Franklin is someone you definitely want to check out. A podiatrist by trade, Tyson - AKA Dr T - has been killing it in the entrepreneurial space for the past 26 years, buying and selling over 20 podiatry clinics. He’s also the author of It’s No Secret… There’s Money in Podiatry, winner of the Queensland Telstra Business Award and a fellow of the Australian Institute of Management. More recently, Tyson has turned his sights to the world of podcasting, and his own show, It’s No Secret…, is set to launch soon, focusing on helping podiatrists gain an insight into the entrepreneurial way of thinking. This is a great conversation where we talk about everything from happiness to wealth to UFC! Check it out. In this episode, we get into all of this... Tyson’s writing, as well as his next book, It’s No Secret… There’s Money in Small Business The myth among entrepreneurs, and Tyson’s take on it How to be smart in business and the benefits it can bring to your lifestyle What Tyson’s learned about himself by going through the process of setting up a podcast The unexpected learnings Tyson got from watching UFC The main difference between those who succeed in business and those who don’t The best podcasting advice for Tyson The importance of knowing your strengths and weaknesses The steps Tyson went through to double his income and save time in the process Tyson’s biggest motivation in business Tyson’s 365 day podcast and exercise challenge The best and worst things about podcasts, according to Tyson How to select the best guests for your podcast

Thu, April 27, 2017

77. John Lee Dumas Digs Deeper with Ronsley the Entrepreneur

John Lee Dumas is the founder and host of EOFire, an award-winning podcast where he interviews today’s most successful entrepreneurs seven days a week. In four years, JLD has grown EOFire into a multi-million dollar a year business with over 1600 interviews and 1.5 million monthly listens. JLD is the author of The Freedom Journal: Accomplish your #1 goal in 100 days, which became the sixth most funded publishing campaign of all time on Kickstarter and has over 21,000 sales to date. His latest project is The Mastery Journal: Master productivity, discipline and focus in 100 days.

Wed, March 15, 2017

73. About Amplify Framework with Yann Ilunga

Yann Ilunga, is a polyglot (Speaks Italian, English, French, German and some Finnish) web entrepreneur originally from Locarno, in the Italian-speaking part of Switzerland, now living in Helsinki, Finland. After Yann got his master’s degree in social sciences with a major in Media & Global Communication, he decided to take the leap and become a web entrepreneur. He's all about taking action and want to live life on his own terms, and that’s why he launched 360 Entrepreneur. He's the host of several shows, including the 360 Entrepreneur Podcast, the music business show the Jazz Spotlight and the upcoming show the Podcaster Lab. Yann is the founder and host of the LARGEST podcasting virtual summit in the world: Podcast Success Summit. The first edition featured 80 of some of the best podcasters and podcasting experts around, including Jay Baer, John Lee Dumas, The Art of Charm host Jordan Harbinger and NYT bestselling author Joel Comm. Simply put, Yann Ilunga is a web entrepreneur, podcaster and podcasting consultant! In this episode we talk about: How Ronsley became involved in podcasting The traits and values that podcasters have in common Ronsley's thoughts on new podcasters that focus on perfection How Ronsley decided to make a book How Ronsley's book can become a tool to start a conversation Overview of Ronsley's 7-step framework What A.M.P.L.I.F.Y. stands for Things to consider in creating product ecosystem system Ways people can do to use their audio content to draw more people Ronsley's thoughts and ideas in fostering more engagement for podcasters The fastest way to connect with Ronsley personally What to expect with We Are A Podcast conference this 2017

Wed, March 08, 2017

72. How Podcast Can Help People in the Creative Industries with Elle Roberts

Elle Roberts is a multi passionate creative coach, business mentor, dreamer, writer, speaker and entrepreneur. She loves working with clients to help them with their business planning, social media, marketing, goal setting and digital strategies so they can focus on doing the work they love. She has a passion for all things handmade and arty so working with crafty and creative clients fills her with joy. She is outgoing and confident, she talks too much and if you start on the topic of “small business” it will be hard to shut her up. Elle has a passion for micro creative businesses and solo entrepreneurs, and am determined to help you find your inner values, see your true potential and help you rock out like the awesomely talented person that you are. She is also the brains and muscle behind this event. The Artful Business Conference is her passion project. Elle curates the Artful Business Community and hosts the Artful Business Podcast. In this episode we talk about: How Elle bounced back from her failures The key that kept Elle going and reach success How to know when to give up or pursue an idea that has almost exhausted all possibilities Elle's aspects of entrepreneurship Her business journey to podcasting The marketing value of podcasting Why podcast it "Hot" right now Best ways to provide value to people using podcast Why consistency made Elle a great podcaster Her thoughts on monetisation with podcast What excites Elle about being an entrepreneur The story behind Elle's Artfull Business Community

Thu, March 02, 2017

71. On The "I'm Lovin' Ya Work" Podcast with Rowan MacKey

Rowan MacKey in an aspiring journalist and broadcaster. He's still 23 years of age and lives in South Geelong, Victoria, Australia. He went to University of Canberra, one of Australia's top universities for getting a job. As Rowan was starting his adventure outside of school, he was curious about the things that he has been seeing in society. Having a lot of questions about people doing and pursuing their professions that they don't even like or enjoy, he then thought of something that might help him an answer and solution to it. He started podcasting and having guests to chat with about what they wanted to be when they were little kid, and might see how this relates to their actual professional pathway. Rowan wanted to get an insight to some of the tangibles how how people ended up where they are as well as few observations on their chosen industry. In this episode we talk about: What Ronsley says when people ask him what he does Ronsley's aspirations as a child Ronsley's journey to finding his path before becoming who he is today Education background and views Ronsley's corporate experience as a Software Engineer Where his entrepreneurship career started How he managed to successfully combine two different careers into one The process Ronsley went through to create a successful podcast The mentors Ronsley learned from How he balances being reasonable and ambitious Ronsley's definition of success and failure The unexpected things in podcasting His parents' role in his journey to podcasting How sports and physical activity helped his state of mind The balance of moving forward in his career and starting new projects Tips on becoming more self-aware Dealing with self-motivation as an entrepreneur Dealing with anxieties and fears How he uses back-up plans Advice to people who want to be an entrepreneur What he's most proud of in his career Where Ronsley sees himself in the future

Wed, January 11, 2017

64. Being Indispensable and Overcoming Fear with Liz Van Vliet

Liz Van Vliet wants to be an indispensable Executive Assistant. She is on a mission to discover the skills and attributes that will make her irreplaceable. By interviewing awesome Executive Assistants (EA), Personal Assistants (PA) and Administrative Assistants (AA), she hopes to uncover the qualities that make them indispensable. There are a multitude of titles for the role of Executive Assistant and a myriad of hard and soft skills that are listed in job descriptions, but what is it that differentiates awesome, amazing and indispensable assistants from the rest. Liz also shares her own experiences on the road to being indispensable. The tips and techniques, the successes and the failures. Sharing her learnings in order to help others avoid the same pitfalls, allowing listeners to benefit from her research into the skills and capabilities needed to exceed the expectations of her business leader. In this episode we talk about: Liz Van Vliet struggling on psychological reaction called fight-or-flight reflex and how she managed this flight-or-fight response About Liz Van Vliet's podcast Her traumatic life experience of having breast cancer What it is like to be an Executive Assistance What motivates her to do a podcast

Wed, January 04, 2017

63. Ronsley on The Dent Podcast with Glen Carlson

Glen Carlson is an award winning entrepreneur, speaker and co-founder Dent Global. Dent run the Key Person of Influence program, acknowledged by INC.com as “One of the top personal branding conferences in the world”. Featured in the international media as a small business expert, in less than 4 years Glen has built his own business into the 9th fastest growing company in Australia (SmartCompany 2014). He is best known for helping fellow entrepreneurs develop an ‘unfair advantage’ in their industry and believes there has never been a better time to build a global business and personal brand doing something you love. In this episode we talk about: Ronsley Vaz and his book, AMPLIFY How to use audio and podcasting, and turn content collateral into assets Ronsley’s journey before becoming a podcaster How doing an MBA changed Ronsley’s perspective Ronsley running his own restaurant business How Ronsley decided to start a podcast

Wed, December 28, 2016

62. How to Evolve, Pivot and Thrive in Your Business with Des Walsh

Des Walsh is an executive business coach, LinkedIn expert and trainer, and social media strategist. A former Australian Federal and State government senior executive, a CEO, communications consultant, industry training specialist and executive coach, Des is passionate about helping business owners and executives fulfil their potential. He has been actively engaged for over 20 years in promoting the business opportunities of the digital economy and is a certified specialist in social media strategy. He’s co-author of one of the first ever books on the LinkedIn platform – LinkedIn for Recruiting – has been blogging since 2003, is a featured author on Market Leadership Journal and a podcaster (the Let’s Talk Leadership show). Des’s coach training is from Coachville and its Graduate School of Coaching. He was a founding member of the International Association of Coaching (IAC) and served for a time as a member of the IAC Board of Governors. Des lives near the beach on Australia’s Gold Coast and coaches mostly via Skype and phone. His mission is to help business executives in small and medium business meet confidently the challenges of the digital age, lead their teams well, deliver great results and stay balanced and happy in the process. In this episode we talk about: Des Walsh podcasting journey What's the idea behind Des podcast Why he chose podcast How much does LinkedIn changed over the years The importance of social media in extending your reach and build relationship with people How does LinkedIn related to Des Walsh business

Wed, December 21, 2016

61. Homelessness and Bedrock Issues We Should Look At feat. Francis Lynch

Francis Lynch works as a coach, counsellor, and consultant in his own practice and he is a contractor at Vital Conversations. He worked for 25 years in the community service sector, including 15 years in executive roles, 8 of them as Chief Executive of Ruah – you can see a detailed work history on LinkedIn. Francis is past President of both the Australian Council of Social Services, and of the Western Australian Council of Social Services. He has significant experience in developing and delivering partnerships with government and non-government partners. His extensive professional networks across Australia has created value for many projects that he has been involved in. He's motivated to deliver high-level outcomes to communities and individuals who need support to reach their potential. In this episode we talk about: What is the motivation behind Francis Lynch doing social work? What is the day-to-day activity of people working as a social worker? Helping people and families struggling with their life How does Francis addresses and respond to homelessness and domestic violence? How Francis go about affecting change? 2017 upcoming social work projects of Francis Lynch

Wed, December 14, 2016

60. You Are Awesome and You Need to Own It with Jules Galloway

Jules Galloway is a passionate naturopath, healthy foodie and wellness expert, living just 10 minutes from Byron Bay, Australia. Her mission is to help fatigued women find their shine again. Growing up in a household where two members had coeliac disease, she gained an early insight into what it’s like to eat gluten free. But it wasn’t until her 20’s and 30’s (after years of partying hard) that she suffered health issues which forced a rethink of her own eating habits and lifestyle. She learned to thrive with a combination of wholefoods, an 80/20 paleo diet, exercise, meditation, mindfulness, and a HUGE dose of happiness. Since 2013 she has created recipe books, live events around the country, and an online wellness program called Shiny Healthy You – Fatigued to Fabulous in 12 Weeks. In this episode we talk about: What it is like for Jules Galloway to live in a country town, Byron? The differences of living in a fast-paced and slow moving environment How does she manage her work? What is adrenal fatigue and how does it affect your day-to-day life? Does time spent on a task matters when it comes to fulfillment? How does Jules managed working with people she does not like or respect? How to look after yourself and support your body before an event? What is fight-or-flight response and how does cortisol hormone functions? The significance of herbs, supplements, meditation and mindfulness

Wed, December 07, 2016

59. Building a Business Around Your Passion with Annemarie Cross

Annemarie Cross – also known (and referred to by her colleagues and community as “The Podcasting Queen.”) Annemarie Cross is a Brand & Communications Strategist helping clients design and launch powerful online and offline marketing strategies – specifically their very own Podcast Series (where she helps them every step of the way with her Done For You offering) so they can finally get noticed, hired and paid what they’re worth. She has been listed among the Top 25 Podcasts for Entrepreneurs, Top 50 Podcast for Entrepreneurs, and Top 100 Small Business Podcasts worldwide by well-known and respected small business websites, including Entrepreneur.com, where she continue to share her Brand, Communication & Podcasting for Publicity and Profit strategies with entrepreneurs and small business – globally. In this episode we talk about: Why and when did Annemarie Cross started her podcasting journey? How did podcasting helps Annemarie and other entrepreneurs and small businesses? How to market your service and convert a person into a client? The significance of recognizing your strengths and understanding your uniqueness

Wed, November 30, 2016

58. Gratitude with Emma and Carla Papas

The Merrymaker Sisters started their journey in February 2013 after they developed an unhealthy obsession with fad diet, quick fixes and negative body image. In a bid to create a healthy, happy and more magic filled world, they discovered that real food was the answer and set about creating an online business to help people across the globe live better lives by providing them with meal plans, recipes and support. Within a few short years the girls have skyrocketed to success and as well as their blog and other online projects they have self-published a book, started a podcast, #MerryBiz and have just recently scored a publishing deal with their dream publisher Hay House. In this episode we talk about: Highlights of Emma and Carla Papas on Gold Coast event The difference of having a positive mindset towards your dreams and goals The fear of failure hindering your success How to recognize and overcome fear? The importance of being grateful

Wed, November 23, 2016

57. Setting a deadline will allow you to launch even with fear feat. Nicole Avery

Nicole Avery is one of those people who has a whole lot on her plate, but balances it all with finesse. She is a professional blogger at Planning with Kids, an author, speaker and marathon runner - on top of being mum to five kids aged seven to 17. Her blog is a goldmine of tips, advice and lessons on managing family life, from meal planning to ways to fit in me-time, all with Nic's trademark practical and approachable style. We chat about her path to professional blogging, just how she manages to cook for and feed seven people, and the steep learning curves of parenting. In this episode we talk about: What are the things that keeps Nicole Avery busy? What does referral marketing mean and how does Nicole grow her business? Nicole is running her own podcast, 'This Family Life'. What motivates her to try podcasting?

Wed, November 16, 2016

56. How to think clearly, overcome overwhelm and get traction with Barbara Stevens

Barbara Stevens has lived on the Sunshine Coast for more than 30 years. After nurturing friends and family through trying and difficult break-ups, including her own, she decided to design the 12 Inspirational Step Program to overcoming your breakup. She also interviewed and compiled a collection of 12 Inspirational Stories from women who have battled and survived their own break-ups. www.barbarastevens.com.au was developed by Barbara as a platform for people to learn and download free resources, which includes coping mechanisms and advice. In this episode we talk about: How does Barbara Stevens finds energy in making her podcast The importance of unloading hardships during separation or breakups Why men and women handles breakup differently Working on the blame game situations and dealing with different clients Barbara Stevens podcasting journey

Thu, November 10, 2016

55. Podcast Networks: the good, the bad and the painful with Brooke McAlary

Brooke McAlary is a writer, podcaster. She's also the host and creator of the iTunes #1 Health show, Slow Home Podcast and founder of Jackrabbit.FM. Brooke lives with her husband and two kids in the Blue Mountains of Australia and suffers a severe case of wanderlust. Brooke has been connecting with people online since 2011, when she launched her blog, Slow Your Home. Since then she’s connected with more than 2 million people and her first podcast, The Slow Home Podcast has been downloaded more than 1.3 million times and was voted by iTunes as one of the top new shows of 2015. She also loves shiraz, naps, snowboarding and travel. Always with the travel. In this episode we talk about: How Brooke fell in love with podcasting and decided to start her own podcast network How podcasting made her feel connected and engaged to other people Starting a podcast network - from production, editing and distribution The workload and the motivation behind creating a podcast network

Wed, November 02, 2016

54. I was inspired to start a podcast with TanJa & Amanda

Tanja Turner Tanja Turner is a Digital Consultant and podcaster who supports individuals and small businesses in using Technology. She is co-host of the Aussie Bloggers Podcast and hosts her own radio show once a week at Coach on Fire Radio Network. Amanda Hoffmann After years of bookkeeping for her husband and his mates, Amanda made her big step in 2008 when she opened her own bookkeeping business. Amanda Hoffmann studied finance and completed her Cert IV in Bookkeeping and registered as a BAS Agent. She is more than a bookkeeper, her passion is real estate investing, social media and blogging. She loves to teach and that is why Amanda can set you up in Xero, QBO or Myob Essentials and show you how to complete your own day to day bookkeeping. In this episode we talk about: Highlights of Tanja and Amanda podcasting journey Starting point of Tanja and Amanda Their thoughts of doing a podcast together What they have learned from podcasting

Wed, September 21, 2016

53. From massage therapist to podcaster to speaker with Kristie Melling

Kristie Melling is an interesting woman. She is an expert massage therapist who can name all the weird bones and muscles in your body but has the bonus ability to make it easy-going and entertaining at the same time. She has had experience working with all types of client conditions, from chronic lower back complaints to shoulder issues. Additionally, Kristie Melling is your host of the Rubbed the Wrong Way podcast. She is just like you a working massage therapist who simply has a passion for talking to our peers. She has been in this biz for a little while now, and she still loves every second, but just like you she knows that you are facing challenges and hurdles. In this episode we talk about: Kristie Melling Rubbed the Wrong Way Podcast Kristie’s podcasting journey Responsibility of doing the show Giving people an insight of what you are doing How Kristie helped other massage therapist and leverage things

Thu, September 15, 2016

52. The sell more f***ing tickets show with Glen Carlson

Glen Carlson is an award winning entrepreneur, speaker and co-founder of the "Key Person of Influence program". “One of the top personal branding conferences in the world”. INC.com "The worlds leading business accelerator." Entrepreneur.com In less than 4 years Glen has built his own business into the 9th fastest growing company in Australia (SmartCompany 2014). Key Person of Influence is a Global Small Business with a team of 25 in 10 timezones and is best known for their 40 Week Business Accelerator that helps the founders of traditional businesses (Financial Planners, Personal Trainers, Designers etc) to do their best work and get known at scale. In this episode we talk about: 2-year podcast journey of Glen Carlson About Dent and Key Person of Influence The struggle and stress of growth for business

Wed, September 07, 2016

51. Should I Create a Stand Alone Podcast with a Fixed Number of Epsiodes with Jane Jackson

Over the past 15 years Jane Jackson coached over 1,000 professionals across Australia and Asia to confidently make successful career choices by identifying their true passion and direction. With experience in industries including travel, health & fitness, public relations, education and human resources in Hong Kong, San Francisco, London, Singapore and Sydney, Jane Jackson was able to draw upon over 30 years of experience and relate to those who are young graduates and entering the workforce for the first time, to those experiencing a career crisis and also those considering a transition to active retirement. Her mission is to reach as many people who need guidance as possible and to that end I offer support in many ways through my Careers Podcast. In this episode we talk about: Jane Jackson podcasting journey Launching Jane first podcast Jane fascinated about people and careers Turning point of Jane Jackson

Wed, August 31, 2016

50. Ego, podcast growth & the Art of Charm with Jordan Harbinger

Jordan Harbinger has always had an affinity for social influence, interpersonal dynamics, and social engineering, helping private companies test the security of their communications systems and working with law enforcement agencies before he was even old enough to drive. Forbes named him one of the 50 best relationship-builders anywhere and Inc. Magazine calls him “the Charlie Rose of Podcasting.” Jordan has spent several years abroad in Europe and the developing world, including South America, Eastern Europe, and the Middle East, and speaks five languages. He has also worked for various governments and NGOs overseas, traveled through war zones, and been kidnapped — twice. In this episode we talk about: Jordan Harbinger putting extra energy on the show The Art of Charm getting 2 million downloads a month Jordan Harbinger being an artist/maker Jordan being kidnapped twice Mind vs. body communication About box breathing

Wed, August 24, 2016

49. Rebel Entrepreneur and being the first to Podcast with Franzisca Iseli

Franziska is a maverick entrepreneur, leading marketing strategist, speaker, author and the co-founder basicbananas.com (Australia’s leading marketing training organisation), oceanlovers.com, yoursocially.com, TheBusinessHood.com and Impacteurs.com. In 2013 Franziska was awarded the NSW Young Entrepreneur of the Year Award recognizing her innovation, creativity and philanthropic involvement. A true visionary, no challenge seems to be too big for Franziska. She is known for her rebellious nature and challenging the norm. She has this rare combination of being both creative and strategic, which makes her a powerful thought leader in the business world. In this episode we talk about: Franziska's thoughts on building a team Importance to have a bigger goal in mind How Marketing changes lives Basic Bananas impact to people

Wed, August 17, 2016

48. OmniPresence - Use your podcast to be everywhere with Trevor Young

Trevor Young is an experienced public relations and marketing communications practitioner who has started and sold two businesses and merged a third with the world’s biggest public relations company. Today he focus on helping companies, organisations and individuals to tell their story, grow their audience and build their brand and their business using strategic content marketing and social media communications. Trevor Young do this through a combination of speaking, writing, consulting, mentoring and training.

Wed, August 10, 2016

47. 5 productive tools that make every podcasters' life better with Yenny Stromgren

Photographer Yenny Stromgren offers commercial, portraiture, fashion and editorial photography for companies and publications. When Yenny is not working on commissioned assignments, or consumed by one of many photographic projects, or doing interviews for her podcast and blog, Everyday Light Warriors, you can see her longboarding or just enjoy the waves with her boys.

Fri, August 05, 2016

46. A podcast with a $80,000 return on investment with Dr. Jesse Green

Dr Jesse Green is a dentist, entrepreneur, coach and thought leader who specializes in working with established high-performing dentists and industry young guns hungry for success.In an increasingly over-competitive market, he has made an art of helping his elite clients play bigger, better and smarter. He is the founder of Practice Max, a 7-step high-performance business mastermind that offers the latest in entrepreneurial thinking tools and cutting-edge ideas from the dental and non-dental worlds.

Wed, July 27, 2016

45. How do I make money with my podcast with Ed Dale

Ed Dale is the creator of The Challenge and co-founder of MagCast. These are systems used by thousands of entrepreneurs worldwide to get started online and build their successful digital businesses. Over the past 10 years they’ve helped over 300,000 people worldwide get started online through The Challenge program. Over the past years, He's been fortunate to experience “Million Dollar” product launch days using the exact same strategies He teach in their programs.

Tue, July 19, 2016

44. How to target an audience on LinkedIn with Adam Houlahan

Adam Houlahan is an International Keynote Speaker specialising in Social Media for business, and CEO of the highly successful boutique agency, Web Traffic That Works. He is considered to be one of Australia’s leading experts in harnessing the power of Linkedin for business. Adam is also a featured columnist for MOB Magazine, an Australian National Business publication. He consults on Social Media to private clients in Australia, New Zealand, North America, The Middle East and Singapore. His work as CEO and owner of 6 successful companies has given him the hands-on experience to understand business from the inside. Adam believes real and meaningful change comes through the world’s entrepreneurs. His purpose is to provide their businesses with powerful tools to grow and accelerate their global footprint. And that together we make a huge impact! Through his Lifetime Partnership with the Global Giving Initiative B1G1 www.B1G1.com he is well on track to positively impact the lives of more than 1 million people in need.

Tue, July 12, 2016

43. Should I join a podcast network with Katie Wyatt

Katie Wyatt is a wellness entrepreneur, startup stylist & biz whisperer. Katie can bring the style to your startup and structure to your creative storm. She loves to help people with their business baby. Katie grew up in the corporate world where she learned the ninja arts of business development, relationship management, business strategy, project management and commercial success. But it had little soul and appeal for her. And after getting cancer twice in 10 years she realised that the only person who could change her life and give her the meaning she yearned for was herself. So she have reinvented her career and now she use those skills for social good, spending her days nurturing dozens of startup social businesses get ready to launch their idea onto the world. Her philosophy on business is practical and holistic. There’s no replacement for getting the work done, but there’s a way to approach the work – mindfully, deliberately – that will ensure you work with clarity, focus, direction and, most of all, results. As a coach, she work intensively with a small number of clients to tailor a coaching and holistic business plan that will get people creating healthy business.

Tue, July 05, 2016

42. I am scared to start a podcast with Drew Kruck

Drew worked in and out of Titan Sheds for the last 25 years and recently created Titan Lite Shed Parts within the Titan Group Of Companies which is a large success for Titan’s 100,000 strong customer base. Drew realised he knew alot of people and felt like he could talk to anyone about anything. So he started a podcast show and advertised it all over the world; Gold Coast vs Drew Kruck. “Everyone Good, who were once bad, tell a great story”

Tue, June 28, 2016

41. When Should I Start A Podcast and how to make it work with Sean D'Souza

Sean D'Souza is the author of the Brain Audit, a cartoonist, marketing strategist, and brilliant entrepreneur. He has a degree in accountancy and started working with one of the best advertising agencies in the world, which guided him into the world of copywriting, writing TV commercials, graphic design, cartoons and web design. He is now the owner of PsychoTactics, where he writes about marketing strategies, offers business and marketing strategy workshops, as well as personally advising at 5000BC, his highly sought after membership community. In his spare time, he is the host of The Three Month Vacation podcast.

Tue, June 21, 2016

40. The quick wins a podcast can bring your business with Petra Jones

Petra Jones is a podcaster, mumpreneur supporter and clothing designer. Her experience includes owning and designing her children's clothing label and running a business for almost six years. Petra recently found her authentic voice when she launched her podcast, The Mumpreneur Show. She pushed herself to overcome her fear of being visible. This experience allowed her to step into the spotlight with confidence. Petra now helps women to find their right media connection in today’s chaotic, fast-moving and often confusing business world. She guides her clients to step into their spotlight with a brave heart.

Tue, June 14, 2016

39. How to create a podcast that converts listeners to clients with Michelle Falzon

Michelle has more than 25 years experience in marketing and communications – from her early days in TV, radio and press (documentary films, TV & radio commercials) through to print (book publishing, magazines, marketing collateral) and on to her early adoption of digital marketing in the late 90s and early 2000s (websites, social media, CPM and PPC advertising, conversion funnels, ebooks, quizzes, online course creation and more). Combine that with several years specialising in event marketing for globally renowned speakers and thought leaders and she has developed a unique combination of skills and experience to help you leverage your content, communicate your message and reach your market.

Thu, June 09, 2016

38. The way podcast fans engage with your message is key with Blair Hughes

Blair Hughes is a creative and ambitious fan engagement, communications and event management professional with many years of experience visualising, developing and facilitating major events, fan engagement and communications projects with a high success rate of delivering exceptional outcomes for clients in both local and international markets across the music, education and sports industries. He's a leader, networker and life long learner skilled in digital media, marketing and public relations with exceptional interpersonal skills and a proactive and passionate approach to executing outstanding results. Blair currently manage the operations for audioBoom in Australia and New Zealand and have created partnerships with major radio, media, podcasters and sporting teams including Macquarie Media, SEN, RSN, the 2015 Cricket World Cup, Australian Open, AFL, A-League, Hockey Australia, NZ Cricket BLACKCAPS, Hockey Australia, NZ Hockey BLACKSTICKS and many more.

Tue, June 07, 2016

37. Create a podcast and a tribe of millionaires with Jaime Masters

Jaime Master (Tardy) is a business coach, podcaster of Eventual Millionaire, and mentor. She interviews business owners with one million dollar net worths or higher, every single week, to learn about their action tips, advice, and stories to help you build your income to seven figures. She has interviewed best-selling authors like Guy Kawasaki, Tim Ferriss, Seth Godin, Andrew Warner, Pat Flynn, and more.

Wed, May 25, 2016

36. How to use Facebook to leverage your podcast content with Phil McGregor

As an ex-Intelligence Officer, Phil now uses the same intelligence principles to catch customers, as he once did to catch criminals. Phil has a strong reputation for being Australia’s leading expert on Facebook Advertising. He has presented to thousands of business owners and marketers both nationally and internationally on the power of Facebook Advertising Phil McGregor is the founder of Ads Academy and AdChief, a father, husband, adventurer, international speaker, presenter and pioneer. Phil is passionate about sharing his firsthand knowledge of how to harness the true potential of Facebook Advertising via live-on-stage events, masterclasses and workshops. He doesn’t just talk the talk, he walks the walk – daily. He actively works Facebook Ad campaigns every day and his clients constantly generate 3 to 10 times return on investment.

Mon, May 23, 2016

35. How to redefine the podcast your produce to stand out from the crowd with Omar & Nicole

Omar loves rooting for the underdog and telling it like it is. He is the business brains behind the operation with over 14 years of business building experience. An educator & university manager for 13 years. Omar attended Wharton business school and dropped out in frustration to build The $100 MBA. They're on a mission to revolutionize business education forever. Omar is the curriculum developer, content creator & head instructor at The $100 MBA. He also loves 80's music & high-fives. Nicole is the sensible one with all the taste. She knows when it's right and when it isn't. An educator for 13 years & an avid traveler. A New York Film Academy graduate that loves shooting videos that make a difference. She's responsible for all the brilliant looking videos in The $100 MBA, producing the The $100 MBA Show and is content manager on The $100 MBA Blog. If it looks, sounds or smells good- it's because of her. She makes everyone smile with her Aussie accent. Both Omar and Nicole have a decade of education experience. As university educators they learned how to not only teach but how create and deliver lessons that actually foster learning and ensure comprehension and retention. During Omar's time in education he served as an administrator and saw how NOT to form an institution of learning. Having a student-centered approach is at the forefront of The $100 MBA.

Wed, May 18, 2016

34. Your podcast download numbers are the least of your concerns with Jessica Rhodes

Jessica Rhodes is the founder and President of Entrepreneur Support Services Inc. (ESS), a virtual assistant firm offering a variety of client support and graphic design services to busy entrepreneurs. ESS is the parent company to the wildly popular podcast guest booking firm, InterviewConnections.com. Jessica is the host of the hit weekly web TV show, Interview Connections TV where she brings expert tips and advice to podcasters and great guest experts. Her podcast, Rhodes to Success publishes weekly interviews with content and relationship marketers.

Mon, May 16, 2016

33. The secrets to getting your podcast sponsored with Aaron Fifield

Aaron Fifield is a developing trader, and host of the Chat With Traders podcast. Each week he interviews successful traders and financial thought-leaders to extract their best insight, which is listened to by thousands. On the trading front, Aaron is learning how to code and pursuing algorithmic trading systems. He also runs his own graphics and web design company.

Tue, May 10, 2016

32. How to use a podcast to fill up your next event with James Schramko

James Schramko is the director of Superfast Business. Lifestyle is very important to James, he lives in Sydney and he focuses on having fun with his family, looking after his health, visiting new places and growing his business. James has quite a story to tell, and it starts with his failure. Sometimes all you need is a little push to get the wheels of Entrepreneurship moving! James is all about scalability and leverage now. He is earning big bucks because he’s leveraging (and his students leverage too) a gap in the marketplace that exists right now and is an opportunity for virtually anyone listening to this podcast. This is the gap between what we know as online marketers, and what mainstream, offline business don’t know. You can fill this gap, and earn a solid living too, in your area.

Wed, May 04, 2016

31. How a podcast has changed my life and helped me develop a following with Jennifer Gale

Jennifer is definitely over 50 and has a passion for helping other women find good health and fitness so they can feel fabulous and fully participate in their lives. Jennifer has had a long career in public health starting as a registered nurse with Intensive Care and Coronary Care qualifications and moving through to be a Hospital Chief Executive. She decided at the age of 50 to become an amateur triathlete but to do that she had to learn to ride and swim. Jennifer has a Masters of Science, is an accomplished international speaker, researcher, certified wellness coach and the author of an about to be released book "Fit N Fifty Plus How to get fit and stay that way. Everything you always wanted to know but were afraid to ask."

Wed, April 27, 2016

30. How to get 10,000 listeners in your first 90 days with Mel Telecican

Having owned and operated her own restaurant business in inner-city Brisbane, Mel learned early on that having great products and service is not enough to keep customers and grow a business. In a competitive market it’s key to be ‘top-of-mind’ with existing customers. Mel’s success came from creating and refining processes to drive more custom from the people already walking through the doors. She did just that and it gave her business fantastic exposure that led to winning local and state awards, TV and book coverage, doubling profits and the database had grown to 10,000 in just under 2 years! Mel specialises in helping businesses keep and attract customers and increase their bottom line.

Mon, April 25, 2016

29. The power of audio and the impact of good sound quality with Karly Nimmo

Karly is host of the very popular business podcast, Karlosophies and is founder of Killer Kopy and Radcasters Podcasting S'cool. A born communicator, she's an ex-radio jock, producer & copywriter, current in-demand Voice Over Artist and has run her successful Voice Over Agency (Killer Kopy) for over a decade. There's a pretty slim chance you haven't heard her voice. She's worked with everyone from Telstra, BHP, eBay, Panasonic, Qantas to Coles-Myer and ANZ. Since turning her hand successfully to podcasting, after many years working with audio, she now teaches entrepreneurs how to podcast like a pro. Her mission is to rid the world of shit sounding podcasts. Karly Nimmo is a voice over artist and agent, podcasting superstar and mad creator of Radcasters Podcasting S'cool. She believes everyone has a message inside them and it's her job to help them be heard.

Wed, April 20, 2016

28. The art of storytelling: How to impact your podcast listeners with Andrew Griffiths

Andrew Griffithsa is Australia's #1 small business author with 12 books now sold in over 60 countries. Described by most as a street-smart entrepreneur, Andrew bought his first business at the age of 17. Since then, and for the best part of 30 years, he has owned and operated many small businesses in fields as diversified as retail, consulting, advertising, publishing and travel. Today Andrew’s passion is to inspire and energise entrepreneurs by sharing his own experiences, observations and realisations. He is a global commentator covering innovative business, customer connection and entrepreneurialism. When it comes to media, Andrew is featured regularly in various media both within Australia and internationally. He is small business writer and advisor for CBS Interactive and he appears on various radio shows, in print with newspaper and magazine articles and on television shows including Sunrise and Good Morning New Zealand. He is the only Australian columnist with Inc.com. He worked with over 200 organisations globally and has worked with many of the leading companies including Telstra, HP, Hertz, Bendigo Bank, Schwarzkopf, Jetset Travelworld Group, GHD, L’Oreal, Ray White, CPA, ING, Re/Max, Optus, St George Bank, ARUP, Bank of Melbourne, Officeworks, Stockland and Ramsay Health Care.

Mon, April 18, 2016

27. Extending from blogging to podcasting with Problogger genius Darren Rowse

Born in Melbourne, Australia, Darren Rowse is a full time blogger, author and online entrepreneur. He is the editorial manager and originator of Digital Photography School and SnapnDeals. Rowse started blogging in 2002 on a personal blog ‘LivingRoom’. Out of this blog he launched a Digital Photography Blog in 2003. This quickly became a commercial success and the launching pad for many other blogs in the coming years. He writes about photography, blogging and online networking.

Tue, April 05, 2016

26. How to get influencers on your show with Foundr Mag chief Nathan Chan

While still in his mid-twenties, Nathan Chan felt there were no business magazines that he could relate to. He wanted to read something that delved deep into the world of a successful entrepreneur, showing their processes, failures, obstacles and challenges. And one that ultimately taught others straight from the mouths of the best in the world. Wanting to personally discover the answers to all his questions about the daily struggles of starting a successful business, Nathan began to go out and interview world-changing entrepreneurs in the hope that he could learn from them. This was the point of no return. And so while still working a full time job, Nathan created Foundr. Since it’s inception, Foundr has quickly become a top ranked 10 ‘Business & Investing’ Magazine in the AppStore and is currently supporting hundreds of thousands of entrepreneurs across multiple platforms and resources.

Sun, April 03, 2016

25. Your podcast & business should be an authentic expression of you - feat. The Merry Maker Sisters

Emma and Carla Papas are an energetic pair of well-being mentors, genuine food recipe developers and well-being and bliss bloggers, or as they like to call themselves, full-time Merrymakers. The talented duo are devoted to showing individuals how to locate their own euphoria and take after that way with a specific end goal to lead a happy and satisfied life. Their central goal is to make well-being and joy the world's default! They trust that everybody can have a beneficial outcome and need to rouse everybody to discover their rapture and take after the hell out of it! Their site will rouse you with genuine sustenance (loads of yummy paleo formulas), care and help you discover and follow your bliss. They trust it's not an adventure to well-being, it's a voyage of our best well-being and their most loved message to convey to the world is; "to do what lives up to expectations for you and what makes you feel great". Their theory is that everybody is a bit distinctive and the nourishment that may make you flourish could be toxin for another.They trust that to be upbeat and solid, your life should be adjusted in all areas of the Circle of Life.

Wed, March 30, 2016

24. Build an online business around your podcast and travel the world with Timothy Moser

23 year-old Timothy Moser of the ACE Productivity podcast, and the founder of MasterofMemory.com grew up in the country helping to care for his family’s farm and business. Milking goats was not uncommon to this guy! Even with a humble background, Timothy had enough drive and passion to pursue his dream of starting a business that could provide him the lifestyle he knew he could have.

Sun, March 27, 2016

23. Introvert podcaster to award nomination in less than 60 days with Petra Jones

Petra Jones is the host of the very popular podcast, The Mumpreneur Show and kid’s fashion label Mooce. Petra is a fashion designer, stylist and mumpreneur herself. Starting her children’s fashion label in 2012, Petra left corporate life behind to study fashion design and to pursue her passion of designing clothes for kids that are all about standing out, encouraging individuality and confidence. With an online boutique and stocked in childrenswear stores around Australia, Petra shares her experiences from her first two years of running a successful fashion business.

Tue, March 22, 2016

22. Coworking, entreprenurial energy & the gravity of podcasting with Jacqui Esidale

Jacqui Esdaile works for Valmont, an Australian design, project management and construction company, responsible for interiors. Jacqui’s role as Creative Director employs her full range of creative and commercial skills, ensuring every project is given due planning and consideration and the outcome is a true blend of form and function. A natural people-person, Jacqui brings the energy required to generate original ideas tailored to each brief, as well as a strong commercial focus and over a decade of design experience across many industries. Through these attributes Jacqui is able to fit each project exactly to the client, ensuring creative and core project objectives remain the focus. Jacqui is driven by innovation and stories of success in challenging the status quo, drawing on them for inspiration in finding better and different ways to achieve an outcome. From co-creating one of Sydney’s best boutique interior design companies to now running another successful business - Gravity Coworking - shared office space (because one business wasn't enough), this woman continues to be driven by other inspiring females and really, could take on the world!

Sun, March 20, 2016

21. Why email is key when you have a podcast with Adam Franklin

Adam Franklin is the co-author of Web Marketing That Works. Plus he hosts a top rating iTunes podcast, is an international social media speaker and marketing manager of Bluewire Media – the web marketing firm he co-founded in 2005. Adam’ Bluewire Media blog has been named as one of Australia’s Best Business Blogs for 4 years. He is a regular blogger for Startup Smart and occasionally writes for Smart Company and the Sydney Morning Herald, and he has been a guest on radio show 2UE, as well as many popular podcasts. Adam co-created the free Web Strategy Planning Template which has been seen by hundreds of thousands of marketers worldwide, and his weekly ‘Bluewire News’ email goes out to over 10,000 readers. Adam has featured on Smart Company’s Hot 30 Under 30 and the Dynamic Business 2010 Young Guns lists of young entrepreneurs.

Tue, March 15, 2016

20. How to get a lot of reviews and ratings on your podcast with Amanda Bayerle

Amanda Barley – The Creator of the “How Bad Do I Want it Summit” and TheTrueChallenge.com, is a thriving young entrepreneur. At a young age she knew she was born to be her own boss, do what she loves, and learn from experience. By the age of 19 she had attended ministry school, travelled the world speaking, achieved financial success in a network marketing company, and married the man of her dreams. Amanda is passionate about helping people develop the skills necessary to live a healthier more successful life personally and professionally. She has already fulfilled many of her goals such as bikini competing, running races, modeling, and becoming a sought-after personal trainer. When it comes to marketing, Amanda has led 2 successful online summits interviewing the top experts in health and entrepreneurship. Amanda believes: the greatest investment you can make is in personal development, your wealth is your health and to have prosperity with a purpose. She helps run The True Challenge and coaches busy entrepreneurs to get in the best shape of their life, increase their confidence and become an Everyday Fit Entrepreneur.

Sun, March 13, 2016

19. The importance of being in a mastermind with Youpreneur podcaster Chris Ducker

Chris Ducker is a British businessman, the founder and CEO of Live2Sell Group and Virtual Staff Finder Companies in the Philippines. Chris is also the author of “Virtual Freedom.” He was suffering from this ‘Superhero Syndrome’ in 2009, but by the end of 2010 he had cured himself and in the process was building his business faster and in a more profitable manner than ever before. Chris began the process of removing himself from his business, slowly relinquishing control of different roles until he was completely free. The company continues to grow and deliver service to their customers, while Chris explores new entrepreneurial projects, including a blog where he teaches others how to become a “virtual CEO”. Chris knows how you can get the help you need with resources you can afford. Small business owners, consultants, and online entrepreneurs don’t have to go it alone when they discover the power of building teams of virtual employees to help run, support, and grow their businesses.

Tue, March 08, 2016

18: Copywriting for podcasts and how to get found more with Kate Toon

Kate Toon is an award winning copywriter and she recently founded The Clever Copywriting School. Kate is one of Australia’s thought leaders in SEO copywriting and SEO consulting. Having worked with the likes of the RTA, Virgin Mobile, Symantec, American Express and Westpac Kate has built a killer process and earned great experience in all areas to do with writing persuasive and effective SEO copy that search engines love. Kate Toon is the preferred partner for copy for the Online Marketing Gurus and comes highly recommended.

Mon, March 07, 2016

17: The art of converting a listener into a customer with conversion expert Tim Paige

Tim Paige is the host of ConversionCast, the new podcast from the prevalent organization LeadPages. He is known in numerous circles of solopreneurs, business people, online advertisers, partner advertisers and so forth. Everybody in that world knows him as one of the kick-ass fellows bringing us LeadPages and their podcast, ConversionCast. Furthermore, when you hear him discuss about opt-in pages, conversions, and email tips and tricks, you’ll instantly hear the enthusiasm in his voice. He cherishes his work in light of the fact that it assists individuals with loving you do what they adore most. In any case, before he joined the group at LeadPages, Tim was a performer, an associate advertiser and a voiceover artis. A man of numerous abilities, he imparts to us the lessons he’s learned from all of those endeavors. . Being on Total Request Live show was slightly a whoop dee doo! Tim says the experience of TRL set him up for being a solopreneur in numerous regards; he took in the worth in saying yes and following something you need, whether you think you’ll get it or not.

Thu, March 03, 2016

16. How to get the best out of your podcast interview with Jeff Brown

Jeff Brown is the former co-host of an award-winning and nationally syndicated morning show, an award-winning production director and copywriter, and the creator and host of the successful Read to Lead Podcast where he has interviewed a number of New York Times bestselling authors including Dan Miller, Daniel Pink, Chris Brogan, Gary Vaynerchuk, Simon Sinek just to name a few. He has 26 years of experience in the radio world and a career that includes co-hosting an award-winning and nationally syndicated morning show. Jeff has developed a large following by choosing great guests, asking great questions, and producing a high-quality podcast. He shares with us his passion for reading and some great ideas for starting or improving your own podcast. Even if you’re not a podcaster, you’ll be inspired by his journey and will learn how to improve your leadership through the power of reading. Podcaster Academy is another design by Jeff to help you gain confidence in your interview skills behind the mic, understand more fully how to intimately connect with your audience, and how to present yourself in a more conversational manner that flows. Jeff also offer strategies on how to monetize podcast content as well as successful methods for formatting a podcast. If you are thinking about launching a podcast or currently podcasting you will want to take this course.

Mon, February 29, 2016

15. The exact secrets & roadmap on how to make a million dollars a year with Taki Moore

Taki is the creator of Marketing Machine. He assists with creation of leads for coaches so that they avoid burnout. His system creates leads and helps a coach leverage their time with mentorship programs. Since 2004, Taki Moore has been the go-to-guy for coaches when they need to book appointments, fill seminars, and sign clients quickly. Taki works with business and executive coaches who are frustrated by their lack of clients. He’s on a mission to eliminate cold calling, chasing, and high pressure selling from the coaching industry, replacing it with education-based marketing.

Wed, February 24, 2016

14. The beauty of the process and the relevance to doing it the right way with Dr. Laurence Tham

Dr. Laurence Tham is an international Wellness Expert and Speaker. His passion and focus is on the psychology of human behaviour and motivation when it comes to health and wellness. He believes in the “lead by example” approach as the solution to creating greater health and wellness for our kids and our future generation. He is the co-founder of ‘The Wellness Guys’, a weekly podcast show dedicated to bringing “wellness” into people’s lives. The show is a phenomenal hit reaching #1 in Australia on iTunes in less than 4 months. He is also the co-founder of ‘The Wellness Couch’, creators of a string of Top 10 health podcasts including “Up for a Chat”, “That Paleo Show” and “Inside the Champion’s Mind” of which Dr. Laurence is also the host of this #1 Self-Help podcast on iTunes. Dr. Laurence is the founder of “Drive Your Practice”, a coaching program focused on getting chiropractors out of ‘survival’ into ‘sustainability’ and success. His programs – Ignition, Turbo and Nitro are designed to build certainty, communication and credibility. He has created several successful Wellness programs to help people shift from ‘sickness’ into ‘health’ using the latest technology and strategies. “The Wellness Blueprint” and “The 30 Days to Wellness” are programs that help people create a compelling future not only for themselves but for the entire family.

Sun, February 21, 2016

13. Making sure you record conversations with everyone you care about with Drew Kruck

Drew worked in and out of Titan Sheds for the last 25 years and recently created Titan Lite Shed Parts within the Titan Group Of Companies which is a large success for Titan's 100,000 strong customer base. Drew realised he knew alot of people and felt like he could talk to anyone about anything. So he started a podcast show and advertised it all over the world; Gold Coast vs Drew Kruck. "Everyone Good, who were once bad, tell a great story"

Tue, February 16, 2016

12. How do you decide between your passion podcast and your business podcast with Warrick Bidwell

Warrick Bidwell grew up son of a tradie builder. Warrick had planned to follow in his father’s footsteps and join his building business, but after some encouragement he instead became first of his extended family to attend university. After attending the university Warrick went on to work for some of Australia’s biggest companies in accounting and sales roles, eventually leading him to then build and sell his own financial planning practice. Warrick used all this experience to work towards his passion for helping small business owners. Warrick has over 12 years of individually coaching and mentoring businesses, including hundreds of ‘tradies.’ The concept of the show is off of the Australian term for trade business “Tradie.” The Australian term “Tradie” is defined as a person that works a skilled trade, such as an electrician, carpenter, etc, similar to the American term “Tradesman.” Warrick was born to a long family line of Tradies, and accounts this for some of their success. The Tradies Business Show was received very well, with audience of trades stating that they finally have a show that actually gets the trade life. The Tradies Business Show is made for people like Warrick’s father who literally worked his guys out to make a living. Warrick states that his family always had what they needed, due to his father’s hard work. The Tradies Business Show’s goal is to help Tradies like his hardworking father, build an asset and leave a legacy, rather than just work really really hard to pay bills, they want to help trades actually enjoy their life. Aside from Tradies Business Show podcast, Warrick and his friend Jay Frew come up with a podcast show called “Throw Buddha On The Barbie”. Aside from Warrick’s success with his company, The Tradies Business Show & Throw Buddha On The Barbie, he also is very passionate about eating and living healthy. During his college years, Warrick became sick with numerous ailments ranging from acid reflux, chronic sinusitis, psoriasis, IBD, and difficulty sleeping. Relying on medicines from the doctors, became second nature, until Warrick was introduced to the Paleo Solution by Robb wolf. After reading the book, and staying on the strict diet for 30 days, he began to immediately see relief in his symptoms. Now 5 years later, Warrick is nicknamed the “Paleo evangelist” because he no longer relies on medicines, and no longer suffers from all the ailments that had plagued him for over 12 years.

Sun, February 14, 2016

11. Your first 10k downloads and how to deal with major egos with Chris and Laci

The Cerrone Show is a top ranked business podcast specifically for entrepreneurs and anyone looking to make a change in their life. The Chris Cerrone Show is an audio podcast hosted by Chris Cerrone and Laci Urcioli. Wanting to bring some new names to the podcasting world they have interviewed some fantastic entrepreneurs, solopreneurs and awesome people. Guests that are the movers and shakers in their industry like Chris Brogan, Cynthia Sanchez, Amy Schmittauer, Greg Hickman, Sue B Zimmerman, Rosie Tran, Bryan Lanning, and Renae Christine just to name a few all talking about internet marketing, small business, comedy, sports, fitness, mobile, coaching, seo, blogging, social media and even Youtube! Through a very conversational style interview with a focus about entrepreneurship they not only learn about each guest personally but also some great tips, tricks, and how to steps that people can use immediately in their own journey.

Tue, February 09, 2016

10: Business Addicts and how to create a real following through your podcast with Fiona and Loren

Business Addicts is a collaboration between Loren Bartley from Impactiv8 and Fiona Redding from The Happiness Hunter. Their podcast is for anyone that is addicted to business with the aim to helps fellow Business Addicts build a business that supports a life that they love, rather than a business that controls their life! They achieve this by providing a balance of strategies, tips and tools that will help both feed and manage your business addiction. Business Addicts podcast feeds your addiction by providing valuable content that will help improve your business and help manage your addiction by providing equally valuable content that will help you better manage your life so that your business addiction doesn’t spiral out of control! Loren Bartley is a social media consultant, educator and coach. Loren educates small businesses to be able to use the power of social media independently to grow their businesses. This is achieved by teaching businesses how to develop a social media strategy, build online communities, effectively engage with those communities and then convert them into action that aligns with overall business goals. Fiona Redding is a business strategist, motivational speaker, coach & mentor and the founder of The Happiness Hunter, in addition to co-creating The Seven Elements Life Integration program. Fiona’s super power is to get to the beating heart of your strategy, to uncover the steps required to achieve your goals and empowers you with the tools & mind-set shifts required live a life with passion, joy and meaning (whilst creating & growing a successful business – these things are not mutually exclusive).

Sun, February 07, 2016

9: Profitable Hospitality and how to best interview your guest with Ken Burgin

Ken Burgin has been actively involved in hospitality for more than 25 years. First as the owner of Caffe Troppo in Sydney, and then working with restaurants, hotels and cafes in an advisory role. His resource website ProfitableHospitality.com is used by business owners and managers all around the world. Ken likes to use webinars and podcasts as another way to reach new and existing customers, backed up by active use of social media and an email newsletter.

Tue, February 02, 2016

8: Power Stories and how to succeed in the digital age with Valerie Khoo

Valerie Khoo is an author, speaker and multi-passionate entrepreneur with several growing businesses under her belt. She is a prolific content creator who has steadily built her public profile over a period of years by personally engaging with her online community, not to mention adding value in the form of words (blog posts), audio (podcasting) and video. I regard Valerie as one of the best content marketers in Australia. Not only that, she also leverages social media brilliantly for her business – the Australian Writers’ Centre – as well as for her personal brand. Getting the balance right between business brand and personal brand is difficult; indeed, it’s an issue many professionals entrepreneurs face and grapple with. Another issue professionals face when it comes to ‘putting themselves out there’ on social media is managing one’s professional versus private self on social media.

Sun, January 31, 2016

7: Podcast for the greater good with Caroline McCollough

Cas McCullough is a content marketing strategist, and author of Your Brilliant Un-Career: Women, Entrepreneurship, and Making the Leap. Cas specialises in helping purpose-driven women business owners and entrepreneurs out of the marketing maze, so they can focus on building meaningful and profitable connections using brilliant content, social media and permission-based marketing strategies. Her consultancy (formerly Content Marketing Cardiology) was listed as a top 100 business in the Anthill Cool Company Awards in 2014 and Cas is a sought-after guest blogger having contributed for Social Media Examiner, Content Marketing Institute, Bluewire News and Startup Smart. Cas is the host of the Your Brilliant Un-Career and Brilliant Content Ideas podcast shows. In this episode we talk about: What does Un-career mean? Career in terms of getting a certain path in your life and then moving up a ladder A different big path adventure Doing something and making change in the world Supporting and empowering women All about Women Entrepreneur What needs to be changed by women in terms of entrepreneurship? Women’s Social economic status The Brilliant Un-career which aims to help women learning the fast way rather than learning the slow hard way and make terrible mistakes The Brilliant Content Marketing consultancy

Tue, January 26, 2016

6: The importance of listening and 5 technology shortcuts to improve your life with Rey Brown

Rey Brown recalls working at Circuit City in 2003 when he was transferred to the mobile phone department. It was around the time the first BlackBerry® phone hit the market. Little did he know then that he would eventually be devoting a good amount of his time discussing mobile technology via podcasting, a term virtually unheard of a decade or so ago but widely popular today. Brown spent time working for wireless carriers and device manufacturers over the years, including helping Verizon Solutions Specialists learn about Motorola Droid phones. Based on his interactions with customers, which he enjoyed, he quickly realized he wanted to help others better understand how mobile technology could improve their lives in ways they may not realize. Brown decided he wanted to help people get more out of their devices. Brown’s mother was the director of several daycare centers, and he started teaching weekend classes when the kids weren’t there. He also discovered podcasting, realizing the potential it had for reaching others.

Sun, January 24, 2016

5: Improve your brand with a podcast featuring Trevor Young

Trevor Young have worked in public relations and communications for over 20 years. Joining the industry after five years as a journalist in country Victoria, he proceeded to work with some of Australia’s biggest consulting firms including Professional Public Relations (PPR), The Rowland Company and Porter Novelli. In 1998 he co-founded Spark Communications Group with Richard Chapman, a former colleague from Porter Novelli. With its focus on strategic marketing and communications, Spark quickly developed a reputation as a creative PR hot-shop working for major brands such as Cadbury Schweppes, Ford, Foster’s, Coles, NAB, FlyBuys, ANZ Bank and the Australian Made Campaign. Within a couple of years Spark had launched a brand experience marketing company called Ignition Marketing as well as established an office in Sydney. At its peak, Spark employed some 25 people full-time and up to 50 casual staff in Ignition’s ‘Street Team’ promotional division. Spark was acquired by Australia’s biggest media buying firm, Mitchell & Partners, in 2006. In 2009, Trevor co-founded a boutique communications advisory firm called parkyoung in partnership with former senior corporate affairs executive, David Park. Eighteen months later parkyoung merged with the Melbourne office of Edelman, the world’s largest independent public relations firm. Now he is a: KEYNOTE SPEAKER: a passionate and experienced professional speaker available for keynote presentations to large audiences or facilitation of workshops and training sessions across the areas of social media, content marketing and personal branding. CONSULTANT & ADVISER: offers project-based consulting services to forward-thinking companies and organisations large, medium and small; as a rule these organisations tend to be progressive in their thinking (and actions) and are excited to be involved in social media and and the online content creation process. PERSONAL MENTOR FOR INDIVIDUALS: Mentors (on a selective basis) creative entrepreneurs, authors, business leaders and professionals to develop their platform and build their personal brand. WRITER: Writes a blog called PR Warrior plus contributes regularly to Smart Company, the MYOB Pulse blog and Firebrand Talent’s Ideas Ignition blog. He is also the author of the book ‘microDOMINATION: How to leverage social media and content marketing to build a mini-business empire around your personal brand’, published by John Wiley & Sons.

Tue, January 19, 2016

4: Great marketing and how to build brilliant relationships with Robert Gerrish

Robert Gerrish has done a lot for the entrepreneurs of Australia. Soon after Saatchi & Saatchi bought his independent marketing agency in 1989, Robert ran off to do his own thing. Focusing primarily on youth brands, Robert made a couple of sideline forays into the world of art and music before moving from London to Sydney. He finally succumbed to soloism with the launch of Flying Solo, Australia’s solo and micro business community. Since 2005 he has co-authored the business bestseller, Flying Solo: How to go it alone in business, he has written pieces for a variety of media and has been a business commentator on ABC 4 Corners, A Current Affair, Sky Business, Fairfax, CBS, 2UE and ABC Radio. He is the host of the Flying Solo Podcast & Small Business lifestyle Podcast.

Sun, January 17, 2016

3: The 80-20 Podcasting Rule and how to be original with Scott Webber

Scott Webber is a Podcaster and Podcast Evangelist from the Greater Vancouver area. He is the creator of one of the top ranked podcast in iTunes - "Not Bad For Dad Podcast", with listeners in over 85 countries and monthly downloads in the tens of thousands. “Not Bad For Dad” is a resource created to help Dads adopt skills, develop tools and acquire the knowledge to build a solid and successful life. Dads are encouraged to free up time so they can really connect or reconnect with the most important people in their lives – their kids!

Tue, January 12, 2016

2: Podcasting freedom and how to build a multimillion dollar podcast business with John Lee Dumas

John Lee Dumas is the Founder and Host of EntrepreneurOnFire, awarded 'Best of iTunes 2013'. John interviews today's most inspiring and successful Entrepreneurs 7-days a week and has been featured in Forbes, INC, & TIME Magazine. John has turned EntrepreneurOnFire into a business that generates over $200,000 a month & shares all the detials via his monthly income reports at EOFire.com/income. John also founded the #1 Podcasting community in the world; Podcasters' Paradise; a community where over 1200 Podcasters learn how to create, grow, and monetize their podcast in a supportive environment. EntrepreneurOnFire generates over 750,000 unique listens a month & recaps of these 700 plus episodes

Sun, January 10, 2016

1: The Intro Session - Should I Start A Podcast

This is a podcast that will help you answer the question, “Should I Start a Podcast”. If you have a personal brand or a business and you’d like understand whether this is a platform you should consider, then this is the podcast for you. Also, if you are a new podcaster and have just started your show, we get into best marketing and leveraging practices. For more info go to ShouldIStartAPodcast.com for more episodes, a FREE course and a launch checklist on podcasting.